CC - Item 8H - Emergency Generator for City Hall - Authorization to Solicit BidsROSEMEAD CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
TO: THE HONORABLE MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL
FROM: JEFF ALLRED, CITY MANAGER [,
DATE: SEPTEMBER 14, 2010
SUBJECT: EMERGENCY GENERATOR FOR CITY HALL - AUTHORIZATION TO
SOLICIT B IDS
SUMMARY
As part of the City's Fiscal Year 2010 -11 Capital Improvement Program, the City Council
approved funding to replace the existing undersized and inadequate standby generator
at City Hall with a new 250 kW engine emergency generator.
The existing backup generator at City Hall is 13 kW and only backs up a limited number
of operational activities. Several electrical outlets/ utilities are not currently tied to the
existing generator, including the majority of facility lighting, air conditioning system,
computers and telecommunications devices. Upgrading the existing generator would
allow City operations to be fully operational during a power outage or an emergency, for
up to 72 hours.
Staff Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council authorize staff to advertise and solicit bids to
complete the construction and installation of the new generator.
DISCUSSION
Background
The existing backup generator at City Hall, which was installed in 1967, is 13 kW and
only backs up a ^limited number of operational activities. Several electrical outlets/
utilities are not currently tied to the existing generator, including the majority of facility
lighting, air conditioning system, computers and telecommunications devices.
In fall 2009, the existing transformer surged, causing a temporary power outage.
Following the outage, the City Council asked staff to research larger generator options
that would allow City Hall to remain fully operational during an emergency. The
proposed 250kW generator would allow City operations to be fully operational during a
APPROVED FOR CITY COUNCIL AGENDA: 1d n j1 No,
City Council Meeting
September 14, 2010.
Paoe 2 of 3
power outage or an emergency, for up to 72 hours.
Project Details
The design and specifications for the new generator is herein included (Attachment 1).
The proposed generator would be located within the enclosed loading zone area at the
southeast corner of the City Hall building. The proposed project includes the following
improvements:
Removal of existing generator
• Installation of a new, 250 kW generator in compliance with South Coast Air
Quality Management District (SCAQMD), Los Angeles County Fire Department,
and LA County Building Code requirements
• Construction of a new concrete foundation slab, fuel containment area, and crash
posts in front of generator
• Reconstruction of existing block wall (east facing side adjacent to Bank of
America parking lot) in the enclosed City Hall loading zone area
• Installation of new underground electrical conduits and new automatic transfer
switch
• Providing temporary power to City Hall
Testing and certification of new equipment
The Engineer's Estimate for the construction of this project is: $476,000.
Timeline
If approved by the City Council, staff will work to complete this project according to the
following schedule:
September 16 th 23 30 — Advertisement
Advertisement of Project in Local Publications/Trade Journals
October 6 th — Bid Opening
Public Bid Opening for Project
October 12 — City Council Awards Contract
Place order for generator
• Secure permits from SCAQMD, LA County Fire, City Building Dept.
City Council Meeting
September 14, 2010.
Page 3 of 3
January 2011 — Construction
February 2011 - Tentative Notice of Completion by City Engineer
FINANCIAL REVIEW
Funding for this project has been approved in the City's FY 2010 -11 Capital
Improvement Program budget as the "City Hall Generator Replacement ". The funding
source of this project is general fund monies.
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The project is categorically exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act
(CEQA) pursuant to Section 15304 (a) of the CEQA Implementing Guidelines. This
exemption covers projects involving minor alterations of land that do not have a
significant effect on the environment.
Prepared by:
Farid Hentabli
Public Works Manager
Submitted by:
Chris Marcarello
Director of Public Works
Attachment 1- Plans and Specifications
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CALIFORNIA
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARD DRAWINGS
FOR
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT
PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
FISCAL YEAR 2010 -2011
IN THE CITY OF ROSEMEAD
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, ENGINEERING DIVISION
8838 E. VALLEY BOULEVARD
ROSEMEAD, CA 91770
TELEPHONE: (626) 569 -2152 FAX: (626) 307 -9218
SCHEDULED BID OPENING: OCTOBER 6, 2010.
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1. Notice Inviting Bids ... ............................... ..........................NIB -1 - NIB- 2
2. Instructions to Bidders ................................. ..........................ITB -1 — ITB -10
3. Contract Bid Forms ................................. ..........................CBF -1 — CBF -11
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
1. Contract Agreement and Insurance Requirements
2. Performance Bond
3. Payment Bond
CONTRACT APPENDIX
Part "A" - General Provisions .......................... ...........................1 -31
Part "B" - Supplemental General Conditions ...... ............................1 -7
Part "C" - Technical Provisions ........... ...........................TP -1 — TP -13
Part. "D" - Appendix "A"
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
PROJECT No. 2010 -13
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the CITY OF ROSEMEAD, California, will receive
sealed bids up to 10:30 o'clock a.m. on Wednesday, the 6th. day of October, 2010,
and they will be publicly opened at 11:00 a.m. for
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
Contractor must submit three (3) originals of their proposal as indic above.
The project consist of replacement existing generator at the City Hall and other related work as
described in the Plans, Specifications, and Contract Documents, by this reference, made a
part hereof.
The engineer's estimate for this project is $475,000.00. The successful bidder shall have
ninety (90) calendar days to complete the work. Liquidated damages shall be $500.00 per
working day.
Plans, Specifications, and Contract Documents may be obtained at the office of the City
Clerk of the CITY OF ROSEMEAD, 8838 E. Valley Boulevard, Rosemead, California
91770, (626) 569 -2177, for a non - refundable charge of $25.00 and $40.00 if mailing is
requested.
Each bid must be accompanied by a bidder's security in an amount not less than 10% of
the amount of the bid, as a guarantee that the bidder will, if awarded the Contract, enter
into a satisfactory agreement and provide a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, each
not less than 100% of the total amount of the bid price.
No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of sixty -one (61) days after the above bid
opening date.
The CITY OF ROSEMEAD will affirmatively insure the disadvantaged business enterprises
will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be
discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, disability, sex or national origin in the
consideration for an award.
Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice will incorporate the provisions of the State
Labor Code. Compliance with the prevailing rates of wage and apprenticeship employment
standards established by the State Director of Industrial Relations will be required. Copies of
prevailing wage rates are on file and are available for inspection in the office of the City Clerk,
8838 East Valley Boulevard, Rosemead, CA 91770.
Bidders shall be licensed in accordance with the provision of Chapter 9, Division 111 of the
Business and Professions Code of the State of California. Bidder shall have a Class "A"
license in good standing at the time Bids are received.
NIB- 1
The Council reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informality,
technical defect, or minor irregularity in any bid submitted.
An award of service shall not be final until the bids have been reviewed and a Contract
Agreement with the City has been signed by the lowest responsible bidder and by the City.
Award of Service Agreement is proposed for October 12, 2010.
Dated this 1 2010.
GLORIA MOLLEDA
CITY CLERK
Publish: September 23 and 30` 2010.
Lill.
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pape
1.
AVAILABILITY OF BID DOCUMENTS ............................................... ..............................1
2.
EXAMINATION OF BID DOCUMENTS .............................................. ..............................1
3.
INTERPRETATION OF BID DOCUMENTS ........................................ ..............................1
4.
INSPECTION OF SITE; PRE -BID CONFERENCE AND SITE WALK . ..............................2
5 .
ADDENDA ......................................................................................... ..............................2
6 .
PREPARATION OF BIDS .................................................................. ..............................2
7 .
ALTERNATE BIDS ............................................................................ ..............................3
8 .
MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS ................................................................ ..............................3
9 .
SIGNING OF BIDS .......................................:.................................... ..............................3
10 .
BID GUARANTEE (BOND) ................................................................ ..............................4
11.
SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS ....................................................... ..............................4
12.
DELIVERY AND OPENING OF BIDS ................................................. ..............................5
13 .
WITHDRAWAL OF BID .................................................................... ...............................
5
14 .
AWARD PROCESS ........................................................................... ..............................5
15.
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS ......................................... ..............................5
16.
LICENSING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... ..............................6
17.
DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS; INTEREST IN MORE THAN ONE BID .....................6
18.
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ......................................................... ..............................6
19.
REQUIRED BIDDER CERTIFICATIONS ............................................ ..............................6
20.
BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BIDS .............................................. ..............................6
21 .
FILING OF BID PROTESTS .............................................................. ..............................7
22.
PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND REQUIREMENTS .. ..............................7
23.
EXPERIENCE AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS .......................... ..............................7
24.
SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES AND FEES ..............8
25.
EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ............................................................ ..............................8
26 .
OWNER RIGHTS .............................................................................. ..............................8
27.
BIDDER'S RESPONSIVENESS ......................................................... ..............................8
28.
BIDDER'S RESPONSIVENESS CHECKLIST ..................................... ..............................8
29.
CONTRACT BID FORMS; LISTS OF SUBCONTRACTORS .............. ..............................9
30.
RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA ........................................................... .............................10
am
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
All Bids must be made in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders ( "ITB "). Unless specifically
noted, capitalized terms are used as defined in the General Conditions, found in Part "B" of the
Contract Appendix. All terms defined in the General Conditions which occur in the Bid Documents
and Contract shall have meanings as defined therein.
1. AVAILABILITY OF BID DOCUMENTS
Bids must be submitted to the Owner on the Contract Bid Forms which are a part of the Bid Package
for the Project. Prospective bidders may obtain one (1) complete set of Bid Documents. Bid
Documents may be obtained from the Owner at the location(s) and at the time(s) indicated in the
Notice Inviting Bids. Prospective bidders are encouraged to telephone in advance to determine the
availability of Bid Documents. Any applicable charges for the Bid Documents are outlined in the
Notice Inviting Bids.
The Owner may also make the Bid Documents available for review at one or more plan rooms, as
indicated in the Notice Inviting Bids. Please Note: Prospective bidders who choose to review the Bid
Documents at a plan room must contact the Owner to purchase the required Bid Documents if they
decide to submit a bid for the Project.
2. EXAMINATION OF BID DOCUMENTS
The Owner has made copies of the Bid Documents available, as indicated above. Bidders shall be
solely responsible for examining the Project Site and the Bid Documents, including any Addenda
issued during the bidding period, and for informing itself with respect to local labor availability, means
of transportation, necessity for security, laws and codes, local permit requirements, wage scales,
local tax structure, contractors' licensing requirements, availability of required insurance, and other
factors that could affect the Work. Bidders are responsible for consulting the standards referenced
in the Contract titled Specifications. Failure of Bidder to so examine and inform itself shall be at its
sole risk, and no relief for error or omission will be given except as required under State law.
3. INTERPRETATION OF BID DOCUMENTS
Any request for an interpretation or clarification of the Bid Documents must be submitted in writing by
Bidder via telex, telegram or facsimile to the Owner's Project Engineer. Any response that the
Owner may choose to make for purposes of interpretation or clarification, will be in writing and made
available to all the listed holders of the Bid Documents. The Owner will respond to all written /faxed
Bidder's inquiries received at least seventy two (72) hours before the scheduled bid opening date for
which, in its sole judgment, a response is in the best interest of the Owner. Where such
interpretation or clarification requires a change in the Bid Documents, the Owner will prepare and
issue an Addendum to the Bid Documents. The Owner shall not be bound by, and Bidder shall not
rely upon, any oral interpretation or clarification of the Bid Documents.
The bidding process and terms and conditions will be in strict accordance with the following Bid
Documents:
a. Notice Inviting Bids
b. Instructions to Bidders
C. Contract Bid Forms
d. Contract
e. Contract Appendix
ITB - 1
Part "A" General Conditions
Part "B" Supplementary General Conditions
Part "C' Technical Provisions
Part "D" Appendix
Any Addenda Issued by the Owner
4. INSPECTION OF SITE; PRE -BID CONFERENCE AND SITE WALK
Each prospective bidder is responsible for fully acquainting himself with the conditions of the Project
Site (which may include more than one site), as well as those relating to the construction and labor
of the Project, to fully understand the facilities, difficulties and restrictions which may impact the total
and adequate completion of the Project.
5. ADDENDA
The Owner reserves the right to revise the Bid Documents prior to the bid opening date. Revisions,
if any, shall be made by written Addenda. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104.5, if the
Owner issues an Addendum later than 72 hours prior to the deadline for submission of bids, and the
Addendum requires material changes, additions or deletions to the description of the work to be
performed or the content, form or manner of submission of bids, the Owner will extend the deadline
for submission of bids by at least 72 hours. Otherwise, the Owner may determine, in its sole
discretion, whether an Addendum requires that the date set for opening bids be postponed. The
announcement of the new date, if any, shall be made by Addenda. Each prospective bidder shall
provide Owner a name, address and facsimile number to which Bid Document Addenda may be
sent, as well as a telephone number by which the Owner can contact the Bidder. Copies of Addenda
will be furnished by telex, telegram, facsimile, first class mail, express mail or other proper means of
delivery without charge to all parties who have obtained a copy of the Bid Documents and provided
such current information. Please Note: Bidders are primarily and ultimately responsible for ensuring
that they have received any and all Addenda. To this end, each Bidder should contact the
Development Services Department to verify that he has received all Addenda issued, if any.
Bidders must acknowledge receipt of all Addenda, if any, in its Bid Letter. Failure to acknowledge
receipt of all Addenda may cause its Bid to be deemed incomplete and nonresponsive.
6. PREPARATION OF BIDS
Bids shall be prepared only using copies of the Contract Bid Forms provided with the Bid
Documents. The use of substitute bid forms other than clear and correct photocopies of those
provided bythe Owner will not be permitted and may result in the Bid being declared nonresponsive.
Bid Letters shall be executed by an authorized signatory as described in these Instructions to
Bidders. In addition, Bidders shall fill in all blank spaces (including inserting "N /A" where applicable)
and initial all interlineations, alterations, or erasures to the Contract Bid Forms. Bidders shall neither
delete, modify, nor supplement the printed matter on the Contract Bid Forms nor make substitutions
thereon. USE OF INK, INDELIBLE PENCIL OR A TYPEWRITER IS REQUIRED.
7. ALTERNATE BIDS
If alternate bid items are called for in the Bid Documents, the lowest bid will be determined on
the basis of the base bid only, but the Owner may choose to award the contract on the basis of
the base bid alone or the base bid and any alternate or combination of alternates. Since the
time for the alternate bid items has already been factored into the Contract Time, no additional
MMVI
Contract Time will be awarded for any of the alternate bid items. Because the Owner may elect to
include one or more of the alternate bid items, or to otherwise remove certain bid items from the
Project scope of work, each Bidder must ensure that each bid item contains a proportionate share of
profit, overhead and other costs or expenses which will be incurred by the Bidder. Bidders shall not
unevenly weight or allocate their overhead and profit to one or more particular bid items.
8. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS
Each Bidder shall submit its Bid in strict conformity with the requirements of the Bid Documents.
Each Bid prepared by Bidder shall be complete in itself and shall be submitted within a sealed
envelope in accordance with the instructions herein.
Unauthorized conditions, limitations, exclusions or provisions attached to a Bid will render it
nonresponsive and may cause its rejection. Bidders shall neither delete, modify, nor supplement the
printed matter on the Contract Bid Forms, nor make substitutions thereon. ORAL, TELEPHONIC
AND FACSIMILE BIDS OR MODIFICATIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED.
9. SIGNING OF BIDS
All Bids submitted shall be executed by the Bidder or its authorized representative. Bidders will be
asked to provide evidence in the form of an authenticated resolution of its Board of Directors or a
Power of Attorney evidencing the capacity of the person signing the Bid to bind the Bidder to each
Bid and to any Contract arising therefrom.
If a Bidder is a joint venture or partnership, it will be asked to submit an authenticated Power of
Attorney executed by each joint venturer or partner appointing and designating one of the joint
venturers or partners as a management sponsor to execute the Bid on behalf of Bidder. Only that
joint venturer or partner shall execute the Bid. The Power of Attorney shall also: (1) authorize that
particularjoint venturer or partner to act for and bind Bidder in all matters relating to the Bid; and (2)
provide that each venturer or partner shall be jointly and severally liable for any and all of the duties
and obligations of Bidder assumed under the Bid and under any Contract arising therefrom. The Bid
shall be executed by the designated joint venturer or partner on behalf of the joint venture or
partnership in its legal name.
10. BID GUARANTEE (BOND)
Each bid proposal shall be accompanied by cash, a certified or cashier's check, bid bond (the bid
bond must be submitted on the form included in these Bid Documents) or equivalent substitution in
lieu of a bond, as authorized by Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.710, in an amount not less than
10% of the Total Bid Price. Any check, bond, or other substitute must be made payable to the
Owner, and shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into the Contract described in the
Bid Documents if awarded the work and will provide a satisfactory Performance Bond, Payment
Bond, the required insurance certificates and endorsements, and any other certifications as may be
required by the Contract. By submitting a proposal, each bidder agrees that its failure to enter the
Contract if awarded the work or to provide the Bonds and other information or documentation
described above would result in damage to the Owner, and that it would be impracticable or
extremely difficult to ascertain the actual amount of that damage. For this reason, each bidder
agrees that the Owner may retain the bid proposal guarantee as liquidated damages if the bidder is
awarded the work but fails or refuses to timely enter into the Contract or to provide the Bonds and
other information or documentation described above, except as may otherwise be required by
California law.
If electing to provide a Bid Bond, as set forth above, each Bidder must obtain such a bond from an
ITB - 3
admitted surety insurer, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120, authorized to do
business as such in the State of California and satisfactory to the Owner. In addition, the Bid Bond
must be submitted on the form furnished by the Owner, or one substantially in conformance with the
Owner's form if previously approved in writing by the Owner.
Certified or cashier's checks must be drawn on a solvent state bank or a California branch of a
solvent national bank.
After the Owner has made an award to the successful Bidder, and the Bidder has signed a Contract,
submitted the necessary bonds, original insurance certificates and endorsements, and any other
certifications as may be required by the Contract, the remaining Bid guarantees shall be returned to
each particular bidder if requested by that bidder. If the Owner rejects all Bids, it will promptly return
to all Bidders their Bid guarantees
11. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS
Once the Bid and supporting documents herein have been completed and signed as setforth above,
they shall be placed, along with the Bid Guarantee and any proposed sketches and brochures or
other materials required by these instructions, in an envelope, sealed, addressed and delivered or
mailed, postage prepaid to the Ownerat the place and to the attention of the person indicated in the
Notice Inviting Bids. NO ORAL, TELEPHONIC OR FACSIMILE FORMS WILL BE CONSIDERED.
The envelope shall also contain the following in the lower left -hand corner thereof:
Bid of
for CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
No consideration shall be given by the Owner to bid proposals received after the date and time set
for the opening of bids as provided in the Notice Inviting Bids.
12. DELIVERY AND OPENING OF BIDS
Bids will be received by the Owner at the address shown in the Notice Inviting Bids up to the date
and time shown therein. The Owner will leave unopened any Bid received after the specified date
and time, and any such unopened Bid will be returned to the Bidder. It is the Bidder's sole
responsibility to ensure that its Bid is received as stipulated. Bids maybe submitted earlier than the
dates(s) and time(s) indicated.
Bids will be opened at the date and time stated in the Notice Inviting Bids and the amount of each
Bid will be read aloud and recorded. All Bidders may, if they desire, attend the opening of Bids.
Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, to waive any informality or irregularity in any Bid
received where such waiver is in the best interests of the Owner, and to be the sole judge of the
merits of the respective Bids received. In the event of a discrepancy between the written amount of
the Bid Price and the numerical amount of the Bid Price, the written amount shall govern.
13. WITHDRAWAL OF BID
Prior to the bid opening date, a Bid may be withdrawn by the Bidder by means of a written request
signed by the Bidder or its properly authorized representative. If a Bidder to whom the award is
made fails or refuses to sign a Contract, or to furnish the bonds, certificates and endorsements
required below within the time specified in these Instructions to Bidders below, the funds represented
by the Bid Guarantee (cash, cashiers check or Bid bond described above) shall be forfeited and
become and remain the property of the Owner; the amount thereof being previously agreed to bythe
ifWl
Bidder and the surety to be due the Owner because of the damage resulting from the delay in the
execution of the Contract and in the performance of Work thereunder.
14. AWARD PROCESS
Once all Bids are opened and reviewed to determine the lowest responsive and responsible bidder,
the City Council will make all necessary decisions and awards. The apparent successful bidder
should at this point begin to prepare the following documents: (1) the Performance Bond; (2) the
Payment Bond; and (3) the required insurance certificates and endorsements. Once the Owner
issues a Notice of Award, the successful bidder will have seven (7) Working Days from the date of
this letter to supply the Owner with all of the required documents and certifications. Regardless
whether the successful bidder supplies the required documents and certifications in a timely manner,
the Contract Time will begin to run ten (10) Working Days from the date of the Notice of Proceed.
Once the Owner receives all of the properly drafted and executed documents and certifications from
the successful bidder, the Owner shall issue a Notice to Proceed to that successful bidder.
15. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Pursuant to state law, the Bidders must designate the name and location of each subcontractor who
will perform work or render services for the prime Bidder in an amount that exceeds one -half of one
percent (0.5 %) of the Bidder's Total Bid Price, as well as the portion of work each such
subcontractor will perform. Bidders must make these designations, as well as any others requested
by the Owner, on the document titled "List of Proposed Subcontractors" which has been included
with the Contract Bid Forms. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104, the Owner has
determined that it will allow Bidders twenty -four (24) additional hours after the deadline for
submission of bids to submit the information requested by the Owner about each subcontractor,
other than the name and location of each subcontractor.
16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS
Pursuant to Section 7028.15 of the Business and Professions Code and Section 3300 of the Public
Contract Code, all bidders must possess proper licenses for performance of this Contract.
Subcontractors must possess the appropriate licenses foreach specialty subcontracted. Pursuant to
Section 7028.5 of the Business and Professions Code, the Owner shall consider any bid submitted
by a contractor not currently licensed in accordance with state law and pursuant to the requirements
found in the Bid Documents to be nonresponsive, and the Owner shall reject the Bid. The Owner
shall have the right to request, and the Bidders shall provide within five (5) Calendar Days, evidence
satisfactory to the Owner of all valid license(s) currently held by that Bidder and each of the Bidder's
subcontractors, before awarding the Contract.
17. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS; INTEREST MORE THAN ONE BID
No bidder shall be allowed to make, submit or be interested in more than one bid. However, a
person, firm, corporation or other entity that has submitted a subproposal to a bidder, or that has
quoted prices of materials to a bidder, is not thereby disqualified from submitting a subproposal or
quoting prices to other bidders submitting a bid to the Owner.
18. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Within the time specified in these Instructions to Bidders above, Bidder shall provide the Ownerwith
four identical counterparts of all required insurance certificates and endorsements as specified in the
Bid Documents. Failure to do so may, in the sole discretion of Owner, result in the forfeiture of the
Bid Guarantee. All insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best's rating of no less
ITB - 5
than A:VIII, licensed to do business in California, and satisfactory to the Owner
19. REQUIRED BIDDER CERTIFICATIONS
Bidders must comply with the following:
A. CONTRACT BID FORMS: Within the Contract Bid Documents the bidder must certify
to various information, including but not limited to, the accuracy of the representations made in the
Contract Bid Forms .
B. NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT: Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7106, each
Bidder must execute and submit with its bid the statutorily mandated non - collusion affidavit included
in the Bid Documents.
20. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BIDS
The Owner shall award Contracts to only the lowest responsible Bidders submitting responsive Bids,
as required by law. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids. The Owner may reject
any Bid which, in its opinion when compared to other bids received or to the Owner's internal
estimates, does not accurately reflect the cost to perform the Work. In addition, because the Owner
may elect to include or exclude any of the bid items and alternate bid items at its sole and absolute
discretion, each Bidder must ensure that each bid item contains a proportionate share of profit,
overhead and other costs or expenses which will be incurred by the Bidder. The Owner may reject
as non - responsive any bid which unevenly weights or allocates overhead and profit to one or more
particular bid items.
21. FILING OF BID PROTESTS
Bidders may file a "protest" of a contract award with the Owners Project Manager. In order for a
Bidder's protest to be considered valid, the protest must:
A. Be filed in writing within five (5) Working Days after the bid opening date.
B. Clearly identify the specific accusation involved.
C. Clearly identify the specific Owner Staff /Board recommendation being protested.
D. Specify, in detail, the grounds of the protest and the facts supporting the protest.
E. Include all relevant, supporting documentation with the protest at time of filing.
If the protest does not comply with each and every one of these requirements, it will be rejected as
invalid.
If the protest is valid, the Owner's Project Engineer, or other designated Owner staff member, shall
review the basis of the protest and all relevant information. The Project Engineer will denyor concur
with the protest and provide a written decision to the protestor. The protestor may then appeal the
decision of the Project engineer to the City Engineer.
22. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND REQUIREMENTS
Within the time specified in these Instructions to Bidders above, the Bidder to whom a Contract is
awarded shall deliver to the Owner four identical counterparts of the Performance Bond and
Payment Bond in the form supplied by the Owner and included in the Bid Documents. Failure to do
so may, in the sole discretion of Owner, result in the forfeiture of the Bid Guarantee. The surety
supplying the bond must be an admitted surety insurer, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section
995.120, authorized to do business as such in the State of California and satisfactory to the Owner.
lid
The Performance Bond shall be for one hundred percent (100 %) of the Total Bid Price, and the
Payment Bond shall also be for one hundred percent (100 %) of the Total Bid Price.
Contractor shall require, pursuant to Public Contract Code article 4108, all subcontractors providing
labor and materials in excess of the dollar amount indicated in the Notice Inviting Bids to supply
Payment and Performance Bonds in the amounts and manner required of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall specifythis requirement for subcontractor bonds in his written or published request
for subcontractor bids
23. EXPERIENCE AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
Bidders are required to provide the experience and qualification information required as part of the
Contract Bid Forms. The purpose of this data is to provide the information necessary for the Owner
to determine whether Bidders have the necessary experience in order to responsibly carry out the
Work. Each Bidder shall answer all questions and provide information requested by the Contract
Bid Forms.
24. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES AND FEES
Contractor and its subcontractors performing work under this Contract will be required to pay
California sales and otherapplicable taxes, and to pay for permits, licenses and fees required bythe
agencies with authority in the jurisdiction in which the work will be located, unless otherwise
expressly provided by the Bid Documents.
25. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
The Bidder to whom an award is made shall execute the Contract in the amount of its Total Bid Price
and furnish the required insurance certificates and endorsements, as well as Performance and
Payment Bonds, in a timely manner. The Owner may require appropriate evidence that the persons
executing the Contract and the bonds for both the Bidder and its surety or sureties are duly
empowered to do so.
26. OWNER RIGHTS
The Owner may investigate the qualifications of any Bidder under consideration, require confirmation
of information furnished by a Bidder, and require additional evidence of qualifications to perform the
work described in these Bid Documents. The Owner reserves the right to:
A. Reject any or all of the Bids if such action is in the best interest of the Owner.
B. Issue subsequent Notices Inviting Bids.
C. Cancel this entire Notice Inviting Bids.
D. Appoint evaluation committees to review any or all Bids.
E. Seek the assistance of outside technical experts to validate the Bid(s).
F. Approve or disapprove the use of particular subcontractors.
G. Waive informalities and irregularities in Bids.
The Notice Inviting Bids does not commit the Owner to enter into a contract, nordoes it obligate the
Owner to pay any costs incurred in preparation and submission of Bids or in anticipation of a
contract.
ITB - 7
27. BIDDER'S RESPONSIVENESS
The Owner will evaluate Bids for responsiveness at the time of Bid opening and before award is
made. A Bid must be in strict compliance with the commercial and technical specifications, without
exception. Only Bids which conform in all material respects to the Bid Documents can be eligible for
award. A Bid not meeting the requirements of the responsiveness checklist may be rejected
immediately upon opening, and returned to the Bidders representative.
28. BIDDER'S RESPONSIVENESS CHECKLIST
The Owner's initial responsiveness evaluation will consider the following:
A. Completed and properly executed Bid Letter (Including a completed Total Bid Price,
completed Bid Bond amount, acknowledged addenda, completed state of incorporation or
partner /joint venturer information (if applicable), completed license number, and signature by
authorized company officer);
B. Completed Bid Data Forms (including valid and properly executed Bid Bond for 10%
of the Total Bid Price and a completed List of Proposed Subcontractors);
C. Properly executed Non - Collusion Affidavit; and
D. Completed and properly executed Bidder Information Forms.
If the Bidder is a joint venture, each joint venturer shall prepare and submit a separate form. Extra
forms, if needed, can be obtained from the Owner, or photocopied by the Bidder, if necessary.
29. CONTRACT BID FORMS; LISTS OF SUBCONTRACTORS
A. Contract Bid Forms
The Bid Letter and Forms must be completed as set forth below.
(1) The Contract Bid Forms and Letter must be prepared using ink, indelible
pencil or a typewriter.
(2) The Bid Letter must be signed by the Bidder or on its behalf by the person or
persons having the authority to do so. Proof of the authority to act on behalf
of the firm must be submitted when requested. The proof shall be in the form
of a certified copy of an appropriate corporate resolution, certificate of
partnership or joint venture, or other appropriate document. If Bidder is an
entity made up of multiple parties and no person or persons are designated to
act on its behalf, all parties shall execute the Bid.
(3) Addenda - Receipt of addenda must be acknowledged in the space provided
in the Bid Letter.
(4) The Bidder shall not delete, modify, supplement or make substitutions
thereof, on the printed matter of the Contract Bid Forms or Bid Letter.
(5) Corrections shall be initialed by the person who signs the Bid Letter.
(6) Exceptions or qualifications to the Bid Documents are strictly forbidden. Any
comment by the Bidder which the Owner determines can be construed as
altering the requirements of the specifications or the terms and conditions of
the Contract will render the Bid nonresponsive and disqualify the Bidder from
consideration for award.
B. List of Proposed Subcontractors (Forms)
State law prohibits substitution of subcontractors listed in the original Bid except as otherwise
provided in Sections 4107 and 4107.5 of the California Public Contract Code. Bidders are
required to list all Subcontractors whose participation in the Contract will exceed one -half of
one percent (0.5 %) of the Total Bid Price. The List of Proposed Subcontractors Forms must
be completed as set forth below.
(1) Name List the name of Subcontractors who will perform work in excess of
one half of one percent (0.5 %)of the Total Bid Price.
(2) Location For listed Subcontractors, identify the location of its place of
business (City and State).
(3) Work. For listed Subcontractors, identify the type /portion of work to be
performed in the Contract.
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104, the Owner has determined that it will not allow
Bidders twenty -four (24) additional hours after the deadline for submission of bids to submit the
information requested by the Owner about each subcontractor, other than the name and location of
each subcontractor.
30. RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA
Responsibility is the apparent ability of the Bidder to meet and complete successfully the
requirements of the Contract. The Owner reserves the right to consider the financial responsibility
and general competency of each bidder, as well as its reputation within the industry. Owner may
request, and apparent low bidder shall provide, a financial statement, audited if necessary, including
the Bidder's latest balance sheet and income statement. Owner expects that each Bidder will fully
and truthfully disclose all information required of the Bidder bythe Bid Documents. The prospective
contractor, in order to be evaluated by the Owner as being a responsible contractor, must complete
Section 4 of the Contract Bid Forms to determine that it:
A. Has or can secure adequate financial resources to perform the contract;
Is able to meet the performance or delivery schedule of the contract, taking
into consideration other business commitments; and
C. Has a satisfactory record of performance. A contractor seriously deficient in
current contract performance, considering the numberof contracts and extent
of the deficiencies, is presumed not to meet this requirement unless the
deficiencies are beyond its control or there is evidence to establish its
responsibility notwithstanding the deficiencies. Evidence of such satisfactory
performance record should show that the contractor:
(1) Has a satisfactory record of integrity in its dealings with government agencies
and with subcontractors, and is otherwise qualified to receive an award under
applicable laws and regulations;
(2) Has the necessary organization, experience, satisfactory safety record,
accounting and operational controls and technical skills or the ability to obtain
them; and
(3) Has the necessary production, construction, and technical equipment and
facilities or the ability to obtain them.
END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB - 10
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
CONTRACT BID FORMS
SECTION 1 - BID SCHEDULE
CBF -1
BID SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE OF PRICES FOR
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
CDBG PROJECT No. P85329
BASE BID SCHEDULE
NO.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
UNIT OF
MEASURE
EST.
QTY.
UNIT
PRICE
ITEM
COST
1
Mobilization and Demobilization
LS
1
2
Demolition
LS
1
3
Sitework
LS
1
4
Concrete Slab and Masonry Wall
LS
1
5
Generator Equipment Package
LS
1
8
Interconnecting Fuel Piping
LS
1
7
Electrical System Modifications
LS
1
8
Control and Instrumentation
LS
1
9
Modifications to Existing Structure
LS
1
10
Total Cost of Other Miscellaneous
Items to Complete Construction of
City Hall Generator Replacement
Project
LS
1
TOTAL BASE BID PRICE (SCHEDULE BID PRICE):$
Dollar amount in written form
The undersigned agrees that these Contract Bid Forms constitute a firm offer to the Owner which
cannot be withdrawn for the number of Working Days indicated in the Notice Inviting Bids from and
after the bid opening date, or until a Contract for the Work is fully executed by the Owner and a third
party, whichever is earlier. The undersigned also agrees that if there is a discrepancy between the
written amount of the Bid Price and the numerical amount of the Bid Price, the written amount shall
govern.
CBF -2
If the Bid Documents specify alternate bid items, the following Alternate Bid amounts shall
be added to or deducted from the Total Bid Price entered above. The owner can choose to
include one or more of the alternates in the Total Bid Price of the Project. If any of the
Alternate Bids are utilized by the Owner, the resulting amount shall be considered the Total
Bid Price for the Project.
Attached hereto is a certified check, a cashier's check or a bid bond in the amount of
Dollars ($ ) said amount being not less than ten percent (10 %) of the Total
Bid Price. The undersigned agrees that said amount shall be retained by the Owner if, upon award,
we fail or refuse to execute the Contract and furnish the required bonds, certificates and
endorsements of insurance and other certifications within the time provided.
If awarded a Contract, the undersigned agrees to execute the formal Contract, which will be
prepared by the Owner for execution, within five (5) Calendar Days following the Letter of Award for
the Contract, and will deliver to the Owner within that same period the necessary original Certificates
of Insurance, Endorsements of Insurance, Performance Bond, Payment Bond and all other
documentation and certification required by the Contract.
The undersigned offers and agrees that if this bid is accepted, it will assign to the purchasing body
all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton
Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 of Part 2 of Division 7 of the
Business and Professional Code), arising from purchases of goods, materials or services by the
Bidder for sale to the purchasing body pursuant to the bid. Such assignment shall be made and
become effective at the time the purchasing body tenders final payment to he Contractor.
Bidder understands and agrees that, when requested by Owner, he shall provide: (1) evidence
satisfactory to the Owner of Bidder's California contractor's license(s) in good standing; (2) evidence
that the person signing this Bid is authorized to bind Bidder to this Bid and to a contract resulting
therefrom; and (3) any other information and documentation, financial or otherwise, needed by
Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder.
Bidder understands and agrees that liquidated damages shall apply to this Contract in the amounts
and subject to the terms and conditions described in the Contract Form and the Contract
Documents.
Bidder acknowledges that data submitted with its Contract Bid Forms which it requires to be
incorporated into a Contract arising out of this Submittal has been so identified by Bidder. Bidder
further acknowledges that the Owner may, at its discretion, incorporate any of the remaining data
submitted herewith into a contract arising out of this Bid.
The undersigned acknowledges receipt, understanding and full consideration of the following
addenda to the Contract Documents.
Addenda Nos.
The Bidder understands and agrees that the Total Bid Price is inclusive of all labor, materials, and
equipment or supplies necessary to complete the Work as described in the Bid Documents. If this
bid is accepted, the undersigned Bidder agrees to enter into and execute the Contract with the
necessary bonds and accept the Total Bid Price as compensation in full for all Work under the
contract.
CBF -3
11-11
0
Signature
Business Street Address
Type or Print Name City, State and Zip Code
Title
Telephone Number
Bidder's /Contractor's State of Incorporation:
Partners or Joint Venturers:
Bidder's License Number(s):
NOTES:
1) By its signature on this Bid, the Bidder certifies under penalty of perjury the accuracy of the
representations made on the Contract Bid Forms.
2) If Bidder is a corporation, enter State of Incorporation in addition to Business Address
3) If Bidder is a partnership or joint venture, give full names of all partners or joint
venturers.
As further discussed in the Instructions to Bidders, Bidder will be required
to provide evidence that the person signing on behalf of the corporation,
partnership or joint venture has the authority to do so.
CBF -4
..
SECTION 2
BID DATA FORMS
CBF -5
BIDDER:
Bidder shall submit its Bid data in accordance with the format shown on each of the following Bid
Data Forms. Bidders shall prepare and use as many sheets as are necessary to adequately provide
the information required. Bidder shall ensure that every page of its Bid Data Forms are properly
identified with the Bidder's name and page number.
2.A BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS
THAT as
Principal, and
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the
CITY OF ROSEMEAD (hereinafter called the OWNER) in the sum of
($ ) , being not less than ten percent (10 %) of the Total
Bid Price; for the payment of which sum will and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a bid to the OWNER to perform all Work
required for the City Hall Generator Replacement Project as set forth in the Notice
Inviting Bids and accompanying Bid Documents, dated
NOW, THEREFORE, if said Principal is awarded a Contract for the Work by the
OWNER and, within the time and in the manner required by the above- referenced
Bid Documents, enters into the written form of Contract bound with said Bid
Documents, furnishes the required bonds (one to guarantee faithful performance
and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials) furnishes the required
insurance certificates and endorsements, and furnishes any other certifications as
may be required by the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise
it shall remain in full force and effect. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by
the OWNER and judgment is recovered, said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by
the OWNER in such suit, including reasonable attorneys' fees to be fixed by the
court.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of , 20_
Principal Surety
En
Signature
In
Signature
Ali-au-
2.13 LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS
In compliance with the "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act," Sections 4100
through 4114 of the California Public Contract Code, and any amendments thereto, each
Bidder shall provide the information requested below for each subcontractor who will
perform work, labor or render service to Bidder in or about the construction of the Work in an
amount in excess of one -half of one percent (greater than 0.5 %) of the Bidder's Total Bid
Price, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including
bridges, in excess of one -half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total bid or ten thousand
dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and shall further set forth the portion of the Work
which will be done by each subcontractor. Bidder shall list only one subcontractor for any
one portion of the Work.
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104, the Owner has determined that it will allow
Bidders twenty -four (24) additional hours after the deadline for submission of bids to submit
the information requested by the Owner about each subcontractor, other than the name and
location of each subcontractor.
If the Bidder fails to specify a subcontractor for any portion of the Work to be performed
under the Contract, it shall be deemed to have agreed to perform such portion itself, and
shall not be permitted to subcontract that portion of the Work except under the conditions
hereinafter set forth below.
Subletting or subcontracting of any portion of the Work in excess of one half of one percent
(greater than 0.5 %) of the Total Bid Price or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction
of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one -half of 1 percent of the
Contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, for which no
subcontractor was designated in the original bid shall only be permitted in cases of public
emergency or necessity, and then only after Owner approval.
CBF -7
- 11 9
22 LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS (continued)
["Duplicate Next 2 Pages if needed for listing additional subcontractors. j
Name and Location Description of Work
of Subcontractor to be Subcontracted
Name:
Address:
Name and Location
of Subcontractor
Name:
Address:
Description of Work
to be Subcontracted
Name and Location
of Subcontractor
Name:
Address:
Description of Work
to be Subcontracted
Name and Location
of Subcontractor
Name:
Address:
Description of Work
to be Subcontracted
Name and Location
of Subcontractor
Name:
Address
Description of Work
to be Subcontracted
CBF -8
The following are the names, addresses and telephone numbers for three public agencies for which BIDDER
has performed similar work within the past two (2) years:
1.
Name and Address of Owner
and telephone number of person familiar with project
Contract amount Type of Work Date Completed
OR
Name and Address of Owner
Name and telephone number of person familiar with project
Type of Work Date Completed
3.
and Address of Owner
Name and telephone number of person familiar with project
Contract amount Type of Work Date Completed
Cl
Name and Address of Owner
Name and telephone number of person familiar with project
Type of Work Date Completed
CBF -9
BIDDER:
SECTION 3
NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
CBF -10
1191H:3Ci
NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 7106, the undersigned, being first duly
sworn, deposes and says that he or she holds the position listed below with the bidder, the
party making the foregoing bid, that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any
undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the
bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced
or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly
colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham
bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly
or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid
price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the
bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body
awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements
contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly,
submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged
information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation,
partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent
thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
Signature
Typed or Printed Name
Title
Bidder
Subscribed and sworn before me
This _ day of 20_
(Seal)
Notary Public in and for
the State of California
My Commission Expires:
CBF - 11
BIDDER:
CONTRACT BID FORMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION1
BID SCHEDULE ....................................................................... ............................... 1
SECTION2
BID DATA FORMS ................................................................... ............................... 5
2.A
BID BOND ................................................................................. ............................... 6
2.B
LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS .......................... ............................... 7
SECTION 3 NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
................................. ............................... 10
CBF -12
.. -
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
1. PARTIES AND DATE.
This Agreement is made and entered into this day of
, 20_ by and between the City of Rosemead, a municipal
corporation of the State of California, located at 8838 E. Valley Blvd., Rosemead, California
91770, ( "City ") and [insert Name of Company], a [insert type of entity - corporation,
partnership, sole proprietorship or other legal entity] with its principal place of business at
[insert address] (hereinafter referred to as "Contractor "). City and Contractor are
sometimes individually referred to as "Party" and collectively as "Parties" in this Agreement.
2. RECITALS.
2.1 Contractor.
Contractor desires to perform and assume responsibility for the provision of certain
services required by the City on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
Contractor represents that it is experienced in providing [insert type of services] services to
public clients, that it and its employees or subcontractors have all necessary licenses and
permits to perform the Services in the State of California, and that is familiarwith the plans
of City.
2.2 Project.
City desires to engage Contractor to render such services for the [insert Name of
Project] ('Project') as set forth in this Agreement.
3. TERMS.
3.1 Scope of Services and Term.
3.1.1 General Scope of Services. Contractor promises and agrees to
furnish to the Owner all labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, and incidental and
customary work necessary to fully and adequately supply the professional [insert type of
services] maintenance services necessary for the Project ( "Services "). All Services shall
be subject to, and performed in accordance with, this Agreement, the exhibits attached
hereto and incorporated herein by reference, and all applicable local, state and federal
laws, rules and regulations.
3.1.2 Term. The term of this Agreement shall be from [insert start date] to
[insert ending date], unless earlier terminated as provided herein. Contractor shall
complete the Services within the term of this Agreement, and shall meet any other
established schedules and deadlines. The Parties may, by mutual, written consent, extend
the term of this Agreement if necessary to complete the Services.
[insert Name of Company]
Page 2 of [insert last page number of agreement]
3.2 Responsibilities of Contractor.
3.2.1 Control and Payment of Subordinates; Independent Contractor. The
Services shall be performed by Contractor or under its supervision. Contractor will
determine the means, methods and details of performing the Services subject to the
requirements of this Agreement. City retains Contractor on an independent contractor
basis and not as an employee. Contractor retains the right to perform similar or different
services for others during the term of this Agreement. Any additional personnel performing
the Services under this Agreement on behalf of Contractor shall also not be employees of
City and shall at all times be under Contractor's exclusive direction and control. Contractor
shall pay all wages, salaries, and other amounts due such personnel in connection with
their performance of Services under this Agreement and as required by law. Contractor
shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such additional personnel,
including, but not limited to: social security taxes, income tax withholding, unemployment
insurance, disability insurance, and workers' compensation insurance.
3.2.2 Schedule of Services. Contractor shall perform the Services
expeditiously, within the term of this Agreement, and in accordance with the Schedule of
Services set forth in Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
Contractor represents that it has the professional and technical personnel required to
perform the Services in conformance with such conditions. In order to facilitate
Contractor's conformance with the Schedule, City shall respond to Contractor's submittals
in a timely manner. Upon request of City, Contractor shall provide a more detailed
schedule of anticipated performance to meet the Schedule of Services.
3.2.3 Conformance to Applicable Requirements. All work prepared by
Contractor shall be subject to the approval of City.
3.2.4 City's Representative. The City hereby designates [insert Name or
Title]; or his or her designee, to act as its representative for the performance of this
Agreement ( "City's Representative "). City's Representative shall have the power to act on
behalf of the City for all purposes under this Contract. Contractor shall not accept direction
or orders from any person other than the City's Representative or his or her designee.
3.2.5 Contractor's Representative. Contractor hereby designates [insert
Name or Title], or his or her designee, to act as its representative for the performance of
this Agreement ( "Contractor's Representative "). Contractor's Representative shall have full
authority to represent and act on behalf of the Contractor for all purposes under this
Agreement. The Contractor's Representative shall supervise and direct the Services, using
his /her best skill and attention, and shall be responsible for all means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures and for the satisfactory coordination of all portions
of the Services under this Agreement.
3.2.6 Coordination of Services. Contractor agrees to work closely with City
staff in the performance of Services and shall be available to City's staff, consultants and
[insert Name of Company]
Page 3 of [insert last page number of agreement]
other staff at all reasonable times.
3.2.7 Standard of Care; Performance of Employees. Contractor shall
perform all Services under this Agreement in a skillful and competent manner, consistent
with the standards generally recognized as being employed by professionals in the same
discipline in the State of California. Contractor represents and maintains that it is skilled in
the professional calling necessary to perform the Services. Contractor warrants that all
employees and subcontractors shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform the
Services assigned to them. Finally, Contractor represents that it, its employees and
subcontractors have all licenses, permits, qualifications and approvals of whatever nature
that are legally required to perform the Services, including a City Business License, and
that such licenses and approvals shall be maintained throughout the term of this
Agreement. As provided for in the indemnification provisions of this Agreement, Contractor
shall perform, at its own cost and expense and without reimbursement from the City, any
services necessary to correct errors or omissions which are caused by the Contractor's
failure to comply with the standard of care provided for herein. Any employee of the
Contractor or its sub - contractors who is determined by the City to be uncooperative,
incompetent, a threat to the adequate or timely completion of the Project, a threat to the
safety of persons or property, or any employee who fails or refuses to perform the Services
in a manner acceptable to the City, shall be promptly removed from the Project by the
Contractor and shall not be re- employed to perform any of the Services or to work on the
Project.
3.2.8 Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall keep itself fully informed of
and in compliance with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations in any
manner affecting the performance of the Project or the Services, including all Cal /OSHA
requirements, and shall give all notices required by law. Contractor shall be liable for all
violations of such laws and regulations in connection with Services. If the Contractor
performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, rules and regulations and without
giving written notice to the City, Contractor shall be solely responsible for all costs arising
therefrom. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold City, its officials, directors, officers,
employees and agents free and harmless, pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this
Agreement, from any claim or liability arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply
with such laws, rules or regulations.
3.2.9 Insurance.
3.2.9.1 Time for Compliance. Contractor shall maintain prior to
the beginning of and for the direction of this Agreement insurance coverage as specified in
Exhibit D attached to and part of this agreement.
3.2.10 Safety. Contractor shall execute and maintain its work so as to avoid
injury or damage to any person or property. In carrying out its Services, the Contractor
shall at all times be in compliance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, rules and
regulations, and shall exercise all necessary precautions for the safety of employees
[insert Name of Company]
Page 4 of [insert last page number of agreement]
appropriate to the nature of the work and the conditions under which the work is to be
performed. Safety precautions as applicable shall include, but shall not be limited to: (A)
adequate life protection and life saving equipment and procedures; (B) instructions in
accident prevention for all employees and subcontractors, such as safe walkways,
scaffolds, fall protection ladders, bridges, gang planks, confined space procedures,
trenching and shoring, equipment and other safety devices, equipment and wearing
apparel as are necessary or lawfully required to prevent accidents or injuries; and (C)
adequate facilities for the proper inspection and maintenance of all safety measures.
3.2.11 Prevailing Wages. Contractor is aware of the requirements of
California Labor Code Section 1720, et seq., and 1770, et seq., as well as California Code
of Regulations, Title 8, Section 1600, et seq., ( "Prevailing Wage Laws "), which require the
payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other requirements on "public
works" and "maintenance" projects. If the Services are being performed as part of an
applicable "public works" or "maintenance" project, as defined by the Prevailing Wage
Laws, and if the total compensation is $1,000 or more, Contractor agrees to fully comply
with such Prevailing Wage Laws. City shall provide Contractor with a copy of the prevailing
rates of per diem wages in effect at the commencement of this Agreement. Contractor
shall make copies of the prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification or
type of worker needed to execute the Services available to interested parties upon request,
and shall post copies at the Contractor's principal place of business and at the project site.
Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its elected officials, officers,
employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of any
failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws.
3.2.12 Bonds.
3.2.12.1 Performance Bond. Contractor shall execute and
provide to City concurrently with this Agreement a Performance Bond in the amount of the
total, not -to- exceed compensation indicated in this Agreement, and in a form provided or
approved by the City. If such bond.is required, no payment will be made to Contractor until
it has been received and approved by the City.
3.2.12.2 Payment Bond. Contractor shall execute and provide to
City concurrently with this Agreement a Payment Bond in the amount of the total, not -to-
exceed compensation indicated in this Agreement, and in a form provided or approved by
the City. If such bond is required, no payment will be made to Contractor until it has been
received and approved by the City.
3.2.12.3 Bond Provisions. Should, in City's sole opinion, any
bond become insufficient or any surety be found to be unsatisfactory, Contractor shall
renew or replace the affected bond within 10 days of receiving notice from City. In the
event the surety or Contractor intends to reduce or cancel any required bond, at least thirty
(30) days prior written notice shall be given to the City, and Contractor shall post
acceptable replacement bonds at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of the original
[insert Name of Company]
Page 5 of [insert last page number of agreement]
bonds. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under this Agreement
until any replacement bonds required by this Section are accepted by the City. To the
extent, if any, that the total compensation is increased in accordance with the Agreement,
the Contractor shall, upon request of the City, cause the amount of the bonds to be
increased accordingly and shall promptly deliver satisfactory evidence of such increase to
the City. To the extent available, the bonds shall further provide that no change or
alteration of the Agreement (including, without limitation, an increase in the total
compensation, as referred to above), extensions of time, or modifications of the time,
terms, or conditions of payment to the Contractor, will release the surety. If the Contractor
fails to furnish any required bond, the City may terminate this Agreement for cause.
3.2.12.4 Surety Qualifications. Only bonds executed by an
admitted surety insurer, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120, shall be
accepted. The surety must be a California- admitted surety with a current A.M. Best's rating
no less than A:VIII and satisfactory to the City. If a California- admitted surety insurer
issuing bonds does not meet these requirements, the insurer will be considered qualified if
it is in conformance with Section 995.660 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, and
proof of such is provided to the City.
3.3 Fees and Payments.
3.3.1 Compensation. Contractor shall receive compensation, including
authorized reimbursements, for all Services rendered under this Agreement at the rates set
forth in Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The total
compensation shall not exceed [insert written dollar amount] ($[insert numerical dollar
amount]) without advance written approval of City's project manager. Extra Work may be
authorized, as described below, and if authorized, will be compensated at the rates and
manner set forth in this Agreement.
3.3.2 Payment of Compensation. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly
itemized statement which indicates work completed and hours of Services rendered by
Contractor. The statement shall describe the amount of Services and supplies provided
since the initial commencement date, or since the start of the subsequent billing periods,
as appropriate, through the date of the statement. City shall, within 45 days of receiving
such statement, review the statement and pay all approved charges thereon.
3.3.3 Reimbursement for Expenses. Contractor shall not be reimbursed for
any expenses unless authorized in writing by City.
3.3.4 Extra Work. At any time during the term of this Agreement, City may
request that Contractor perform Extra Work. As used herein, "Extra Work" means any
work which is determined by City to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project,
but which the parties did not reasonably anticipate would be necessary at the execution of
this Agreement. Contractor shall not perform, nor be compensated for, Extra Work without
written authorization from City's Representative.
[insert Name of Company]
Page 6 of [insert last page number of agreement]
3.3.5 Prevailing Wages. Contractor is aware of the requirements of
California Labor Code Section 1720, et seq., and 1770, et seq., as well as California Code
of Regulations, Title 8, Section 16000, et seq., ( "Prevailing Wage Laws "), which require the
payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other requirements on "public
works" and "maintenance" projects. If the Services are being performed as part of an
applicable "public works" or "maintenance" project, as defined by the Prevailing Wage
Laws, and if the total compensation is $1,000 or more, Contractor agrees to fully comply
with such Prevailing Wage Laws. City shall provide Contractor with a copy of the prevailing
rates of per diem wages in effect at the commencement of this Agreement. Contractor
shall make copies of the prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification or
type of worker needed to execute the Services available to interested parties upon request,
and shall post copies at the Contractor's principal place of business and at the project site.
Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its elected officials, officers,
employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of any
failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws.
3.4 Accounting Records.
3.4.1 Maintenance and Inspection. Contractor shall maintain complete and
accurate records with respect to all costs and expenses incurred under this Agreement. All
such records shall be clearly identifiable. Contractor shall allow a representative of City
during normal business hours to examine, audit, and make transcripts or copies of such
records and any other documents created pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor shall
allow inspection of all work, data, documents, proceedings, and activities related to the
Agreement for a period of three (3) years from the date of final payment under this
Agreement.
3.5 General Provisions.
3.5.1 Termination of Agreement.
3.5.1.1 Grounds for Termination. City may, by written notice to
Contractor, terminate the whole or any part of this Agreement at any time and without
cause by giving written notice to Contractor of such termination, and specifying the
effective date thereof, at least seven (7) days before the effective date of such termination.
Upon termination, Contractor shall be compensated only for those services which have
been adequately rendered to City, and Contractor shall be entitled to no further
compensation. Contractor may not terminate this Agreement except for cause.
3.5.1.2 Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated as
provided herein, City may require Contractor to provide all finished or unfinished
Documents and Data and other information of any kind prepared by Contractor in
connection with the performance of Services under this Agreement. Contractor shall be
[insert Name of Company]
Page 7 of [insert last page number of agreement]
required to provide such document and other information within fifteen (15) days of the
request.
3.5.1.3 Additional Services. In the event this Agreement is
terminated in whole or in part as provided herein, City may procure, upon such terms and
in such manner as it may determine appropriate, services similar to those terminated.
3.5.2 Delivery of Notices. All notices permitted or required under this
Agreement shall be given to the respective parties at the following address, or at such
other address as the respective parties may provide in writing for this purpose:
CONTRACTOR:
[Insert Name]
[Insert Address]
[Insert City, State zip]
Attn: [Contact Person]
CITY:
City of Rosemead
P.O. Box 399
Rosemead, CA 91770
Attn:
Such notice shall be deemed made when personally delivered or when mailed, forty -
eight (48) hours after deposit in the U.S. Mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to
the party at its applicable address. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the
date actual notice occurred, regardless of the method of service.
3.5.3 Cooperation; Further Acts. The Parties shall fully cooperate with one
another, and shall take any additional acts or sign any additional documents as may be
necessary, appropriate or convenient to attain the purposes of this Agreement.
3.5.4 Attorney's Fees. If either party commences an action against the other
party, either legal, administrative or otherwise, arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to have and recover from
the losing party reasonable attorney's fees and all other costs of such action.
3.5.5 Indemnification. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City,
its officials, officers, employees, volunteers and agents free and harmless from any and all
claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, liability, loss, damage or injury, in law
or equity, to property or persons, including wrongful death, in any manner arising out of or
incident to any alleged acts, omissions or willful misconduct of Contractor, its officials,
officers, employees, agents, consultants and contractors arising out of or in connection with
the performance of the Services, the Project or this Agreement, including without limitation
[insert Name of Company]
Page 8 of [insert last page number of agreement]
the payment of all consequential damages and attorneys fees and other related costs and
expenses. Contractor shall defend, at Contractor's own cost, expense and risk, any and all
such aforesaid suits, actions or other legal proceedings of every kind that may be brought
or instituted against City, its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents or volunteers.
Contractor shall pay and satisfy any judgment, award or decree that may be rendered
against City or its directors, officials, officers, employees, agents or volunteers, in any such
suit, action or other legal proceeding. Contractor shall reimburse City and its directors,
officials, officers, employees, agents and /or volunteers, for any and all legal expenses and
costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein
provided. Contractor's obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance .
proceeds, if any, received by the City, its directors, officials officers, employees, agents or
volunteers.
3.5.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire Agreement of
the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations,
understandings or agreements. This Agreement may only be modified by a writing signed
by both parties.
3.5.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
State of California. Venue shall be in Los Angeles County.
3.5.8 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for each and every provision
of this Agreement.
3.5.9 City's Right to Employ Other Contractors. City reserves right to
employ other contractors in connection with this Project.
3.5. 10 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding on the
successors and assigns of the parties.
3.5.11 Assignment or Transfer. Contractor shall not assign, hypothecate, or
transfer, either directly or by operation of law, this Agreement or any interest herein without
the prior written consent of the City. Any attempt to do so shall be null and void, and any
assignees, hypothecates or transferees shall acquire no right or interest by reason of such
attempted assignment, hypothecation or transfer.
3.5.12 Construction; References; Captions. Since the Parties or their agents
have participated fully in the preparation of this Agreement, the language of this Agreement
shall be construed simply, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any
Party. Any term referencing time, days or period for performance shall be deemed
calendar days and not work days. All references to Contractor include all personnel,
employees, agents, and subcontractors of Contractor, except as otherwise specified in this
Agreement. All references to City include its elected officials, officers, employees, agents,
and volunteers except as otherwise specified in this Agreement. The captions of the
various articles and paragraphs are for convenience and ease of reference only, and do
[insert Name of Company]
Page 9 of [insert last page number of agreement]
not define, limit, augment, or describe the scope, content, or intent of this Agreement.
3.5.13 Amendment; Modification. No supplement, modification, or
amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing and signed by
both Parties.
3.5.14 Waiver. No waiver of any default shall constitute a waiver of any other
default or breach, whether of the same or other covenant or condition. No waiver, benefit,
privilege, or service voluntarily given or performed by a Party shall give the other Party any
contractual rights by custom, estoppel, or otherwise.
3.5.15 No Third Party Beneficiaries. There are no intended third party
beneficiaries of any right or obligation assumed by the Parties.
3.5.16 Invalidity; Severability. If any portion of this Agreement is declared
invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the
remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.
3.5.17 Prohibited Interests. Contractor maintains and warrants that it has not
employed nor retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working
solely for Contractor, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Contractor warrants that
it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide
employee working solely for Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee,
gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this
Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this
Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer or
employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct
interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising
therefrom.
3.5.18 Equal Opportunity Employment. Contractor represents that it is an
equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor,
employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin,
handicap, ancestry, sex or age. Such non - discrimination shall include, but not be limited
to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or
recruitment advertising, layoff or termination. Contractor shall also comply with all relevant
provisions of City's Minority Business Enterprise program, Affirmative Action Plan or other
related programs or guidelines currently in effect or hereinafter enacted.
3.5.19 Labor Certification. By its signature hereunder, Contractor certifies
that it is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code which require
every employer to be insured against liability for Worker's Compensation or to undertake
self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and agrees to comply with
such provisions before commencing the performance of the Services.
[insert Name of Company]
Page 10 of [insert last page number of agreement]
3.5.20 Authority to Enter Agreement. Contractor has all requisite power and
authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.
Each Party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal
power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and bind each respective Party.
3.5.21 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of
which shall constitute an original.
3.6 Subcontracting.
3.6.1 Prior Approval Required. Contractor shall not subcontract any portion
of the work required by this Agreement, except as expressly stated herein, without prior
written approval of City. Subcontracts, if any, shall contain a provision making them
subject to all provisions stipulated in this Agreement.
[signatures on next page]
[insert Name of Company]
Page 11 of [insert last page number of agreement]
CITY OF ROSEMEAD [INSERT NAME OF CONTRACTOR]
By:
City Mayor
Attest:
Gloria Molleda
City Clerk
Approved as to Form:
Title:
[If Corporation, TWO SIGNATURES, President
OR Vice President AND Secretary, AND
CORPORATE SEAL OF CONTRACTOR
REQUIRED]
Garcia Calderon Ruiz LLP By:
City Attorney
Name:
02108
Documentt
[insert Name of Company)
Page 1 of [insert last page number of agreement]
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Prior to the beginning of and throughout the duration of the Work, Consultant will maintain
insurance in conformance with the requirements set forth below. Consultant will use
existing coverage to comply with these requirements. If that existing coverage does not
meet the requirements set forth here, Consultant agrees to amend, supplement or endorse
the existing coverage to do so. Consultant acknowledges that the insurance coverage and
policy limits set forth in this section constitute the minimum amount of coverage required.
Any insurance proceeds available to City in excess of the limits and coverage required in
this agreement and which is applicable to a given loss, will be available to City.
Consultant shall provide the following types and amounts of insurance:
Commercial General Liability Insurance using Insurance Services Office "Commercial
General Liability" policy form CG 00 01 or the exact equivalent. Defense costs must be
paid in addition to limits. There shall be no cross liability exclusion for claims or suits by
one insured against another. Limits are subject to review but in no event less than
$1,000,000 per occurrence.
Business Auto Coverage on ISO Business Auto Coverage form CA 00 01 including symbol
1 (Any Auto) or the exact equivalent. Limits are subject to review, but in no event to be less
that $1,000,000 per accident. If Consultant owns no vehicles, this requirement may be
satisfied by a non -owned auto endorsement to the general liability policy described above.
If Consultant or Consultant's employees will use personal autos in any way on this project,
Consultant shall provide evidence of personal auto liability coverage for each such person.
Workers Compensation on a state - approved policy form providing statutory benefits as
required by law with employer's liability limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident or
disease.
Excess or Umbrella Liability Insurance (Over Primary) if used to meet limit requirements,
shall provide coverage at least as broad as specified for the underlying coverages. Any
such coverage provided under an umbrella liability policy shall include a drop down
provision providing primary coverage above a maximum $25,000 self- insured retention for
liability not covered by primary but covered by the umbrella. Coverage shall be provided on
a "pay on behalf' basis, with defense costs payable in addition to policy limits. Policy shall
contain a provision obligating insurer at the time insured's liability is determined, not
requiring actual payment by the insured first. There shall be no cross liability exclusion
precluding coverage for claims or suits by one insured against another. Coverage shall be
applicable to City for injury to employees of Consultant, subconsultants or others involved
in the Work. The scope of coverage provided is subject to approval of City following receipt
of proof of insurance as required herein. Limits are subject to review but in no event less
than $ per occurrence.
D -1
[insert Name of Company]
Page 2 of [insert last page number of agreement]
Professional Liability or Errors and Omissions Insurance as appropriate shall be written on
a policy form coverage specifically designed to protect against acts, errors or omissions of
the consultant and "Covered Professional Services" as designated in the policy must
specifically include work performed under this agreement. The policy limit shall be no less
than $1,000,000 per claim and in the aggregate. The policy must "pay on behalf of the
insured and must include a provision establishing the insurer's duty to defend. The policy
retroactive date shall be on or before the effective date of this agreement.
Insurance procured pursuant to these requirements shall be written by insurers that are
admitted carriers in the state of California and with an A. M. Bests rating of A- orbetterand
a minimum financial size VII.
General conditions pertaining to provision of insurance coverage by Consultant.
Consultant and City agree to the following with respect to insurance provided by
Consultant:
1. Consultant agrees to have its insurer endorse the third party general liability
coverage required herein to include as additional insureds City, its officials,
employees and agents, using standard ISO endorsement No. CG 2010 with an
edition prior to 1992. Consultant also agrees to require all contractors, and
subcontractors to do likewise.
2. No liability insurance coverage provided to comply with this Agreement shall
prohibit Consultant, or Consultant's employees, or agents, from waiving the right
of subrogation prior to a loss. Consultant agrees to waive subrogation rights
against City regardless of the applicability of any insurance proceeds, and to
require all contractors and subcontractors to do likewise.
3. All insurance coverage and limits provided by Contractor and available or
applicable to this agreement are intended to apply to the full extent of the
policies. Nothing contained in this Agreement or any other agreement relating to
the City or its operations limits the application of such insurance coverage.
4. None of the coverages required herein will be in compliance with these
requirements if they include any limiting endorsement of any kind that has not
been first submitted to City and approved of in writing.
5. No liability policy shall contain any provision or definition that would serve to
eliminate so- called "third party action over" claims, including any exclusion for
bodily injury to an employee of the insured or of any contractor or subcontractor.
6. All coverage types and limits required are subject to approval, modification and
,additional requirements by the City, as the need arises. Consultant shall not
make any reductions in scope of coverage (e.g. elimination of contractual liability
or reduction of discovery period) that may affect City's protection without City's
prior written consent.
D -2
[insert Name of Company]
Page 3 of [insert last page number of agreement]
7. Proof of compliance with these insurance requirements, consisting of certificates
of insurance evidencing all of the coverages required and an additional insured
endorsement to Consultant's general liability policy, shall be delivered to City at
or prior to the execution of this Agreement. In the event such proof of any
insurance is not delivered as required, or in the event such insurance is canceled
at any time and no replacement coverage is provided, City has the right, but not
the duty, to obtain any insurance it deems necessary to protect its interests
under this or any other agreement and to pay the premium. Any premium so paid
by City shall be charged to and promptly paid by Consultant or deducted from
sums due Consultant, at City option.
8. Certificate(s) are to reflect that the insurer will provide 30 days notice to City of
any cancellation of coverage. Consultant agrees to require its insurer to modify
such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the
insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, or that any
party will "endeavor" (as opposed to being required) to comply with the
requirements of the certificate.
9. It is acknowledged by the parties of this agreement that all insurance coverage
required to be provided by Consultant or any subcontractor, is intended to apply
first and on a primary, noncontributing basis in relation to any other insurance or
self insurance available to City.
10. Consultant agrees to ensure that subcontractors, and any other party involved
with the project who is brought onto or involved in the project by Consultant,
provide the same minimum insurance coverage required of Consultant.
Consultant agrees to monitor and review all such coverage and assumes all
responsibility for ensuring that such coverage is provided in conformity with the
requirements of this section. Consultant agrees that upon request, all
agreements with subcontractors and others engaged in the project will be
submitted to City for review.
11. Consultant agrees not to self- insure or to use any self- insured retentions or
deductibles on any portion of the insurance required herein and further agrees
that it will not allow any contractor, subcontractor, Architect, Engineer or other
entity or person in any way involved in the performance of work on the project
contemplated by this agreement to self- insure its obligations to City. If
Consultant's existing coverage includes a deductible or self- insured retention,
the deductible or self- insured retention must be declared to the City. At that time
the City shall review options with the Consultant, which may include reduction or
elimination of the deductible or selfinsured retention, substitution of other
coverage, or other solutions.
12. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of the contract to change
the amounts and types of insurance required by giving the Consultant ninety (90)
days advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial
D -3
[insert Name of Company]
Page 4 of [insert last page number of agreement]
additional cost to the Consultant, the City will negotiate additional compensation
proportional to the increased benefit to City.
13. For purposes of applying insurance coverage only, this Agreement will be
deemed to have been executed immediately upon any party hereto taking any
steps that can be deemed to be in furtherance of or towards performance of this
Agreement.
14. Consultant acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the
part of City to inform Consultant of non - compliance with any insurance
requirement in no way imposes any additional obligations on City nor does it
waive any rights hereunder in this or any other regard.
15. Consultant will renew the required coverage annually as long as City, or its
employees or agents face an exposure from operations of any type pursuant to
this agreement. This obligation applies whether or not the agreement is canceled
or terminated for any reason. Termination of this obligation is not effective until
City executes a written statement to that effect.
16. Consultant shall provide proof that policies of insurance required herein expiring
during the term of this Agreement have been renewed or replaced with other
policies providing at least the same coverage. Proof that such coverage has
been ordered shall be submitted prior to expiration. A coverage binder or letter
from Consultant's insurance agent to this effect is acceptable. A certificate of
insurance and /or additional insured endorsement as required in these
specifications applicable to the renewing or new coverage must be provided to
City within five days of the expiration of the coverages.
17. The provisions of any workers' compensation or similar act will not limit the
obligations of Consultant under this agreement. Consultant expressly agrees not
to use any statutory immunity defenses under such laws with respect to City, its
employees, officials and agents.
18. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this section are
not intended as limitations on coverage, limits or other requirements nor as a
waiver of any coverage normally provided by any given policy. Specific reference
to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a
given issue, and is not intended by any party or insured to be limiting or all -
inclusive.
19. These insurance requirements are intended to be separate and distinct from any
other provision in this agreement and are intended by the parties here to be
interpreted as such.
20. The requirements in this Section supersede all other sections and provisions of
this Agreement to the extent that any other section or provision conflicts with or
impairs the provisions of this Section.
D-4
[insert Name of Company]
Page 5 of [insert last page number of agreement]
21. Consultant agrees to be responsible for ensuring that no contract used by any
party involved in any way with the project reserves the right to charge City or
Consultant for the cost of additional insurance coverage required by this
agreement. Any such provisions are to be deleted with reference to City. It is not
the intent of City to reimburse any third party for the cost of complying with these
requirements. There shall be no recourse against City for payment of premiums
or other amounts with respect thereto.
Consultant agrees to provide immediate notice to City of any claim or loss against
Consultant arising out of the work performed under this agreement. City assumes no
obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the
handling of any such claim or claims if they are likely to involve City.
IM
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
PERFORMANCE BOND
PERFORMANCE BOND
"Contractor "), a contract for work consisting of but not limited to, furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, equipment, services, and incidentals for the CITY HALL GENERATOR
REPLACEMENT PROJECT and all other required structures and facilities within the
rights -of -way, easements and permits;
WHEREAS, the Work to be performed by the Contractor is more particularly
set forth in that certain contract for the said Public Work dated
(hereinafter the "Public Work Contract "); and
WHEREAS, the Contractor
perform the terms thereof and to provide
thereof,
WHEREAS the CITY OF ROSEMEAD (also herein "Obligee ") has awarded to
(hereinafter
is required by said Public Work Contract to
i bond both for the performance and guaranty
NOW, THEREFORE, we
the undersigned Contractor, as
Principal, and , a
corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of
, and duly authorized to transact business underthe laws of the
State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROSEMEAD in
the sum of dollars,
($ ) , said sum being not less than 100% of the total
amount payable by the said Obligee under the terms of the said Public Work Contract, for
which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, his
or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and
abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in
the said Public Work Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on his
or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and
in all respects according to their intent and meaning; and shall faithfully fulfill the one -year
guarantee of all materials and workmanship; and indemnify and save harmless the
Obligee, its officers and agents, as stipulated in the said Public Work Contract, then this
obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and
effect. In the event legal action is required to enforce the provisions of this agreement, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees in addition to court
costs, necessary disbursements, and other damages.
In case legal action is required to enforce the provisions of this bond, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees in addition to court
costs, necessary disbursements and other consequential damages.
PERFORMANCE BOND - 1
The said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no
change, extensions of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Public Work Contract
or to the Work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications accompanying the same
shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any
such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, orto the
Work or to Specifications.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereto set our hands and seals this
day on , 20
Principal /Contractor
By:
President
Surety
By:
Attorney -in -Fact
The rate of premium on this bond is per thousand.
The total amount of premium charged, $
(The above must be filled in by corporate surety.)
PERFORMANCE BOND -2
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF
ss.
On this day of , in the year before me,
a Notary Public in and for said state,
personally appeared , known to me
(or proved to be on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is
subscribed to the within instrument as the Attorney -in -Fact of the
(surety) and acknowledged to me that he
subscribed the name of the (surety)
thereto and his own name as Attorney -in -Fact.
Notary Public in and for said State
(SEAL)
My Commission expires
PERFORMANCE BOND -3
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL
named as principal to the
certify that I am the
Secretary of the corporation
within bond; that
who signed the said bond on behalf
of the principal was then of said
corporation; that I know his signature, and his signature thereto is genuine; and that said
bond was duly signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority
of its governing Board.
(Corporate Seal)
Signature
Date
NOTE: A copy of the power of attorney to local representatives of the bonding company
may be attached hereto.
PERFORMANCE BOND - 4
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT
PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
PAYMENT BOND
PAYMENT (MATERIAL & LABOR) BOND
WHEREAS the CITY OF ROSEMEAD (hereinafter "Obligee ") has awarded to
(hereinafter
"Contractor "), a contract for work consisting of but not limited to, furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, equipment, services, and incidentals for the CITY HALL GENERATOR
REPLACEMENT PROJECT and all other required structures and facilities within the
rights -of -way, easements and permits;
WHEREAS, the Work to be performed by the Contractor is more particularly
set forth in that certain contract for the said Public Work dated
, (hereinafter the "Public Work Contract "); and
WHEREAS, said Contractor is required to furnish a bond in connection with
said Public Work Contract providing that if said Contractor or any of his or. its
subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, or terms
used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any
work or labor done thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the provisions of 3248 of
the California Civil Code, with respect to such work or labor, that the Surety on this bond
will pay the same together with a reasonable attorney's fee in case suit is brought on the
bond.
NOW, THEREFORE, we
the undersigned Contractor, as Principal
and I a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of
and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as
Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROSEMEAD and to any and all
material men, persons, companies or corporations furnishing materials, provisions, and
other supplies used in, upon, for or about the performance of the said Public Work, and all
persons, companies or corporations renting or hiring teams, or implements or machinery,
for or contributing to said Public Work to be done, and all persons performing work or labor
upon the same and all persons supplying both work and materials as aforesaid excepting
the said Contractor, the sum of dollars,
($ ) , said sum being not less than 100% of the total amount payable by
said Obligee under the terms of the said Public Work Contract, for which payment well and
truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors
and assigns jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Principal, his or
its subcontractors, heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall fail to pay
for any materials, provisions, or other supplies or machinery used in, upon, for or about the
performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for work or labor thereon of any kind, or
fail to pay any of the persons named in California Civil Code Section 3181, or amounts due
under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed by any
such claimant, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the
PAYMENT BOND - 1
Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and
his subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with
respect to such work and labor, and all other applicable laws of the State of California and
rules and regulations of its agencies, then said Surety will pay the same in or to an amount
not exceeding the sum specified herein.
In case legal action is required to enforce the provisions of this bond, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees in addition to court
costs, necessary disbursements and other consequential damages. In addition to the
provisions hereinabove, it is agreed that this bond will inure to the benefit of any and all
persons, companies and corporations entitled to make claims under Sections 3110, 3111,
3112 and 3181 of the California Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their
assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.
The said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no
change, extension of time, alteration or additions to the terms of the said Public Work
Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the specification accompanying the
same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of
any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to
the Work or to the Specifications.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereto set our hands and seals this
day on , 20
Principal /Contractor
By:
President
Surety
By:
Attorney -in -Fact
PAYMENT BOND - 2
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF ) ss.
On this day of in the year
before me, a Notary Public in and
for said state, personally appeared
known to me (or proved to be on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person
whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the Attorney -in -Fact of the
(surety) and acknowledged to me that he
subscribed the name of the (surety) thereto and his
own name as Attorney -in -Fact.
Notary Public in and for said State
(SEAL)
My Commission Expires
PAYMENT BOND - 3
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL
Secretary of the corporation
certify that I am the
named as principal in the attached bond,
— who signed the said bond on behalf of
that
the principal was then of said corporation;
that I know his signature, and his signature thereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly
signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its
governing Board.
(Corporate Seal)
Signature
Date
NOTE: A copy of the power of attorney to local representatives of the bonding company
may be attached hereto.
PAYMENT BOND - 4
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
PART "A"
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Standard Specifications. The Work hereunder shall be done in accordance with the
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ( "Green book "), 2009 Edition,
including all current supplements, addenda, and revisions thereof (hereinafter referred to
as "Standard Specifications "), these General Conditions and the Specifications and
Drawings identified in the Contract Documents. The Standard Specifications are referred
to and by this reference made a part hereof as though set forth at length. In the case of
conflict between the Standard Specifications and these General Conditions, these General
Conditions shall take precedence over, and shall be used in lieu of, such conflicting
provisions. The section headings in these General Conditions correspond to the section
headings of the Standard Specifications. In the event a section heading contained in the
Standard Specifications is not referenced in these General Conditions that section shall
read exactly as stated in the Standard Specifications.
Supplemental Reference Specifications. Insofar as references may be made in these
Special Provisions to the Caltrans Standard Specifications, such work shall conform to the
referenced portions of the technical provisions Caltrans Standard Specifications, 2006
edition, only of said reference specifications, provided, that wherever the term "Standard
Specifications' is used without the prefix "Caltrans ", it shall mean the Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction ( "Green Book "), 2009 Edition, as previously
specified in the above paragraph.
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 1
PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND
SYMBOLS
1 -2 DEFINITIONS
Wherever in the Standard Specifications or other Contract Documents the following
terms are used, they shall mean the following:
Agency - The CITY OF ROSEMEAD
Bid Guaranty - As defined in the Standard Specifications. Also referred to as the
"Bid Security" in the Contract Documents.
Bid Security - The Bid Guaranty, as defined herein.
Board - The City Council of the CITY OF ROSEMEAD.
City - The CITY OF ROSEMEAD
City's Representative - The Engineer, as defined herein.
Contract - The written agreement (Contract form) between the City and the
Contractor for the complete and adequate completion of the Work for the Project.
The Contract consists of the Contract Documents. The documents comprising the
Contract are complementary, and each obligation of the Contractor, Subcontractors
and material or equipment suppliers in any one document shall be binding as if
specified in all. The Contract is intended to include all items required forthe proper
execution and completion of the Work.
Contract Documents - In addition to the documents noted in the definition of
Contract Documents in the Standard Specifications, all documents incorporated by
reference into the Contract form.
Contract Price - The amount stated in the Contract form, including authorized
adjustments pursuant to Change Orders, which is the total amount payable by the
City to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract. It is also
sometimes referred to as the "Total Bid Price" in the Contract Documents.
Contractor's Representative — Contractor's executive representative who shall be
present on the Project Site at all times that any Work is in progress and who shall
have the authority to act on behalf of the Contractor for all purposes under the
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 2
Contract. The Contractor shall designate such representative in writing to the City.
The Contractor's Representative shall be available to the City and its agent's at all
reasonable times.
Engineer- The Director of Public Works of the CITY OF ROSEMEAD, acting either
directly or through properly authorized agents, such as agents acting within the
scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. Also sometimes referred to as the
"City's Representative" in the Contract Documents.
Liquidated Damages - the amount prescribed in the Contract form, pursuant to the
authority of Government Code Section 53069.85, to be paid to the City or to be
deducted from any payments due, or to become due, the Contractor for each day's
delay in completing the whole or any specified portion of the Work beyond the time
allowed in the Contract Documents.
Notice to Contractors - Notice Inviting Bids.
Project - The total and satisfactory completion of the project noted in the Contract
Documents, as well as all related work performed in accordance with the Contract,
including but not limited to, any alternates selected by the City.
Project Site - All of the property and /or facilities of the City where the Work will be
performed pursuant to the Contract, as well as such adjacent lands as may be
directly affected by the performance of the Work.
Recyclable Waste Materials - Materials removed from the Project site which is
required to be diverted to a recycling center rather than an area landfill. Recyclable
Waste Materials include asphalt, concrete, brick, concrete block, and rock.
Special Provisions - Any provisions which supplement or modify the Standard
Specifications, including these General Conditions (Part "A "), the Supplementary
General Conditions (Part "B ") and the Technical Provisions (Part "C ").
Total Bid Price - The amount stated in the Contract form, including authorized
adjustments pursuant to Change Orders, which is the total amount payable by the
City to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract. Also
sometimes referred to as the "Contract Price" in the Standard Specifications and
other Contract Documents.
- END OF SECTION -
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 3
SECTION 2 SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK
The project consists in the replacement of existing generator at the City Hall for a new
Generator 250 kv and appurtenances
2 -3 SUBCONTRACTS
2 -3.3 Subcontractor Obligations. Section 2 -3.3 of the Standard Specifications
shall be amended to include the following provisions:
"By appropriate written agreement, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to
be bound by all obligations of this Contract. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve
and protect the rights of the City. Should any subcontractor fail to perform the Work
undertaken by him to the satisfaction of the City, said subcontractor shall be removed
immediately from the Project upon request by the City's Representative and shall not again
be employed on the Work. The Contractor shall be held liable for the all deficient
Subcontractor Work."
2 -4 CONTRACT BONDS
The following shall be added at the end of Section 2 -4 of the Standard
Specifications:
"The Contractor shall ensure that its Bonding Company is familiar with all of the
terms and conditions of the contract Documents, and shall obtain a written
acknowledgment by the Bonding Company that said Bonding Company thereby waives the
right of special notification of any changes or modifications of the Contract, or of
extensions of time, or of decreased or increased Work, or of cancellation of the Contract,
or of any other act or acts by the Owner or any of its authorized representatives. If the
Contract Price is increased in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall, upon
request of the City, cause the amount of the bonds to be increased accordingly and
promptly deliver satisfactory evidence of such increase to the City."
"Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4108, Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors providing labor and materials in excess of the amount indicated in the
Notice Inviting Bids to supply Payment and Performance Bonds in accordance with the
same bond requirements applicable to the Contractor, except that the bond amounts shall
equal the total amount of their subcontract. The Contractor shall specify this requirement
for Subcontractor bonds in his written or published request for Subcontractor bids. Failure
to comply with this requirement shall not preclude Contractor from complying with the
Subcontractor bonding requirements. The practice of issuing separate purchase orders
and /or subcontracts for the purpose of circumventing the Subcontractor bonding
requirements shall not serve to exempt the Contractor from these requirements. No
payments, except for a reimbursement payment to the Contractor for the cost of the
Contractor's own Faithful Performance and Payment bonds, shall be made to the
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 4
Contractor until the Contractor provides the aforementioned Subcontractor bonds to the
Contractor."
2 -5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
2 -5.1 General. The second full paragraph of Section 2 -5.1 of the Standard
Specifications shall be amended to include the following at the end of that paragraph:
"All Contract Documents are essential parts of the Contract for a given project. Any
requirement included in one Contract Document shall be as binding as though included in
all, as they are intended to be cooperative and to provide a description of the Work to be
done."
2 -5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. The provisions of Section 2 -5.2 of
the Standard Specifications shall be revised to read as follows:
"In resolving disputes resulting from conflicts, errors, or discrepancies in any of the
Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The order of
precedence shall be as listed below:
1. Change Orders or Work Change Directives
2. Agreement
3. Addenda
4. Contractor's Bid (Bid Forms)
5. Special Provisions
6. General Conditions
7. Standard Specifications
8. Notice Inviting Bids
9. Instructions to Bidders
10. Specifications
11. Plans (Contract Drawings)
12. Standard Plans
13. Reference Documents"
"With reference to the Drawings, the order of precedence shall be as follows:
1. Figures govern over scaled dimensions
2. Detail drawings govern over general drawings
3. Addenda or Change Order drawings govern over Contract Drawings
4. Contract Drawings govern over Standard Drawings
5. Contract Drawings govern over Shop Drawings"
2 -5.4 Interpretation of the Plans and Specifications. Section 2 -5.4 shall be
added to the Standard Specifications to read as follows:
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 5
"Should it appear that the Work to be done, or any matter relative thereto, is not
sufficiently detailed or explained on the Plans or in the Specifications, the Contractor shall
request the City's Representative for such further explanation as may be necessary, and
shall conform to such explanation or interpretation as part of the Contract, so far as may be
consistent with the intent of the original Specifications. In the event of doubt or questions
relative to the true meaning of the Specifications, reference shall be made to the Engineer,
whose decision thereon shall be final."
2 -7 SUBSURFACE DATA
2 -7.1 Limited Reliance by Contractor. Section 2 -7.1 shall be added to the
Standard Specifications to read as follows:
"Soils reports and other reports of subsurface conditions may be made available for
inspection by the Contractor. HOWEVER, SUCH REPORTS AND DRAWINGS ARE NOT
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the
"technical data" contained in such reports and drawings only where such "technical data"
are specifically identified in the Special Provisions. Except for such reliance on such
"technical data ", the Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against the Owner,
the Engineer, nor any of the Engineer's Consultants with respect to any of the following:"
"2- 7.1.1. Completeness. The completeness of such reports and drawings for
contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and
safety precautions and programs incident thereto."
"2- 7.1.2. Other Information. Any other data, interpretations, opinions, and
information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings."
"2- 7.1.3. Interpretation. Any interpretation by the Contractor of such "technical
data" or any conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations,
opinions or information."
2 -8 RIGHT -OF -WAY.
Section 2 -8 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised in its entirety to read as
follows:
"All temporary access or construction rights -of -way, other than those shown on the
Plans, which the Contractor may find it requires during progress of the Work, shall be
arranged by, paid for and disposed of solely by the Contractor at its own expense. The
Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its officials, officers, employees and
agents free and harmless from all claims for damages of any kind arising from or incident
to such rights -of -way. Those rights -of -way shown on the Plans will be provided by the City
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 6
at its expense."
2 -9 SURVEYING.
2 -9.2 Survey Service. Section 2 -9.2 of the Standard Specifications shall be
amended to include the following:
"All survey monuments, centerline ties and survey reference points will be tied out in
advance by the City Surveyor. Temporary control shall be protected in place. Any
temporary control disturbs by the contractor shall be replaced at no additional
compensation. City Surveyor will provide one set of temporary stakes for position of well
monuments. Contractor shall install well monuments. Contractor shall coordinate with the
City Surveyor for the installation."
2 -9.4 Line and Grade. Section 2 -9.4 of the Standard Specifications shall be
amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"All Work, including finished surfaces, shall during its progress and upon completion
conform to the lines, grades, cross - sections, elevations and dimensions shown on the
Plans. All distances and measurements are given thereon and will be made in a horizontal
plane. Three consecutive points shown on the same rate of slope must be used in
common in order to detect any variation from a straight line. In the event any discrepancy
exists, it must be reported to the City's Representative. Failure to make this report shall
make the Contractor responsible for any error in the finished Work. Minor deviations from
approved Plans, whenever required by the exigencies of construction, shall be determined
in all cases by the City's Representative and authorized in writing."
2 -10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER.
The provisions of Section 2 -10 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised to
read as follows:
"Whenever the Contract Documents refer to the Engineer or City's Representative,
or provide the Engineer or City's Representative with power to act on behalf of the City,
such reference shall necessarily include the City's Representative, or his or her authorized
designee."
'The City Council shall have the power to award the Contract, and shall generally
have the final authority to act in all matters affecting the Project. The City's Representative
shall have the authority to enforce compliance with the Contract Documents. The
Contractor shall promptly comply with the instructions of the City's Representative. The
decisions of the City's Representative shall be final and binding on all questions as to: (1)
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 7
the quantity, quality and acceptability of materials and equipment furnished and Work
performed; (2) the manner of performance and rate of progress of the Work; (3) any and all
questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, General
Conditions, and Special Provisions; (4) the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract on the
part of the Contractor; (5) any claims and compensation issues; and (6) his authority to
enforce and make effective such decisions and actions as the Contractor fails to carry out
promptly."
2 -11 INSPECTION.
The provisions of Section 2 -11 shall be amended to include the following at the end
of that Section:
"The Engineer shall have complete and safe access to the Work at all times during
construction, and shall be furnished with every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the
materials and the workmanship are in accordance with the Specifications, the Special
Provisions, and the Plans. All labor, materials, and equipment furnished shall be subject to
the Engineer's inspection."
"When the Work is substantially completed, the Engineer or a representative of the
Engineer will make the final inspection."
"Whenever Contractor varies the period during which Work is carried on any
day, he shall give adequate notice to the City's Representative so that proper inspection
may be provided. Defective Work shall be made good, and unsuitable materials may be
rejected, notwithstanding the fact that such defective work and unsuitable materials have
previously been inspected, accepted or estimated for payment."
"The Contractor shall prosecute work on any State highway or within any railroad
right -of -way only in the presence of an inspector representing the State Division of
Highways or the railroad company, and any Work done in the absence of such inspectors
will be subject to rejection. The Contractor shall make the appropriate notification
according to the instructions given on the State Encroachment Permit or railroad permit for
all inspections, and shall post all bonds and certificates required by the permit. The permit
shall be acquired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall pay
for all testing and inspections required by a State Encroachment Permit or railroad permit."
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 8
2 -12 SITE EXAMINATION
Section 2 -12 shall be added to the Standard Specifications as follows:
"The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility of satisfying itself concerning the
nature and location of the Work, and the general and location conditions, such as, but not
limited to, all other matters which could in any way affect the Work or the costs thereof.
The failure of the Contractor to acquaint itself with all available information regarding any
applicable existing or future conditions shall not relieve it from the responsibility for
properly estimating either the difficulties, responsibilities, or costs of successfully
performing the Work according to the Contract Documents."
2 -13 FLOW AND ACCEPTANCE OF WATER
Section 2 -13 shall be added to the Standard Specifications as follows:
"Storm, surface, nuisance, or other waters may be encountered at various times
during construction of the Work. Therefore, the Contractor, by submitting a Bid, hereby
acknowledges that it has investigated the risk arising from such waters, has prepared its
Bid accordingly, and assumes any and all risks and liabilities arising therefrom."
2 -14 PROHIBITION AGAINST SUBCONTRACTING OR ASSIGNMENT.
Section 2 -14 shall be added to the Standard Specifications as follows:
"The Contractor shall give his personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract
and shall keep the Work under his control. The Contractor shall not contract with any
other entity to perform in whole or in part the services required hereunder except in strict
compliance with Section 2 -3 of the Standard Specifications and state law. In addition,
neither this Contract nor any interest herein may be transferred, assigned, conveyed,
hypothecated, or encumbered, either voluntarily or by force of law, except as otherwise
provided in Section 7103.5 of the State of California Public Contract Code, without the
prior written approval of the City. Transfers restricted hereunder shall include the transfer
to any person or group of persons acting in concert of more than twenty five percent (25 %)
of the present ownership and /or control of the Contractor, taking all transfers into account
on a cumulative basis. In the event of any such unapproved transfer, this Contract shall be
void. No approved transfer shall release the Contractor or any surety of the Contractor of
any liability hereunder without the expressed written consent of the City."
- END OF SECTION -
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 9
SECTION 3 CHANGES IN WORK
3 -2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.
3 -2.1 General. The provisions of Section 3 -2.1 of the Standard Specifications shall
be amended to include the following at the end of that Section:
"Contractor shall not be entitled to claim or bring suit for damages, whether for loss
of profits or otherwise, on account of any decrease or omission of any item or portion of
Work to be done. Whenever any change is made as provided for herein, such change
shall be considered and treated as though originally included in the Contract, and shall be
subject to all terms, conditions and provisions of the original Contract."
3 -2.2 Payment. The provisions of Section 3 -2.2 of the Standard Specifications
shall be revised to read as follows:
"3 -2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. Section 3 -2.2.1 shall be amended in its entirety to
read as follows:"
"3- 2.2.1(a) Allowable Quantity Variations on Unit Price Contracts. In the
event of an increase or decrease in a bid item quantity of a unit price contract, the total
amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished shall be paid for
according to the unit price established for such work under the Contract Documents,
wherever such unit price has been established; provided, that an adjustment in the
Contract Unit Price may be made for changes which result in an increase or decrease in
the quantity of any unit price bid item of the Work in excess of 25 percent, or for eliminated
items of work."
"3- 2.2.1(b) Increases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts. On a
unit price contract, should the total quantity of any item of work required underthe Contract
exceed the Engineer's Estimate therefor by more than 25 percent, the work in excess of
125 percent of such estimate and not covered by an executed contract Change Order
specifying the compensation to be paid therefor will be paid for by adjusting the Contract
Unit Price, as hereinafter provided, or at the option of the Owner, payment for the work
involved in such excess will be made as provided in Paragraph 3 -3.2, as amended in these
Special Provisions."
"Such adjustment of the Contract Unit Price will be the difference between the
Contract Unit Price and the actual unit cost, which will be determined as hereinafter
provided, of the total pay quantity of the item. If the costs applicable to such item of work
include fixed costs, such fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the
Contractor by the payments made for 125 percent of the Engineer's Estimate of the
quantity for such item, and in computing the actual unit costs, such fixed costs will be
excluded. Subject to the above provisions, such actual unit cost will be determined by the
engineer in the same manner as if the work were to be paid for as extra work as provided
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 10
in Paragraph 3 -3.2, as amended in these Special Provisions, or such adjustment as will be
as agreed to by the Contractor and the Owner."
"When the compensation payable for the number of units of an item of work
performed in excess of 125 percent of the Engineer's Estimate is less than $5,000 at the
applicable Contract Unit Price, the Engineer reserves the right to make no adjustment in
said price if he so elects, except that an adjustment will be made if requested in writing by
the Contractor."
"3- 2.2.1(c) Decreases of More Than 25 Percent on Unit Price Contracts. On
unit price contracts, should the total pay quantity of any item of work required under the
contract be less than 75 percent of the Engineer's Estimate therefor, an adjustment in
compensation pursuant to this Section will not be made unless the Contractor so requests
in writing. If the Contractor so requests, the quantity of said item performed, unless
covered by an executed contract change order specifying the compensation payable
therefor, will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Unit Price as hereinafter provided, or at
the option of the engineer, payment for the quantity of the work of such item performed will
be made as if the work were to paid for as extra work as provided in Paragraph 3 -3.2, as
amended in these Special Provisions, or such adjustment as will be as agreed to by the
Contractor and the Owner; provided, however, that in no case shall the payment for such
work be less than that which would be made at the Contract Unit Price."
"Such adjustment of the contract unit price will be the difference between the
contract unit price and the actual unit cost, which will be determined as hereinafter
provided, of the total pay quantity of the item, including fixed costs. Such actual unit cost
will be determined by the Engineer in the same manner as if the work were to be paid for
as extra work as provided in Paragraph 3 -3.2, as amended in these Special Provisions, or
such adjustment as will be as agreed to by the Contractor and the Owner."
"The payment for the total pay quantity of such item of work will in no case exceed
the payment which would be made for the performance of 75 percent of the Engineer's
Estimate of the quantity for such item at the original Contract Unit Price."
"3- 2.2.1(d) Eliminated Items on Unit Price Contracts. On unit price contracts,
should any contract item of the work be eliminated in its entirety, in the absence of an
executed contract Change Order covering such elimination, payment will be made to the
Contractor for actual costs incurred in connection with such eliminated contract item if
incurred prior to the date of notification in writing by the Engineer of such elimination."
"If acceptable material is ordered by the Contractor for the eliminated item prior to
the date of notification of such elimination by the Engineer, and if orders for such material
cannot be canceled, it will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor. In such case,
the material paid for shall become the property of the Owner and the actual cost of any
further handling will be paid for by the Owner. If the material is returnable to the vendor
and if the Engineer so directs the Contractor, the material shall be returned and the
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 11
Contractor will be paid for the actual cost of charges made by the vendor for returning the
material. The actual cost of handling returned material will be paid for."
"The actual costs or charges to be paid by the Owner to the Contractor as provided
in this Section 3 -2 will be computed in the same manner as if the work were to be paid for
as extra work as provided in Paragraph 3 -3.2, as amended in these General Conditions, or
such adjustment as will be as agreed to by the Contractor and the Owner."
3 -3 EXTRA WORK
3 -3.1 General. The provisions of Section 3 -3.1 of the Standard Specifications
shall be amended to include the following at the end of that Section:
"All extra work shall be adjusted daily upon report sheets furnished by the
Contractor, prepared by the City's Representative and signed by both parties. The daily
report shall be considered thereafter as the true record of extra work done. New and
unforeseen work will be classed as extra work only when said work is not covered and
cannot be paid for under any of the various items or combination of items for which a bid
price appears in the Bid Forms. The Contractor shall not do any extra work, except upon
written order from the City's Representative."
3 -3.2 Payment. The provisions of Section 3 -3.2 of the Standard Specifications
shall be amended as follows:
3 -3.2.1 General. Section 3 -3.2.1 shall be amended to include the following at the
beginning of that Section:
"Extra work shall be paid for under written work order in accordance with the terms
therein provided. Generally, payment for extra work will be made at the unit price or lump
sum previously agreed upon between the Contractor and the City."
3 -3.2.3 Markup. Paragraph (a) of Section 3 -3.2.3 (Work by Contractor)
shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the
Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profit.
1)
Labor
2)
Materials
3)
Equipment rental
4)
Other items and expenditures
5)
Subcontracts (1 st tier only)
6)
Lower tier subcontractors
24 percent (includes bonding)
15 percent
15 percent
15 percent
5 percent
none
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, except
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 12
for labor, one percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
3 -6 EXISTING CONDITIONS.
Section 3 -6 shall be added to the Standard Specifications as follows:
"Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for satisfying itself concerning the
conditions, nature and location of the Project and the Work to be performed, as well as the
general and local conditions. Such conditions shall include, but shall not be limited to,
local labor availability, means of transportation, necessity for security, laws and codes,
local permit requirements, wage scales, local tax structure, contractors' licensing require-
ments, availability of required insurance, and otherfactors that could in anyway affectthe
Work or the costs thereof. The Contractor is solely responsible for understanding the
facilities, difficulties and restrictions which may impact the total and adequate completion
of the Project. The failure of the Contractor to acquaint himself with all available
information regarding any applicable existing or future conditions shall not relieve him from
the responsibility for properly estimating either the difficulties, responsibilities, or costs of
fully and adequately performing the Work according to the Contract Documents."
- END OF SECTION -
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 13
SECTION 4 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4 -1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
4 -1.1 General. Section 4 -1.1 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended in
its entirety to read as follows:
"It is the intent of the City in drafting the Contract Documents to accept only
first -class work, materials, parts, equipment and workmanship. All materials, parts and
equipment furnished by Contractor for the Work shall be new, high grade, free from
defects, of specified kind and fully equal to samples when such samples are required.
Used or secondhand materials, parts and equipment may be used only if permitted by the
Specifications. When the quality or kind of material or articles required under the Contract
are not particularly specified, the Contractor shall provide those representing the best of
their class or kind. Quality of Work shall be in strict accordance with generally accepted
standards. Material, parts, equipment and Work quality shall be subject to the approval of
the City's Representative. All materials, parts and equipment used and installed, and all
details of the Work done, shall at all times be subject to the supervision, test and approval
of the City's Representative. The City's Representative shall have access to the Work at
all times during construction, and shall be furnished with every reasonable facility for
securing full knowledge with regard to the progress, workmanship and character of the
materials, parts and equipment used or employed in the Work. Materials, parts and
equipment shall be furnished in such quantities, kinds and at such times as to ensure
uninterrupted progress of the Work."
"All materials, parts, equipment or Work which are defective in their construction or
deficient in any of the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether in place or not,
shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor in an acceptable manner,
and no compensation will be allowed for such correction work. Any Work done beyond the
lines shown on the Plans or established by the City's Representative, or any extra work
done without written authority, will be considered unauthorized and will not be paid for by
the City. Upon Contractor's failure to comply promptly with any order of the City's
Representative made under the provisions of this Section, the City's Representative shall
have authority to cause such defective or unauthorized Work to be remedied or removed
and replaced, and to deduct the costs thereof from any moneys due or to become due the
Contractor. If the Work is found to be in compliance with these specifications, the City's
Representative will furnish the Contractor with a certificate to that effect."
4 -1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The provisions of Section 4 -1.2 of the
Standard Specifications shall be amended to add the following at the end of that Section:
"Contractor shall fully and adequately store and protect all materials, parts and
equipment, as required herein. Contractor shall be solely responsible for any and all
damages or loss by weather or any other cause to such materials, parts and equipment.
The Contractor shall make good any and all damages or loss to materials, parts and
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 14
equipment."
"Until the final written acceptance of the Work by the City, the Contractor shall have
the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part of the
Work by the action of the elements or any other cause. The Contractor shall rebuild,
repair, restore and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work
occasioned by any cause before its completion and acceptance, and shall bear the
expense thereof, except for such injuries or damages arising from the sole negligence or
willful misconduct of the City, its officers, agents or employees. In the case of suspension
of Work from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials
and the protection of Work already completed, and shall properly store and protect them, if
necessary. Contractor shall provide suitable drainage and erect temporary structures
where necessary. Nothing in this Contract shall be considered as vesting in the Contractor
any right of property in materials used after they have been attached or affixed to the Work
or the soil upon City real property. All such materials shall, upon being so attached or so
affixed, become the property of the City."
"Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall not be responsible for restoring
damage valued in excess of five percent (5 %) of the Contract Price if such damage was
caused by an earthquake measuring over 3.5 on the Richter scale or by a tidal wave, as
provided for in Public Contract Code Section 7105. If provided for in the Contract Bid
Forms, however, Contractor shall provide insurance to protect against such damages."
4 -1.4 Test of Materials. The provisions of Section 4 -1.4 of the Standard
Specifications shall be amended to add the following at the end of that Section:
"Contractor shall immediately remove all rejected material from the Work or Site,
and shall not again return such material to the Site."
4 -1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The second and third paragraphs of Section 4 -1.6
of the Standard Specifications shall be amended in their entirety to read as follows:
"Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by a patent,
proprietary, or brand name, or by the name of the manufacturer, such product shall be
followed by the words "or equal". A Contractor may offer any material, process, or
equipment considered as equivalent to that indicated, unless a sole source is specified.
Failure of the Contractor to submit requests for substitution promptly after award shall be
deemed to signify that the Contractor intends to furnish one of the brands named in the
Special Provisions, and the Contractor does hereby waive all rights to offer or use
substitute materials, products, or equipment for that which was originally specified. Unless
otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the time for submission of data substantiating a
request for substitution of an "or equal' item shall be not less than 35 nor more than 40
calendar days after award of Contract."
'The burden of proof as to the comparative quality and suitability of alternative
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 15
equipment or materials shall be on the Contractor. The Contractor shall, at,its expense,
furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. Such data
shall include complete calculations, technical specifications, samples, or published
documents relating to the performance and physical characteristics of the proposed
substitute. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the City's
Representative to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical or other
characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service and suitability
are such that the item will completely and adequately fulfill its intended function."
4 -1.9 Placing Orders. Section 4 -1.9 shall be added to the Standard Specifications
as follows:
"The Contractor shall place the order(s) for all long -lead supplies, materials, and
equipment, for any traffic signing, striping, legends and traffic control facilities within 3
working days after the award of Contract by the Owner. The Contractor shall furnish the
Engineer with a statement from the vendor(s) that the order(s) for said supplies, materials,
and equipment has been received and accepted by said vendor(s) within 15 working days
from the date of said award of Contract."
4 -1.10 Removal of Interfering Obstructions. Section 4 -1.10 shall be added to the
Standard Specifications to read as follows:
"The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all debris, abandoned structures, tree
roots and obstructions of any character met during the process of excavation, it being
understood that the cost of said removals are made a part of the unit price bid by the
Contractor under the item for excavation or removal of existing Work."
4 -1.11 Procedure in Case of Damage to Public Property. Section 4 -1.11 shall be
added to the Standard Specifications to read as follows:
"Any portions of curb, gutter, sidewalk or any other City improvement damaged by
the Contractor during the course of construction shall be replaced by the Contractor at his
own cost, free of all charges to the City. The cost of additional replacement of curb, gutter
or sidewalk in excess of the estimated quantities shown in the Bid Forms and
Specifications and found necessary during the process of construction (but not due to
damage resulting from carelessness on the part of the Contractor during his operations),
shall be paid to the Contractor at the unit prices submitted in his Bid."
4 -1.12 Diversion of Recyclable Waste Materials. Section 4 -1.12 shall be added to
the Standard Specifications to read as follows:
"In support of the Owner's waste reduction and recycling efforts, Contractor shall
divert all Recyclable Waste Materials, as defined in the Contract Documents, to
appropriate recycling centers rather than area landfills. Contractor will be required to
submit weight tickets and written proof of diversion with its monthly progress payment
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 16
requests. Contractor shall complete and execute any certification forms required by Owner
to document Contractor's compliance with these diversion requirements. All costs incurred
for these waste diversion efforts shall be the responsibility of the Contractor."
- END OF SECTION -
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 17
SECTION 5 UTILITIES
5 -1 LOCATION
The provisions of Section 5 -1 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended to
add the following at the end of that Section:
"Locations of existing utilities shown on the Plans are approximate and may not be
complete. Therefore, the Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert at 1- 800 -227-
2600 a minimum of 2 working days prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any potentially
existing underground facilities in order to verify the location of all utilities prior to the
commencement of the Work."
"The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating its work with all utility
companies during the construction of the Work."
"The Plans identify the approximate locations of existing utilities that parallel or
cross the Work. These locations are based on the best information available to the
Owner. The Contractor shall verify these locations."
5 -2 PROTECTION
The provisions of Section 5 -2 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended to
add the following at the end of that Section:
"All water meters, water valves, fire hydrants, electrical utility vaults, telephone
vaults, gas utility valves, and other subsurface structures shall be relocated or adjusted to
grade by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify each utility owner a minimum of 2
working days before commencing the Work."
"If the Contractor, while performing the Contract, discovers utility facilities not
identified by the public agency in the Contract Plans or Specifications, he or she shall
immediately notify the public agency and utility in writing."
"The public utility, where they are the owner, shall have the sole discretion to
perform repairs or relocation work, or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation
work at a reasonable price."
"During construction of the Work, some of the existing utilities may fall within the
prism of trenches. if the existing utility does fall within the contractor =s trenches, the utility
involved shall be supported properly by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the utility
owner. The method of support of the utility, precautions to be taken during trench backfill
and compaction, etc., shall be per the utility owner's requirements. The Contractor shall
contact the utility owner should it anticipate such exposure of any of the existing utilities."
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 18
5 -5 DELAYS
The provisions of Section 5 -5 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended to
add the following at the end of that Section:
"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the provisions of Articles 1 and 2 of the
California Government Code (Sections 4215 and 4216) are incorporated by reference as if
fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the Standard Specifications and
Government Code Sections 4215 and 4216, the provisions of Government Code Section
4215 and 4216 shall prevail. Contractor should pay particular attention to the provisions of
Section 4215 with regards to the relocation of utilities, the costs thereof, delays caused
thereby and the indication of service laterals and appurtenances."
"The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities or franchises to enter upon the
streets for the purpose of making repairs or changes in their property which may be
necessary as a result of the Work. Employees of the City shall likewise have the privilege
of entering upon the street for the purpose of making any necessary repairs or
replacements."
"Contractor shall employ and use only qualified persons, as hereinafter defined, to
work in proximity to Southern California Edison's secondary; primary and transition
facilities. The term "qualified person" shall mean one who, by reason of experience or
instruction, is familiar with the operation to be performed and the hazards involved, as
more specifically defined in Section 2700 of Title 8 of the California Administrative Code.
The Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to assure compliance by all
Subcontractors."
- END OF SECTION -
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 19
SECTION 6 PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
6 -1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
The second paragraph of Section 6 -1 of the Standard Specifications shall be
amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"After the Contract has been approved by the Owner, and a written Notice to
Proceed has been issued to the Contractor, the Contractor shall start the Work within 10
working days after the date specified in said Notice to Proceed. The Work shall be
diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the time indicated in the Bid
Documents and Contract Form, plus any duly authorized extensions thereof."
The provisions of Section 6 -1 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended to
add the following at the end of that Section:
"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Contractor's proposed
construction schedule shall include the expected start and completion dates for all portions
of the contract Work. During a scheduling conference between the Contractor and the
City's Representative, the work schedule will be discussed and modified, if necessary, by
mutual agreement. Should it become necessary for the City to delay temporarily the
construction schedule agreed upon during the scheduling conference, every effort will be
made to permit a new construction schedule at the time most convenient to the Contractor,
thus permitting the Project to proceed with the shortest intramural movement of the
equipment. The Contractor shall notify the City's Representative in all such cases in order
to arrive at a mutually satisfactory schedule."
"Contractor's construction schedule shall be in a form provided for in the
Specifications. Contractor shall continuously update its construction schedule.
Contractor shall submit an updated and accurate construction schedule to the
Owner whenever specifically requested to do so by Owner and with each periodic
payment request. Failure to submit an updated and accurate construction schedule
shall render Contractor in breach of the Contract and shall entitle Ownerto withhold
money therefor."
6 -3 SUSPENSION OF WORK.
6 -3.1 General. The provisions of Section 6 -3.1 of the Standard Specifications
shall be amended to add the following at the end of that Section:
"The situations which will be deemed to be in the City's interest to suspend the
Work shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following: (1) unsuitable weather or such
other conditions that render the proper prosecution of the Work impracticable or inefficient;
or (2) when the Contractor or his workmen fail or refuse to carry out orders or to perform
any or all of the requirements of the Contract; (3) when the Contractor fails or refuses to
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 20
supply an adequate working force for any reason whatsoever (including, but not limited to,
strikes, labor unrest or labor shortages of any kind); (4) when the Contractor fails or
refuses to begin delivery of any materials, manufactured articles, supplies orequipment for
any reason whatsoever (including, but not limited to, transportation problems, strikes, labor
unrest or labor shortages of any kind); (5) when the Contractor fails or refuses to
commence Work within the time specified for any reason whatsoever (including, but not
limited to, transportation problems, labor strikes, labor unrest or labor shortages of any
kind); (6) when the Contractor fails or refuses to maintain an adequate rate of delivery of
materials, manufactured articles, supplies or equipment for any reason whatsoever
(including, but not limited to transportation problems, strikes, labor unrest or labor
shortages of any kind); (7) when the Contractor fails or refuses to execute the Work in a
manner and at such locations as specified in the Contract Documents; (8) when the
Contractor fails or refuses to maintain a Work program which will insure the Agency's
interest; (9) when the Contractor fails or refuses to carry out the intent of the Contract; or
(10) when the Contractor fails or refuses in any other respect to prosecute the Work with
the diligence, speed or force specified or intended by the terms of the Contract. The
Contractor shall immediately comply with any written order from the City's Representative
and shall not resume operations until so ordered in writing."
6 -4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR.
The first, second and third full paragraphs of Section 6 -4 of the Standard
Specifications shall be amended to read as follows:
"if the Contractor should be in violation of the Contract, then the City may, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving notice as specified herein, terminate
the Contract and take all actions provided for herein and elsewhere in the Contract
Documents. By way of example and not as a limitation upon its right to terminate the
Contract as provided herein, the City may terminate the Contract if, in its sole opinion, the
Contractor fails or refuses to: (1) begin delivery of any materials, manufactured articles,
supplies or equipment for any reason whatsoever (including, but not limited to
transportation problems, strikes, labor unrest or labor shortages of any kind); (2)
commence Work within the time specified for any reason whatsoever (including, but not
limited to, transportation problems, labor strikes, labor unrest or labor shortages of any
kind); (3) maintain an adequate rate of delivery of materials, manufactured articles,
supplies or equipment for any reason whatsoever (including, but not limited to,
transportation problems, strikes, labor unrest or labor shortages of any kind); (4) execute
the Work in a manner and at such locations as specified in the Contract Documents; (5)
maintain a Work program which will insure the Agency's interest; (6) carry out the intent of
the Contract; (7) supply an adequate working force for any reason whatsoever (including,
but not limited to, strikes, labor unrest, labor shortages of any kind), or (8) in any other
respect prosecute the Work with the diligence, speed or force specified or intended bythe
terms of the Contact."
If the City determines that sufficient grounds exist to terminate the Contract as
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 21
provided herein, the City's Representative shall provide written notice to the Contractor
and its surety on its performance bond. If the Contractor or its surety does not fully comply
with such notice within five (5) days after receiving it, or fails to continue after starting to
comply in good faith, the City may exclude the Contractor and its employees and
Subcontractors from the Work, or any portion thereof, and take possession of and use, or
cause to be used, all materials, tools and equipment of every description as may be found
at the place of such Work. Thereupon, the Contractor and its employees and
Subcontractors shall discontinue such Work or such part thereof as the City may
designate, and the City may thereupon, by Contract or otherwise, as it may determine,
complete the Work or any part thereof. All expenses charged under this paragraph shall
be deducted and paid for by the City out of any moneys then due or to become due the
Contractor under the Contract. In such accounting, the City shall not be held to obtain the
lowest figure for the Work for completing the Contract, or any part thereof, or for insuring
its proper completion, but all sums paid therefore shall be charged to the Contractor. In
case the expenses so charged are less than a sum which would have been payable under
the Contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive the difference. In case such expense shall exceed the amount payable
under the Contract, then the Contractor shall pay the amount of the excess to the City
upon completion of the Work without further demand being made therefore. In the
determination of the question as to whether or not there has been any such noncompliance
with the Contract as to warrant the suspension or annulment thereof, the decision of the
City Council shall be binding on all parties to the Contract."
6 -8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE.
Section 6 -8 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended in its entirety as
follows:
"The Work will be inspected for acceptance by the City's Representative upon
receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. If, in the
sole discretion of the City's Representative, the Work has been completed and is ready for
acceptance, the City's Representative will notify the City Clerk that the Contract has been
completed in its entirety. The City's Representative shall request that the City accept the
Work and that the City Clerk be authorized to file on behalf of the City in the office of the
Los Angeles County Recorder, a Notice of Completion of the Work. The date of
completion shall be the date the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect the
Work."
"The Contractor hereby guarantees that the entire Work constructed by him under
the Contract will meet fully all requirements as to quality of workmanship and materials.
The Contractor hereby agrees to make, at his own expense, any repairs or replacements
made necessary by defects in materials or workmanship that become evident within one
(1) year after the date of the final payment, and to restore to full compliance with the
requirements of these Contract Documents, including any test requirements set forth
herein for any part of the Work constructed hereunder, which during said one (1) year
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 22
period is found to be deficient with respect to any provisions of the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written
orders for the same from the City's Representative. If the Contractor fails to make the
repairs and replacements promptly, the City may do the work and the Contractor and his
sureties shall be liable to the City for the cost thereof."
"The guarantees and agreements set forth herein shall be secured by a surety bond
which shall be delivered by the Contractor to the City before the Notice of Completion and
acceptance of the Work by the City. Said bond shall be in the form approved by the City
Attorney and executed by a surety company or companies satisfactory to the City in the
amount of One Hundred Percent (100 %) of the Contract. Said bond shall remain in force
for a period of one (1) year after the date of Notice of Completion and acceptance.
Alternatively, the Contractor may provide for the Faithful Performance Bond furnished
under the Contract to remain in force and effect for said amount until the expiration of said
one (1) year period."
"The parties agree that no certificate given, with the exception of the certificate of
final payment, shall be conclusive evidence of the faithful performance of the Contract,
either in whole or in part, and that no payment shall be construed to be in acceptance of
any defective work or improper materials. Further, the certificate of final payment shall not
terminate the Contractor's obligations under his warranty herein above. The Contractor
agrees that payment of the amount due under the Contract and the adjustments and
payments due for any Work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall
release the City, the City Council and its officials, officers and employees from any and all
claims or liability on account of work performed under the Contract or any alteration
thereof."
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 23
6 -9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Section 6 -9 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended in its entirety to read
as follows:
"Contractor agrees that if the Work is not completed within the Contract Time and /or
pursuant to any completion schedule, construction schedule or project milestones
developed pursuant to provisions of the Contract, it is understood, acknowledged and
agreed that the District will suffer damage. Pursuant to Government Code Section
53069.85, Contractor shall pay to the District as fixed and liquidated damages the sum
specified in the Contract form for each and every calendar day of delay beyond the
Contract Time or beyond any completion schedule, construction schedule or Project
milestones established pursuant to the Contract. Liquidated damages may be deducted
from any payments or other funds owing to Contractor, including progress payments, the
final payment and retentions."
6 -11 TIMES OF OPERATION
Section 6 -11 shall be added to the Standard Specifications to read as follows:
"It shall be unlawful for any person to operate, permit, use, or cause to operate any
of the following, other than between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through
Friday, with no work allowed on Owner - observed holidays, unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer:
1. Powered Vehicles
2. Construction Equipment
3. Loading and Unloading Vehicles
4. Domestic Power Tools"
Contractor shall not perform any work prior 9:00 am on Northbound and 3:00
pm on Southbound. The City Engineer can extend the time upon request; and, if he
deems necessary for the safety of the traffic of the public.
-END OF SECTION -
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 24
SECTION 7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
7 -2 LABOR.
7 -2.2 Laws. The provisions of Section 7 -2.2 of the Standard Specifications shall
be amended in their entirety as follows:
"The Contractor, its agents and employees shall be bound by and comply with
applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State and local laws related to labor.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract Documents, Contractor
shall comply with the following:"
"7 -2.2.1 Social Security Requirements. Contractor shall furnish to the City
satisfactory evidence that he and all of his Subcontractors are complying with all laws,
rules and regulations with respect to Social Security . The Contractor, at any time upon
request, shall satisfy the City that all necessary Social Security and other taxes are being
properly reported and paid."
"7 -2.2.3 Eight Hour Work Day. Contractor and all Subcontractors shall be
required to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1810 et sec.
According to those sections, eight (8) hours of labor shall constitute a legal day's work.
Contractor shall pay to the City a penalty of Twenty -five Dollars ($25.00) for each worker
employed in the execution of this Contract by the Contractor, or by any Subcontractor, for
each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than
eight (8) hours in any calendar day or forty (40) hours in any one (1) calendar week,
except when payment for overtime is made at not less than one and one -half (1 -1 /2) times
the basic rate for that worker."
"7 -2.2.4 Licensing Requirements. Pursuant to Section 7028.15 of the
Business and Professions Code and Section 3300 of the Public Contract Code, all bidders
must possess proper licenses for performance of this Contract. Contractors shall meet the
California Contractor's license requirements set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids.
Subcontractors must possess the appropriate licenses for each specialty subcontracted.
Pursuant to Section 7028.5 of the Business and Professions Code, the City shall consider
any bid submitted by a contractor not currently licensed in accordance with state law and
pursuant to the requirements found in the Contract Documents to be nonresponsive, and
the City shall reject the Bid. The City shall have the right to request, and the Bidders shall
provide within five (5) Calendar Days, evidence satisfactory to the City of all valid
license(s) currently held by that Bidder and each of the Bidder's subcontractors, before
awarding the Contract."
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 25
"7 -2.2.5 Non - Discrimination. Contractor shall not discriminate in the
employment of persons upon the Contract because of the race, creed, color, national
origin, ancestry, non - disqualifying disability, age, medical condition, marital status, sex or
other classifications of such persons protected by federal, state and local laws, rules and
regulations. Such non- discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities
related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment
advertising, layoff or termination. Contractor shall cause an identical clause to be included
in every subcontract for the contract work."
7-2.2.6 Travel and Subsistence Payments. As required by Section 1773.8
of the California Labor Code, the Contractor shall pay travel and subsistence payments to
each worker needed to execute the Work, as such travel and subsistence payments are
defined in the applicable collective bargaining agreements filed in accordance with law.
To establish such travel and subsistence payments, the representative of any craft,
classification, or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall file with the
Department of Industrial Relations fully executed copies of collective bargaining
agreements for the particular craft, classification or type of work involved. Such
agreements shall be filed within 10 days after their execution and thereafter shall establish
such travel and subsistence payments whenever filed 30 days prior to the call for Bids."
7 -3 PERMITS.
Section 7 -5 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
"Unless indicated to the contrary in the Contract Documents, including the Special
Provisions, Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses (including a City business
license), pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due
and lawful prosecution of the Work."
7 -8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE.
7 -8.2 Air Pollution Control. The provisions of Section 7 -8.2 of the Standard
Specifications shall be amended to add the following at the end of that Section:
"In addition, Contractor shall comply with all air pollution control rules, regulations,
ordinances and statutes. All containers of paint, thinner, curing compound, solvent or
liquid asphalt shall be labeled to indicate that the contents fully comply with the applicable
material requirements."
7 -8.6 Water Pollution Control. The provisions of Section 7 -8.6 of the Standard
Specifications shall be amended to add the following at the end of that Section:
"in addition, Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Federal Clean Water
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 26
Act as regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in 40 Code of Federal
Regulations Parts 122 -124, the Porter - Cologne Act (California Water Code) and the Waste
Discharge Requirements for Municipal Storm Water Discharges within the County of Los
Angeles. Suitable Best Management Practices (BMPs) are listed in the California Storm
Water Best Management Practices Handbook for Construction Activities
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Water Quality Protection Requirements For Construction Projects With Less
than 1 -Acre Of Disturbed Soil
All construction projects, regardless of size, will be required to implement best
management practices (BMPs) necessary to reduce pollutants to the Maximum
Extent Practicable (MEP) to meet the minimum water quality protection
requirements as defined in Table 2 -1.
Table 2 -1
Minimum Water Quality Protection Requirements for Construction Projects
Category
Minimum Requirements
BMPs
1. Sediment
Sediments generated on the project site shall be
Sediment
Control
retained using adequate Treatment Control or
Control
Structural BMPs.
2.
Construction - related materials, wastes, spills or
Site
Constructi
residues shall be retained at the project site to avoid
Management;
on
discharge to streets, drainage facilities, receiving
Material and
Materials
waters, or adjacent properties by wind or runoff.
Waste
Control
Non -storm water runoff from equipment and vehicle
Management
washing and any other activity shall be contained at
the project sites.
3. Erosion
Erosion from slopes and channels shall be
Erosion
Control
controlled by implementing an effective combination
Control
of BMPs, such as the limiting of grading scheduled
during the wet season; inspecting graded areas
during rain events; planting and maintenance of
vegetation on slopes; and covering erosion
susceptible slopes.
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 27
Please refer to the California Stormwater Quality Association's Construction
Handbook available for free on their website ( www.cabmphandbooks.com —
Construction Handbook) for further information regarding the BMPs listed in Table
2 -1.
B. Water Quality Protection Requirements For Construction Projects With 1 -Acre
(or greater) Of Disturbed Soil
In addition to the minimum BMPs required in Section A, a Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan ( SWPPP) must be submitted to the City for all construction projects
where at least 1 -Acre of soil will be disturbed. The SWPPP will include strategies
for reducing runoff of pollutants and minimize environmental impacts to receiving
waters. A SWPPP may also be required for projects smaller than 1 -Acre if the City
designates the project a threat to water quality objectives.
In addition, the contractor must contact the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality
Control Board (LARWQCB) if the project will disturb 1 -Acre or more of soil.
Construction activities can not begin until a Waste discharger Identification (WDID)
Number is issued by the State Water Board. The 1 -Acre threshold includes the
total amount of land disturbance. For example, if four streets, each 1/4 -acre in size
in different parts of the City are to be reconstructed then a WDID Number must be
obtained. To request a Notice of Intent (NOI) you must contact the Regional Board
at:
Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board
320 W. 4 1 . Street, Suite 200
Los Angeles, California 90013
Phone: (213) 576 -6600; Fax: (213) 576 -6640
Internet Address: http: / /www.swrcb.ca.gov /— rwgcb4
The SWPPP shall include:
• The name, location, period of construction, and a brief description of the project;
• Contact information for the owner and contractor;
• The building permit number for the project;
• The grading permit number for the project (where applicable)
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 28
• A list of major construction materials, wastes, and activities at the project site;
• A list of best management practices to be used to control pollutant discharges
from major construction
materials, wastes, and activities;
• A site plan (construction plans may be used) indicating the selection of BMPs and
their location where
appropriate;
• Non -storm water discharges, their locations, and the BMPs necessary to prevent
the discharge;
• A maintenance and self- inspection schedule of the BMPs to determine the
effectiveness and necessary
repairs of the BMPs; and
• A certification statement that all required and selected BMPs will be effectively
implemented.
Within 7 days after the City has certified the contract, the Contractor shall submit
two 2 copies of the proposed SWPPP to the City. The City shall review the
SWPPP within 14 days of receipt of the plan. If revisions are required, the
Contractor shall revise and re- submit the document within 7 days of their receipt of
the City's comments. The City shall then have 7 days to consider the revisions
made by the Contractor and approve the SWPPP.
The Contractor shall maintain a minimum of two readily accessible copies of the
SWPPP at the project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a
representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB), or the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). Requests by environmental groups
and the public shall be directed to the City.
C. Best Management Practices
The objective of the SWPPP is to identify potential sources of pollution that may
reasonably affect the quality of storm water discharge associated with construction
activities. The plan will describe and ensure the implementation of Best
Management Practices (BMPs) which will be used to reduce pollutants in the storm
water discharges from the construction site. A Best Management Practice is
defined as any program, technology, process, operating method, measure, or
device that controls, prevents, removes, or reduces pollution. The Contractor shall
select appropriate BMPs from the California Stormwater BMP Handbook, Municipal,
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 29
Industrial, New Development, and Construction Volumes
( www.cabmphandbooks.com in conjunction with all activities and construction
operations:
1. Construction Practices (NS2, NS3, NS4, and NS6)
2. Material and Waste Management (WM01, WMO2, and WM04)
3. Vehicle and Equipment Management (NS8, NS9, and NS10)
4. Physical Stabilization (EC7, EC12, NS4, TC1, and TC2)
5. Sediment Control Practices (SE1, SE9, SE8, SE10, SE3, and SE2)
Copies of the California Stormwater BMP Handbooks may be obtained from:
California Stormwater Quality Association Los Angeles County DPW
P.O. Box 2313 Cashier's Office
Livermore, CA 94551 900 South Fremont Avenue
www.cabmphandbooks.com Alhambra, CA 91803
Tel. No. (626) 458 -6959
D. Implementation
The Contractor will be responsible throughout the duration of the project for the
installation, monitoring, inspection and maintenance of the BMPs included in the
SWPPP and for removing and disposing of temporary BMPs. The Contractor may
be required to implement additional BMPs as a result of changes in actual field
conditions, contractor's activities, or construction operations.
The Contractor shall demonstrate the ability and preparedness to fully deploy these
SW PPP control measures to protect soil- disturbed areas of the project site before
the onset of precipitation and shall maintain a detailed plan for the mobilization of
sufficient labor and equipment to fully deploy these control measures.
Throughout the winter season, active soil- disturbed areas of the project site shall be
fully protected at the end of each day with these control measures unless fair
weather is predicted through the following day. The Contractor shall monitor daily
weather forecasts. If precipitation is predicted prior to the end of the following
workday, construction scheduling shall be modified, as required, and the Contractor
shall deploy functioning control measures prior to the onset of the precipitation.
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 30
The City may order the suspension of construction operations which are creating
water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section,
"Water Pollution Control ". Unless otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor's
responsibility for SW PPP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary
suspension of work.
E. Sewage Spill Prevention
The Contractor's attention is directed to the sewer bypass operation required during
any sewer construction (Standard Specification for Public Works Construction
Section 500.1.2.4).
The Contractor shall exercise extraordinary care to prevent the cause of events that
may lead to a sewage spill. In the event of a sewage spill, the Contractor shall make
arrangements for an emergency response unit comprised of emergency response
equipment and trained personnel to be immediately dispatched to the project site.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for preventing and containing sewage
spills as well as recovering and properly disposing of raw sewage. In addition, the
Contractor is responsible for any fines, penalties and liabilities arising from
negligently causing a sewage spill. Any utility that is damaged by the contractor
shall be immediately repaired at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall
take all measures necessary to prevent further damage or service interruption and
to contain and clean up the sewage spills.
F. Sewage Spill Telephone Notification
Should a sewage spill occur, the Contractor shall immediately report the incidentto
the following two (2) City Departments:
Public Works/ Engineering (626) 569 -2150
Public Safety Department (626) 569 -2292
The Contractor is encouraged to obtain telephone numbers, pager numbers and cellular
telephone numbers of City representatives such as Project Managers and Inspectors, to be
reached during emergency and off - hours.
The City will notify the following:
Los Angeles County Department of Health Services (213) 974 -1234
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 31
Los Angeles County Department of Public Works (800) 303 -0003
Regional Water Quality Control Board (213) 576 -6665 or 6600
State Office of Emergency Services (800) 852 -7550
(For any significant volume of material that entered the storm drain or
receiving water)
G. Sewage Spill Written Notification
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a written report within three (3) working
days from the occurrence of a spill to the City, (Attention: Project Manager). This
report shall describe the following information related to the spill:
1. The exact location on the Thomas Guide map
2. The nature and volume
3. The date, time and duration
4. The cause
5. The type of remedial and /or cleanup measures taken and date and time
implemented
6. The corrective and preventive action taken, and
7. The water body impacted and results of necessary monitoring
H. Enforcement
The City, as a permittee, is subject to enforcement actions by the LARWQCB, U.S.
EPA, environmental groups and private citizens. The Contractor shall be
responsible for all costs and liabilities imposed by law as result of the Contractor's
failure to comply and /or fulfill the requirements set forth in Section 7.09 - "Water
Pollution Control ". The costs and liabilities include, but are not limited to fines,
penalties and damages whether assessed against the City or the Contractor.
In addition to any remedy authorized by law, any money due to the Contractor
under this contract shall be retained by the City until all costs and liabilities imposed
by law against the City or Contractor have been satisfied.
I. Maintenance
The Contractor shall ensure the proper implementation and functioning of BMP
control measures and shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for
the BMPs identified in the SWPPP. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions
and time frames in order to properly address any damaged measure, or reinitiate
any BMPs that have been discontinued.
If the City identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of identified
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 32
control measures, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately
or by a later date and time if requested in writing, but not later than the onset of the
subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no
additional cost to the City.
J. Payment
All costs involved in the implementation of the SWPPP, including furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, equipment and all incidentals; and for doing all the work
involved in installing, constructing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of control
measures, except those that were installed as a part of another structure, shall be
included in the unit prices bid for the various related items of work and no additional
compensation will be made therefore.
7 -8.8 Sound and Vibration Control Requirements. Section 7 -8.8 shall be added
to the Standard Specifications to read as follows:
"The Contractor shall comply with all local sound control and noise level rules,
regulations and ordinances, including hours of operation requirements. No internal
combustion engine shall be operated on the Project without a muffler of the type
recommended by the manufacturer. Should any muffler or other control device sustain
damage, the Contractor shall promptly remove the equipment and shall not return said
equipment to the job until the device is repaired or replaced. Said noise and vibration level
requirements shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not
limited to, trucks, transit mixers or transit equipment that may or may not be owned by the
Contractor."
7 -10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.
7 -10.4 Safety.
7- 10.4.1 Safety Orders. Section 7- 10.4.1 shall be amended to add the following to
the beginning of the first full paragraph:
"In accordance with generally accepted construction practices, the Contractor shall
be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including the safety of
all persons and property in performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply
continuously and shall not be limited to normal working hours. The Contractor's duty to
preserve safety shall include, but shall not be limited to, the erection and maintenance of
temporary fences, bridges, railings and barriers; the placement of guards; maintenance
and operation of sufficient lights and signals; and all other precautions necessary to
maintain safety in the vicinity of the Work. Any duty on the part of the City's
Representative or other City employee or agent to give general engineering supervision of
the Contractor's performance is not intended to include the review of the adequacy of the
Contractor's safety measures. Nothing herein shall relieve Contractor of his sole and
complete responsibility for safety conditions on the Site."
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 33
Section 7- 10.4.1 shall be amended also to add the following to the beginning of the
second full paragraph:
"Pursuant to Labor Code Section 6705, if the Contract Price exceeds $25,000 and if
the Work governed by this Contract entails excavation of any trench or trenches five (5)
feet or more in depth, Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Labor
Code, including Section 6705, regarding sheeting, shoring and bracing."
7- 10.4.3 Special. Hazardous Substances and Processes. Section 7- 10.4.3 shall
be amended to add the following to the end of that Section:
"As required by Public Contract Code Section 7104, if this Contract involves digging
trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four (4) feet below the surface,
Contractor shall promptly, and prior to disturbance of any conditions, notifyCityof: (1) any
material discovered in excavation that Contractor believes to be a hazardous waste that is
required to be removed to a Class I, Class II or Class III disposal site; (2) subsurface or
latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated by City; and
(3) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature at the site, significantly different from
those ordinarily encountered in such contract work. Upon notification, City shall promptly
investigate the conditions to determine whether a change order is appropriate. In the
event of a dispute, Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date
and shall proceed with all Work to be performed under the Contract, but shall retain all
rights provided by the Contract or by law for making protests and resolving the dispute."
7 -11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES.
Section 7 -11 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended in its entirety to read
as follows:
"The Contractor shall include in its bid amount the patent fees or royalties on any
patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. Contractor shall assume all
liability and responsibility arising from the use of any patented, or allegedly patented,
materials, equipment, devices or processes used in or incorporated with the work, and
shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officials, officers, agents and
employees from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, damages, losses,
costs and expenses, of whatsoever kind or nature, arising from such use."
7 -13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED.
Section 7 -13 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised in its entirety to read as
follows:
"The Contractor shall keep itself fully informed of all existing and future State,
Federal and local laws, rules and regulations, which in any manner affect those engaged
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 34
or employed in the Work, or the materials used in the Work, or which in any affect the
conduct of the Work, and of all such orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any
jurisdiction or authority over the same. The Contractor shall at all times observe and
comply with all such existing and future laws, rules, ordinances, regulations, orders, and
decrees of bodies or tribunals having any or all authority over the Work, and shall defend,
indemnify and hold harmless, at least to the extent of the indemnification provisions of this
Agreement, the Owner and its officials, officers, employees, volunteers and agents,
including, but not limited to, the Director of Public Works and the Owner Engineer, against
any claim or liability arising from, or based on, the violation or alleged violation of any such
law, rule, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by itself or its employees. The
Contractor shall particularly observe all laws, rules and regulations relating to the
obstruction of streets or the conduct of the Work, keeping open passageways and
protecting the same where they are exposed or dangerous to traffic. The Contractor shall
at all times comply with such laws, rules and regulations. If any discrepancy or
inconsistency is discovered in the Plans, Drawings, Special Provisions, or Contract for the
Work in relation to any such law, rule, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, the
Contractor shall forthwith report the same to the Engineer in writing."
7 -15 INDEMNIFICATION.
Section 7 -15 shall be added to the Standard Specifications as follows:
"Contractor shall defend (with counsel of City's choosing), indemnify and hold the
City, its officials, officers, employees, volunteers and agents free and harmless from any
and all claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, liabilities, losses, damages or
injuries, in law or equity, to property or persons, including wrongful death, to the extent
arising out of or incident to any acts, omissions or willful misconduct of Contractor, its
officials, officers, employees, agents, consultants and contractors arising out of or in
connection with the performance of the Work orthis Contract, including without limitation
the payment of all consequential damages and attorneys fees and other related costs and
expenses. Contractor shall defend, at Contractor's own cost, expense and risk, with
Counsel of City's choosing, any and all such aforesaid suits, actions or other legal
proceedings of every kind that may be brought or instituted against City, its officials,
officers, employees, volunteers or agents. To the extent of its liability, Contractor shall pay
and satisfy any judgment, award or decree that may be rendered against City, its officials,
officers, employees, volunteers or agents, in any such suit, action or other legal
proceeding. Contractor shall reimburse City, its officials, officers, employees, volunteers
or agents for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection
therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein provided. The only limitations on this
provision shall be those imposed by Civil Code Section 2782."
7 -16 CONCRETE FORMS, FALSEWORK AND SHORING.
Section 7 -16 shall be added to the Standard Specifications as follows:
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 35
"Contractor shall comply fully with the requirements of Section 1717 of the
Construction Safety Orders, State of California, Department of Industrial Relations,
regarding the design of concrete forms, falsework, and shoring, and the inspection of same
prior to the placement of concrete. Where Section 1717 requires the services of a civil
engineer registered in the State of California to approve design calculations and working
drawings of the falsework or shoring system, or to inspect such system prior to the
placement of concrete, Contractor shall employ a registered civil engineer for these
purposes, and all costs therefor shall be included in the Bid item price named in the
Contract for completion of the Work as set forth in the Contract Documents."
- END OF SECTION -
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 36
SECTION 9 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9 -2 LUMP SUM WORK.
Section 9 -2 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended to add the following at
the end of that Section:
"On lump sum contracts, the Contractor shall submit, for approval by the Engineer, a
Schedule of Values, or lump sum price breakdown, which will serve as the basis for
progress payments and which shall be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment
acceptable to the Engineer. Such Schedule of Values shall be submitted for approval at
the Pre - construction Conference and must meet the approval of the Engineer before any
payments can be made to the Contractor."
9 -3 PAYMENT.
9 -3.1 Payment. The last paragraph of Section 9 -3.1 of the Standard Specifications
shall be deleted and replaced with the following two paragraphs:
"Contractor shall submit, with each of its billing invoices, a corrected list of
quantities, verified by the Engineer, for unit price items listed in the Bid Schedule.
Following the City's acceptance of the Work as fully complete, the Contractor shall submit
to the City for approval a written statement of the final quantities of Contract items for
inclusion in the final invoice. Upon receipt of such statement, the City's Representative
shall check the quantities included therein and shall authorize the Contractor to submit an
invoice which, in the City Representative's opinion, shall be just and fair, covering the
amount and value of the total amount of Work done by the Contractor, less previous
payments, applicable withholdings and retentions."
"All retention proceeds shall be released and paid in strict accordance with Public
Contract Section 7107."
Section 9 -3.1 of the Standard Specifications shall be amended to also add the
following at the end of that Section:
"Payment for the various items on the Contract Bid Forms, as further specified in the
Contract, shall include all compensation to be received by the Contractor for furnishing all
tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and
incidentals appurtenant to the items of Work being described, as necessary to complete
the various items of Work, all in accordance with the provisions for Measurement and
Payment in the Standard Specifications and these General Conditions, and as shown on
the Drawings, including all appurtenances thereto. Compensation shall include all costs of
compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction over the Work,
including the Safety and Health Requirements of the California Division of Industrial Safety
and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 37
(OSHA)."
"No separate payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in
the Contract Bid Forms, and all costs therefor shall be included in the prices named in the
Contract Bid Forms for the various appurtenant items of work."
9 -3.2 Partial and Final Payments. Section 9 -3.2 of the Standard Specifications
shall be amended to add the following at the end of that Section:
"For purposes of this Section, the monthly payment date shall be the last calendar
day of each month. In order for the City to consider and prepare for each monthly
payment, the Contractor shall submit a detailed measurement of Work performed and a
progress estimate of the value thereof before the tenth (10th) day of the following month.
The City shall review and make payment on all approved charges within the time required
by Public Contract Code Sections 20104.5 et seq."
"Acceptance of any progress payment accompanying any estimate without written
protest shall be an acknowledgment by the Contractor that the number of accumulated
contract days shown on the associated statement of working days is correct. Progress
payments made by the Owner to the Contractor or its sureties after the completion date of
the Contract shall not constitute a waiver of liquidated damages."
"Subject to the provisions of Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, a
10 percent retention will be withheld from each payment. All invoices and detailed pay
requests shall be approved by the Engineer before submittal to the Ownerfor payment. All
billings shall be directed to the Engineer."
"Pursuant to Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, In accordance
with California Public Contract Code Section 22300, the City will permit the substitution of
securities for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under the Contract.
At the request and expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld
shall be deposited with the City, or with a state or federally chartered bank in California as
the escrow agent, and thereafter the City shall then pay such monies to the Contractor as
they come due. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, the securities shall be
returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities
substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon. The escrow
agreement used for the purposes of this Section shall be in the form provided by the City."
"The Contractor shall submit with each invoice the Contractor's conditional waiverof
lien for the entire amount covered by such invoice, as well as a valid unconditional waiver
of lien from the Contractor and all subcontractors and materialmen for all work and
materials included in any prior invoices. Waivers of lien shall be in the forms prescribed
by California Civil Code Section 3262. Prior to final payment by the Owner, the Contractor
shall submit a final waiver of lien for the Contractor's work, together with releases of lien
from any subcontractor or materialmen."
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 38
- END OF SECTION
GENERAL PROVISIONS - 39
CITY OF ROSEMEAD
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PROJECT No. P85329
PART "C"
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish materials, equipment and labor necessary to perform
and complete demolition work called for in the Contract Documents.
A. The WORK includes demolition of foundations, concrete walls, slabs, supports,
piping (as required), mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation to facilitate new
construction as shown and specified.,
B. Building structures, foundations, slabs, roofs and supporting walls shall be
demolished as shown, in an orderly and careful manner.
C. Manufactured articles, materials, equipment, and accessories shall be
demolished as shown on the Contract Drawings and in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications and recommendations, and industry standards,
unless otherwise shown or specified.
D. Building utilities shall be disconnected, removed, capped and identified as
necessary and as shown.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall notify "DIGALERT 48 hours prior to beginning
excavation, tunneling or boring operations.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
C. Section 02200, Earthwork
D. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY AND RESTORATION OF
EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
E. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
B. The demolition of shall be in accordance with applicable City, County, State, and
Federal regulations; and after obtaining required permits, and filing required
reports.
C. Comply with the California Building Code; latest edition.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02050 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: VtPECK95b95 l w:momg Specs \Div UW403 02050 Demolition dot,
D. Comply with the California Code Title 8, Title 22, and Title 26 and obtain the
required permits.
E. Comply with applicable sections of Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction (SSPWC), latest edition.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submittals shall be made in accordance with the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS.
B. Demolition Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit a complete coordination
schedule for demolition work, including shut -off and continuation of utility
services, with the ENGINEER's approval prior to start of the work. The schedule
shall indicate proposed methods and operations of facility demolition, and
provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure
uninterrupted operation of occupied areas.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. The location and general condition of the facilities to be demolished are shown
on the Contract Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall make allowance in his bid
for actual condition of facilities to be demolished. The CONTRACTOR shall visit
the site and inspect the existing facilities prior to bid.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 OCCUPANCY AND POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, chutes, and other suitable methods shall
be used to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air. Comply with
government regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
B. Water shall not be used when it creates hazardous or objectionable conditions
such as ice, flooding, or pollution.
C. Water contaminated with sediment or hazardous or toxic materials shall not be
allowed to run off into the public storm drain system (including street gutters).
Such runoff shall be intercepted, collected and disposed of according to existing
environmental regulations.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02050 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:ISPECW95W9501 \Working Specs \Div 02W7403 02050 Demolition. Coc
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Safe passage of persons around area of demolition shall be ensured.
Operations shall be conducted to prevent damage to adjacent buildings,
structures, other facilities, and people.
B. Interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or supports shall be provided to prevent
movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished, and to
adjacent facilities to remain.
C. Existing landscaping materials, structures, and appurtenances, which are not to
be demolished shall be protected and maintained as necessary and in
accordance with PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY AND
RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS of the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall protect and maintain conduits, drains, sewers, pipes,
and wires that are to remain on the property.
3.3 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
A. Building structures and appurtenances shall be demolished as shown on the
Contract Drawings and required to complete work in conformance with governing
regulations.
B. Small structures may be removed intact when acceptable to the ENGINEER and
approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Demolition shall proceed in a systematic manner, in accordance with permits and
approved submittals.
D. Concrete and masonry shall be demolished in sections. Use bracing and shoring
to prevent collapse.
E. Demolition equipment shall be dispersed throughout the structure and
demolished materials removed in a timely manner to prevent excessive loads on
supporting walls, floors or framing.
In areas to be remodeled, cut back flush and seal any pipe stub -outs remaining,
and remove exposed piping, conduits, fixtures, J- boxes, light fixtures, water
fixtures, and supports. Switches, receptacles, and boxes shall also be removed.
Concealed piping and conduits shall be removed or capped and abandoned as
necessary to facilitate the remodeling work. All other items shall be removed as
shown.
3.4 BELOW -GRADE DEMOLITION
A. Footings, foundation walls, below -grade construction and concrete slabs on
grade shall be demolished and removed to a depth which will not interfere with
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02050 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
51SPECW95W9501\Woi ing Specs\Div 02W140302050 Demolition.doc
new construction, but not less than 12 inches below existing ground surface or
future ground surface, whichever is lower or as indicated on the plans.
Below -grade areas and voids resulting from demolition of structures shall be
completely backfilled using sand - cement slurry in accordance with Section
02200, Earthwork.
C. After fill and compaction, surfaces shall be graded to meet adjacent contours and
to provide flow to surface drainage structures, or as shown.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Demolition and removal of debris shall be conducted to ensure minimum
interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities which shall not be closed or obstructed without permission from the
CITY. Alternate routes shall be provided around closed or obstructed traffic
ways.
Site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations
shall be removed at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Burning of removed
materials from demolished structures shall not be permitted on site.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a schedule for approval by the ENGINEER, for
removal of demolished materials. Removal and disposal shall be performed in a
timely manner.
3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRING
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide patching, replacing, repairing, and refinishing
of damaged areas involved in demolition as necessary to match the existing
adjacent surfaces whether shown or not shown, with materials and procedures
approved by the ENGINEER.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall repair all damages caused to adjacent facilities by
demolition as directed by the ENGINEER at no cost to the CITY.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall make a detailed inspection after patching and repairing
has been completed, and shall carefully remove splattering of mortar from
adjoining work (particularly, but not limited to, plumbing fixtures, trim, tile, and
finish metal surfaces), and repair any damage caused by such cleaning
operations.
3.7 CLEANING
A. During and upon completion of work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove
unused tools and equipment, surplus materials, rubbish, debris, and dust and
shall leave areas affected by work in a clean, approved condition in accordance
with ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02050-4
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.\ PECW95ta9501 \Wonting Specs0v 02t 02050 Demolltion.doc
B. Clean adjacent structures and facilities of dust, dirt, and debris caused by
demolition, as directed by the ENGINEER or the INSPECTOR, and return
adjacent areas to the condition that existed prior to start of work.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and legally dispose of demolished materials
and debris from the site.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall clean and sweep the project area.
3.8 SALVAGE
A. The CITY and CONTRACTOR shall tag all salvageable items. The tag shall
indicate what the item is, the location and equipment it was removed from, and
the date of removal.
B. Salvageable items shall be determined by the CITY.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall deliver all salvaged items to the location designated by
the CITY upon approval of the ENGINEER.
D. All non - salvageable items shall be removed at the CONTRACTOR's expense
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT DEMOLITION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02050 -5
SEPTEMBER 2010
S PECb95W9501\Woddng Specs \Div D2W1403 02050 Demolition doc
SECTION 16010
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. General
The CONTRACTOR shall provide all tools, supplies, materials,
equipment, and all labor necessary for the furnishing, construction,
installation, testing, and operation of all electrical work and appurtenant
work necessary to provide a complete and operable system, all in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all electrical items specified in
the various sections of Division 16 and all other divisions specifying
electrical items of these Specifications, except where otherwise specified
or shown in the Contract Documents.
B. Responsibility: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for:
Complete systems in accordance with the intent of these Contract
Documents.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the incoming electrical
service with the electric utility company providing service.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the details of facility
equipment and construction for all Specification divisions which
affect the work covered under Division 16, Electrical.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all incidental items
not actually shown or specified, but which are required by good
practice to provide complete functional systems.
5. The CONTRACTOR shall lay out electrical work prior to placing
floors and walls to properly locate all penetrations, and shall
furnish and install all sleeves and openings required for passage
of all raceways.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all inserts and
hangers required to support raceways and other electrical
equipment and materials.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
S. SPECW95495011Working Specs \Div 16W9501 16010 Ged Gen Prov. dm
7. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing 48
hours in advance of energizing any new electrical equipment. If
the energization is rescheduled later than 48 hours from` the
originally scheduled time, a new notification shall be made. The
CONTRACTOR shall not proceed without approval from the
ENGINEER.
Temporary Power: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, install and
maintain all temporary power and lighting systems needed for
construction. This temporary system shall include weatherproof
panel(s) for the CONTRACTOR's main circuit breakers and power
distribution system, and ground fault interrupting equipment. All
connections shall be watertight with wiring done with Type SO
portable cable as a minimum. The CONTRACTOR shall remove
all temporary power equipment and devices after construction is
completed.
Electrical System Protective Device Coordination: During the
Contract period, the ENGINEER shall perform a preliminary and a
final coordination study to determine the proper settings for all
protective relays, circuit breakers and fuses. This study may
include all devices starting at the utility service, and including the
secondary devices on all transformers, and extending to include
all feeder and branch circuits, including low- voltage circuits from
120 V to 480 V. This study may be completed for both short-
circuit and ground fault protective devices. The CONTRACTOR
shall provide complete cooperation to the ENGINEER to support
any such effort.
C. Existing Conditions
1. The electrical drawings were developed from past record drawings and
information supplied by the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall field verify the
existing conditions.
2. Carry out any work involving the shutdown of existing services to any
piece of equipment now functioning or the tie -in of equipment to the
existing system at such time as to provide the least amount of
inconvenience to the CITY. Do such work when directed by the
ENGINEER.
3. Construction Coordination and Electrical Downtime: See the Contract
Documents regarding scheduling of electric power interruptions.
4. Before any work is performed in manholes containing medium
voltage circuits, these circuits shall be de- energized. All such
efforts must be coordinated with the ENGINEER.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
S WEC`A95495011Woftng Specs \Div 16 9501 16010 Eled Gen Pmv. doc
5. After award of Contract, confer with ENGINEER to verify each
area of construction activity and location of existing underground
utilities. Protect all existing underground utilities during
construction.
6. No work shall be started that involves the existing electrical system
without first obtaining and completing all coordination forms required by
the facility. All such coordination forms shall be submitted with drawings
and procedures showing information about what, where, why and how the
work will be done in accordance with the Contract Documents.
7. Prior to staring any underground work the CONTRACTOR shall obtain all
the information of the underground utilities or obstructions from the
ENGINEER and take proper precautions to locate the utilities by potholing
or other approved means.
8. The Contract Documents are not intended to show every offset and fitting,
or every structural and mechanical obstruction that will be encountered
during the installation of the work. The alignment of equipment and
raceways shall be varied due to architectural changes, or to avoid work of
other trades. Electrical system installations shall be integrated with all
existing facilities and the work of other disciplines in this Contract.
Accommodation of existing conditions and conditions developed by the
CONTRACTOR shall be at no extra cost to the CITY.
9. All raceway sizes and numbers of cables and conductors in each
raceway, as shown on the Contract Documents, may vary in accordance
with actual field conditions and equipment installed. The CONTRACTOR
shall make all changes required at no extra cost to the CITY. See
Section 16220 of these Specifications for additional requirements for
motor installation.
10. The equipment to be furnished under this specification shall meet the
seismic requirements outlined in Chapter 23 of the Uniform Building
Code, for Occupancy Category I, Essential Services, in Seismic Zone 4.
11. All electrical equipment and materials shall be capable of operating
successfully at full -rated load, without failure, at an ambient temperature
of 40 (104 0 F). All materials installed in tunnels shall be suitable for
outdoor installation.
12. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) shall be provided for each type of
paint solvent, cleaner, oil, etc. supplied. See Section, Contract
Documents, Environmental Controls, of these Specifications for reporting
requirements.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.\SPECW9549501Mcrking Specs \Div 16 \49501 16010 Ded Gen Pmv.doc
D. Intent of Drawings: Electrical plan drawings show only general locations of
equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper routing of raceway, subject to
the approval of the ENGINEER.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The requirements of the following divisions or sections apply to the work of this
Section. Other divisions or sections of the Specifications, not referenced below,
shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work.
6. Work Specified Under Other Divisions
a. All concrete work required for encasement, installation, or
construction of the work specified in the various sections of
Division 16 is included as a part of the work hereunder, and shall
be 2000 psi concrete; provided, that the following exceptions and
supplementary requirements shall apply:
(1) Consolidation of encasement concrete around duct banks
shall be by hand puddling, and /or mechanical vibration.
(2) A workability admixture shall be used in encasement
concrete, which shall be a hydroxylated carboxylic acid
type in liquid form. Admixtures containing calcium chloride
shall not be used.
(3) Concrete for encasement of conduit or duct banks shall
contain an integral red -oxide coloring pigment in the
proportion of 8 pounds per cubic yard of concrete.
b. Components for ventilating systems, including conductors for
control wiring, unless specifically shown on electrical drawings
B. Materials and equipment furnished and installed under other divisions with
raceway and electrical conductors furnished, installed, and connected under
Division 16, Electrical.
1. Section 16050, Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
2. Section 16060, Grounding and Bonding
3. Section 16075, Electrical Identification Nameplates and Warning Signs
4. Section 16080, Electrical Testing
5. Section 16120, Conductors and Cables
6. Section 16130, Raceway Systems and Pull Boxes
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010A
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: GPECW96W9601fflomn9 Specs \Div 16\6950116010 Ele Gen Prov. dw
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All electrical equipment and materials shall be designed, manufactured and
installed in accordance with the latest published edition of the applicable
standards of the following standards making organizations. Specific standards
are identified in the various sections for specific types of equipment and
materials.
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
ANSI
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
ICEA
Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
NETA
International Electrical Testing Association (NETA)
NECA
National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA)
AEIC
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC)
UL
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
FM
Factory Mutual Research Corp. (FM)
CSA
Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
B. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these specifications, all
work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements of
the National Electric Code (NEC); provided, where a local code or ordinance is in
conflict with the NEC, the provisions of said local code ordinance shall take
precedence.
C. All work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements
of the referenced portions of the following publications to the extent that the
provisions thereof are not in conflict with other provisions of these Specifications.
Codes and Standards: Electrical work, including connection to electrical
equipment integral with mechanical equipment described elsewhere in
these Specifications, shall be performed in accordance with the latest
published edition of the following codes:
a. NEC - National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), — 70 National
Electrical Code (NEC), latest adopted edition
b. CCR - Title 8, Industrial Relations, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety
Orders, California Code of Regulations
C. CCR - Title 24, Part 3, State Electrical Code, California Code of
Regulations (CCR)
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -5
SEPTEMBER 2010
SISPECw96v95 Mop ng Specs \qv 16 9601 16010 Eled Gen Prov. dm
d. UBC - Uniform Building Code (UBC)
2. Any county or municipal codes, where applicable
3. Commercial Standards: Material, equipment, construction, installation,
and testing procedures shall conform to applicable standards of NEMA,
ANSI, and IEEE, except where modified or supplemented by these
Specifications.
D. All equipment furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be listed by and shall bear
the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, and (UL) or of an
independent testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER.
1. Identification of Listed Products: Electrical equipment and materials shall
be listed for the purpose for which they are to be used by an independent
testing laboratory. Three such organizations are Underwriters
Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual Research Corp. (FM), and Canadian
Standards Association (CSA). Independent testing laboratories are
acceptable to the ENGINEER.
E. The construction and installation of all electrical equipment and materials shall
comply with all applicable provisions of the Cal -OSHA Safety orders (Title 8,
CCR), State Building Standards, and applicable local codes and regulations.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit complete material lists for the work of this
Section. Such lists shall state manufacturer and brand name of each item or
class of material. The CONTRACTOR shall also submit shop drawings for all
grounding work.
C. Shop drawings are required for materials and equipment listed in this and other
sections. Shop drawings shall provide sufficient information to evaluate the
suitability of the proposed material or equipment for the intended use, and for
compliance with these Specifications. The following shall be included:
1. Front, side, and rear elevations, footprints, top views, and internal
component layout�with dimensions
2. Location and size of conduit entrances and access plates
3. Component data
4. Elementary diagrams, electronic diagrams, block and logic diagrams,
panel layouts, and interconnection diagrams
5. Method of anchoring and embedded structural members; weight
6. Finish
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -6
SEPTEMBER 2010
S ISSPECW95\49501\WOrk,ng Specs\Div 16 \49501 15010 Elecl Gen Pm.aoc
7. Nameplates
8. Temperature limitations, as applicable
9. Rating of equipment as per specifications and drawings
10. NEMA rating of enclosures
11. Approved listing
12. Recommended spare parts lists as described below.
D. Catalog data shall be submitted to supplement all shop drawings. Catalog cuts,
bulletins, brochures, or the like or photocopies of applicable pages thereof shall
be submitted for mass - produced, non - custom manufactured material. These
catalog data sheets shall be stamped to indicate the project name, applicable
specification section and paragraph, model number, and options. This
information shall be marked in spaces designated for such data in the stamp.
E. Manuals: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish manuals as specified under
Operation and Maintenance Manuals of the Contract Documents.
F. CONTRACTOR shall show depths and routing of all concealed below -grade
electrical installations as required in the Contract Documents.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall submit as part of the shop drawings a list of
recommended spare parts for each piece of equipment according to the
provisions of Shop drawing Submittals of the Contract Documents. The CITY will
order appropriate spare parts for use after acceptance of the facilities. The
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish the name, address, and telephone number of
the nearest distributor for each piece of equipment.
During the term of this Contract the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER
in writing about any manufacturer's modification of the identified spare parts,
such as part number, interchangeability, model change or others.
H. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all necessary material and equipment
inspection and testing with the CITY as specified under Samples and Tests of the
Contract Documents and Section 16080, Electrical Testing.
The CONTRACTOR shall clearly state deviations from the specifications and /or
drawings on the first page of the submittal.
In addition to the basic information described in "Control of Work" of the Contract
Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the following drawings, catalog
sheets, device specifications, etc.:
Shop Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall review the Contract
Documents and request any clarification before submitting shop
drawings. Shop drawings of all electrical equipment, cable, devices, etc.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -7
SEPTEMBER 2010
S14PECWR9 95 1 \Working SP =kGv 16 960116010 Ele Gen Pmv.dx
shall be submitted as a complete submittal, and shall meet the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Catalog sheets for conduits, conduit fittings, boxes, enclosures, cable
tray, cable, relays, pushbuttons, receptacles, face plates, circuit breakers,
motor starters, contactors, touchplate controls, lighting fixtures,
transformers, panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, etc. shall be
submitted with the required specification data to substantiate that each
item meets the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. All control panel equipment submittals shall include: dimensional
equipment arrangement drawings, including plan, side and elevation
views, layout, electronic diagrams, block and logic diagrams,
interconnection diagrams and all item locations, designations, and a
complete nameplate, material, and item list with part number,
manufacturer, and description; control panel elementary (schematic)
diagrams.
4. Control panel elementary diagrams shall be based on the contract
drawings and shall show all control items, wire numbers, terminal
numbers, interconnections with external control items, designation of
each item, and line numbers; control panel wiring (connection) diagrams
showing all connections, devices, terminal numbers, wire size, and item
designations. These diagrams should show the various components in
their relative physical location.
5. Drawing sheet sizes shall be 8'/" x 11 ", 11" x 17 ", 17" x 22 ", or 22" x 34 ".
Maximum drawing sheet size shall be 22" x 34 ". All drawings shall be
legible when printed as half -size drawings.
7. Develop a grounded neutral from the secondary side of the control power
transformer when 120VAC control voltage is utilized.
8. Show fuse sizes and transformer VA on the elementary diagram.
9. The conductor identification shall be the rung number of the first rung
which depicts the wire. Where more than one conductor identification is
required for a rung, the conductor identification shall be the rung number
of an adjacent rung.
10. All medium- and high - voltage (5 kV, 15 kV and higher) class equipment
and all (both low- and medium - voltage) motor control center (MCC),
panelboards, switchgear, and similar equipment submittals shall include:
outline drawings showing installed devices, major features, and required
minimum clearances; front and side elevation views; elementary
diagrams; connection diagrams differentiating between factory and field
installed wiring; detailed one -line and three -line diagrams; material lists
(bills of material); interconnection diagrams; nameplate schedules;
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -8
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:\SPEGW95 \49501 \Working Spece \Div 16 \49501 16010 Eled Gen Prov. doc
certified test reports of all factory tests performed, and operating and
service manuals for all breakers, meters, switches, relays, including all
special tools, handles, cranks, spring charging motors, etc. required.
11. Contract circuit number designations shall be included on all shop
drawing one -line, three -line diagrams and control elementary (schematic)
diagrams, wherever these circuits appear.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General
Field Control of Location and Arrangement: The drawings
diagrammatically indicate the desired location and arrangement of outlets,
conduit runs, equipment, and other items only. Exact locations shall be
determined by the CONTRACTOR in the field based on the physical size
and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, required clearances
and other obstructions. Locations shown on the drawings, however, shall
be adhered to as closely as possible.
2. All conduit and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid
all obstructions and to preserve head room and keep openings and
passageways clear.. Lighting fixtures, switches, convenience outlets, and
similar items shall be located within finished rooms, as shown. Where the
drawings do not indicate exact locations, the CONTRACTOR shall submit
proposed locations to the ENGINEER for review. Where equipment is
installed without instruction and must be moved, it shall be moved without
additional cost to the CITY.
3. Workmanship: All materials and equipment shall be installed in
accordance with printed recommendations of the manufacturer which
have been reviewed by the ENGINEER. The installation shall be
accomplished by workmen skilled in this type of work and installation shall
be coordinated in the field with other trades so that interferences are
avoided.
4. All work, including installation, connection, calibration, testing, and
adjustment, shall be accomplished by qualified, experienced personnel
working under continuous, competent supervision. The completed
installation shall display competent work, reflecting adherence to
prevailing industrial standards and methods.
5. Protection of Equipment and Materials: The CONTRACTOR shall
provide adequate means for and shall fully protect all finished parts of the
materials and equipment against damage from any cause during the
progress of the work and until acceptable to the ENGINEER..
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -9
SEPTEMBER 2010
SISPECW9S 95 MoMng Sp SkDi 16W950116010 Eled Gen P.v.d.
6. All materials and equipment, both in storage and during construction,
shall be covered in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be
damaged, marred, or splattered with water, foam, plaster, or paint. All
moving parts shall be kept clean and dry.
The CONTRACTOR shall replace or have refinished by the manufacturer,
all damaged materials or equipment, including faceplates of panels and
switchboard sections, at no expense to the CITY.
8. Tests: The CONTRACTOR shall make all tests as specified. The
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all necessary testing equipment and pay all
costs of tests, including all replacement parts and labor necessary due to
damage resulting from damaged equipment or from test and correction of
faulty installation. Operational testing shall be performed on all
equipment furnished and /or connected in other sections of Division 16
Electrical, and all other divisions specifying electrical items including
furnishing of support labor for testing.
9. Standard test reports for mass - produced equipment shall be submitted
along with the shop drawing for such equipment. Test reports on testing
specifically required for individual pieces of equipment shall be submitted
to the ENGINEER for review prior to final acceptance of the project.
10. Any test failure shall be corrected in a manner satisfactory to the
ENGINEER.
11. Factory- trained technical service representatives shall adjust, calibrate,
repair, replace, modify, etc. all faulty electrical equipment installed until
after reliability test of the system is completed as per the contract and is
accepted by the ENGINEER. Factory technical service representatives
and electricians shall be provided during start-up of all systems.
B. Area Designations
General: For purposes of delineating electrical enclosure and electrical
installation requirements of this project, certain areas have been
classified in the Contract Documents as defined below. Electrical
installations within these areas shall conform to the referenced code
requirements for the area involved.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -10
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: GPECW95W9501WoMin9 SpE Uv 1549501 16010 EIed Gen Prov Eoo
2. General Purpose Dry Locations: DRY locations are specifically called out
in the Contract Documents. Unless specified otherwise in the product -
specific specification section, the enclosures in dry locations shall be
NEMA 1 gasketed for exclusively electrical rooms and NEMA 12 for all
other general purpose dry locations. The areas that are not designated
as "DRY" and not designated as hazardous shall be deemed as
"Corrosive and Wet Locations" and shall comply with the requirements
specified below. The areas designated as hazardous, are hazardous in
addition to "Corrosive and Wet Locations'.
3. Outdoor Locations: In outdoor locations, raceway shall comply with
Section 16130, Raceway Systems and Pull Boxes; entrances shall be
threaded; and fittings shall have gasketed covers. Provisions shall be
made to drain the fitting or conduit system. Threaded fastening hardware
shall be stainless steel. Mounting brackets shall be galvanized.
Attachments or welded assemblies shall be galvanized after fabrication.
Instruments and control cabinets, panels, shall be NEMA 4 for non-
corrosive areas and NEMA 4X for all other outdoor areas in accordance
with the respective specification sections. Enclosures shall be mounted
1/4 -inch from walls to provide an air space, unless specifically shown
otherwise.
4. Corrosive and Wet Locations: Corrosive locations indoors and outdoors
shall have stainless steel threaded hardware; all other electrical
hardware, fittings, and raceway systems shall be PVC - coated. Unless
hazardous location requirements apply, enclosures shall be of fiberglass
reinforced polyester or 316 stainless steel and meet NEMA Type 4X
requirements.
5. Hazardous Locations: Areas shown as hazardous shall have electrical
installations suitable for Class I, Division 2, Group D locations as required
under Cal -OSHA Safety orders (Title 8, CCR). Enclosures shall be NEMA
type 7.
C. Cleanup
In addition to the requirements of Environmental Control of the Contract
Documents, all parts of the materials and equipment shall be thoroughly
cleaned. Exposed parts shall be thoroughly clean of cement, plaster, and
other materials. All oil and grease spots shall be removed with a non-
flammable cleaning solvent. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and
all cracks and corners scraped out.
2. During the progress of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall clean the
premises and shall leave the premises and all portions of the site free of
debris.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -11
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:\ PECW95 9501\Wo*ing Specs \Div 16 9501 16010 Eled Gen Pmv dw
3. Cleanliness and Housekeeping: In each room and area that work is
performed, the CONTRACTOR shall clean each piece of new and
modified electrical equipment, both inside and outside, and retouch the
equipment to match the existing paint. The intent of this requirement is to
ensure that all electrical equipment, including panelboards, MCCs,
switchgear, and control panels are in new condition, and to leave this
equipment safe for operators and maintenance personnel.
D. Shop Inspection: All electrical materials and equipment shall be subject to shop
inspection by the ENGINEER or representative of a testing agency.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide all new materials and equipment, free from
any defects, in unblemished condition, and suitable for the space provided.
Provide materials and equipment listed by UL wherever standards have been
established by that agency.
B. Where two or more units of the same class of material or equipment are required,
provide products of a single manufacturer. Component parts of materials or
equipment of the same manufacturer are preferred.
C. All electrical equipment shall be approved by a testing laboratory recognized by
the ENGINEER and shall conform to all applicable requirements of the Contract
Documents.
2.2 STANDARD PRODUCTS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide materials and equipment, which are the
standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such
materials and equipment. Provide the manufacturers' latest standard design that
conforms to these Specifications.
B. Materials and Equipment: All materials, equipment, and parts comprising any
unit or part thereof specified or indicated on the Contract Documents shall be
new and unused, of current manufacture, and of highest grade consistent with
the state -of- the -art. Damaged materials, equipment, and parts are considered to
be used and will not be accepted.. All equipment and materials shall be of a
proven type, and shall have a minimum of one year in service experience in
similar service to that utilized in the Contract. No prototype equipment shall be
installed. In addition, no equipment that is being phased out of manufacture by
the supplier shall be installed during the Contract period.
C. The fabricator of major equipment assemblies, such as distribution panelboards,
switchgear, MCCs, etc. shall also be the manufacturer of the major devices or
components contained therein.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -12
SEPTEMBER 2010
S GPEQ49S49501\Wc*ng Specs \Div 16149501 16010 Bed Gen Prov.00c
2.3 EQUIPMENT FINISH
A. Provide materials and equipment with manufacturers' standard finish system, in
accordance with Division 9 Finishes. Provide manufacturers' standard finish
color, except where specific color is indicated. If manufacturer has no standard
color, finish equipment in accordance with Division 9, Finishes with ANSI No. 61,
light gray color.
2.4 OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT
A. Provide equipment and devices to be installed outdoors or in unheated
enclosures capable of continuous operation within an ambient temperature
range of 30 degrees F to 120 degrees F-
2.5 HAZARDOUS AREAS
A. Provide materials and equipment acceptable to the regulatory authority having
jurisdiction for the Class, Division, and Group of hazardous area indicated.
2.6 SPECIAL TOOLS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all special tools required for operation and
maintenance of the equipment. The tools shall be considered as part of the
product and become the property of the CITY.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install materials and equipment in a workmanlike manner utilizing craftsmen
skilled in the particular trade. Provide work, which has a neat and finished
appearance. Carry out work in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation
unless otherwise specified.
Coordinate electrical work with the ENGINEER and work of all other trades to
avoid conflicts, errors, delays, and unnecessary interference with operation of the
plant during construction.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -13
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:\SPEC 9S49501\Wo*ng Specs \Dv 16\49501 15010 Elecl Gen Prov. ooc
3.2 PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Throughout this Contract, provide protection for materials and equipment against
loss or damage in accordance with provisions elsewhere in these Contract
Documents. Throughout this Contract, follow manufacturers' recommendations
for storage. Protect everything from the effects of weather. Prior to installation,
store items in clean, dry, indoor locations. Store in clean, dry, indoor, heated
locations items subject to corrosion under damp conditions, and items containing
electrical insulation, such as transformers, conductors, motors, and controls.
Provide temporary heating, sufficient to prevent condensation, in transformers,
switchgear, switchboards, motors, and motor control centers, which do not have
space heaters.
Following installation, protect materials and equipment from corrosion, physical
damage, and the effects of moisture on insulation. When equipment intended for
indoor installation is installed at the CONTRACTOR's convenience in areas
where it is subject to dampness, moisture, dirt, or other adverse atmosphere until
completion of construction, ensure that adequate protection from these
atmospheres is provided that is acceptable to the ENGINEER. Cap conduit runs
during construction with manufactured seals. Keep openings in boxes or
equipment closed during construction. Energize all space heaters furnished with
equipment.
3.3 SHIPMENT, STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
A. All indoor electrical panels, switchgear, MCCs, switchboards, control equipment,
etc. shall be shipped in sealed dust- and moisture -proof plastic sheet enclosures.
The equipment shall be stored in a weatherproof building until installed, and the
sealed shipping enclosure shall be maintained at all times. The equipment shall
always be protected with plastic sheet covers until all construction and
installation work is complete within the area. This protection shall prevent dust,
paint spray, water, etc. from entering the equipment or causing damage to the
components or finished surfaces.
B. Condensation shall be prevented at all times. Electrical equipment provided with
space heaters shall have the space heater power supply wiring extended to the
outside of the equipment protective covering. Space heater power shall be
energized from a temporary power source during storage and installation until the
permanent source of space heater power is connected and energized. This
temporary power source shall be from the CONTRACTOR's temporary power
system as described elsewhere in this Section and not the CITY's electric power
distribution panels.
C. All exterior surfaces that are damaged, scratched, etc. shall be repaired and
painted with matching paint as supplied by the manufacturer. The touch -up paint
application shall not be obvious.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -14
SEPTEMBER 2010
S1PECW95 9WMoMng Specs0v 16W950116010 EIed Gen Pmv.dw
3.4 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Follow manufacturers' installation instructions explicitly, unless otherwise
indicated. Wherever any conflict arises between the manufacturers' instructions,
codes and regulations, and these Contract Documents, follow ENGINEER's
decision. Keep copy of manufacturers' installation instructions on the jobsite
available for review at all times.
B. Use appropriate conduit and conductor entry fittings with enclosures, which
maintain the specified enclosure environmental capability after proper
installation.
C. Motor Installation
The CONTRACTOR shall verify all actual motor full -load and locked -rotor
current ratings. The minimum necessary equipment, wire, cable and
conduit sizes are shown on the Contract Documents. If the
CONTRACTOR furnishes equipment with different ratings, the
CONTRACTOR shall determine the actual current rating of each motor,
and furnish the appropriate motor branch circuit conductor size, the
appropriate motor branch circuit overcurrent protective devices (circuit
breaker or motor short- circuit protector) size, the appropriate motor
branch circuit overcurrent protection setting, the appropriate motor branch
circuit running overload protection, and the appropriate motor starter size.
Affected conduits shall be increased in size as necessary.
The motor branch circuit conductors shall have a current carrying
capacity of not less than 125 percent of the actual full -load current rating
of the motor. The size of the motor branch circuit conductors shall be
such that the voltage drop from the motor branch circuit overcurrent
protective device (breaker or motor short- circuit protector) to the motor
shall not be greater than two percent when the motor is running at full -
load and rated voltage.
The motor branch circuit overcurrent protective device (circuit breaker or
motor short- circuit protector) shall not operate in less than 30 seconds on
the locked -rotor current of the motor. This device is intended to protect
the motor, motor control device, and branch circuit conductors against
overcurrent due to short- circuit or ground faults. The motor control
circuits shall have the type of overcurrent protection indicated on the
Contract Documents.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -15
SEPTEMBER 2010
S SPECW95 9501\Wowng Spec Uv 1649501 16010 Eletl Gen Pmv.dw
4. The motor branch circuit running overload protection devices shall
operate in 20 seconds or less at motor locked -rotor current to protect the
motor from damage under stalled rotor conditions. The motor branch
circuit running overload protection devices shall be rated or selected to
trip the motor at no more than 125 percent of the motor full -load current
rating for motors marked to have a temperature rise not over 40 or a
service factor not less than 1.15. The motor branch circuit running
overload protection devices shall be rated or selected to trip at no more
than 115 percent of the motor full -load current for all other motors.
5. The motor starter size shall be coordinated with the current rating and
horsepower size of the installed motor per NEMA standards.
D. Equipment Installation
1. All equipment shall be anchored to supporting members by bolts or other
connections to accommodate all operating forces and all forces
determined by the design requirements of the UBC, Chapter 23, for
Occupancy Category I, Essential Services, in Seismic Zone 4.
Equipment shall be secured in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Embedded channel shall be installed to anchor
enclosures as shown on the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR
shall submit structural calculations for seismic restraint.
2. As a minimum, each transformer mounted on a floor or concrete pad,
floor - mounted switchgear section, motor control section, variable
frequency drive section, control panel or other similar equipment shall
have at least one' /2 -inch stainless steel concrete anchor installed in each
corner. Equipment shall be installed level and aligned in place. Voids
shall be filled with grout. Openings through slabs under equipment shall
be sealed around conduit with grout, synthetic rubber sealing compound
or other approved means. Conduit passing through these openings shall
be sealed with an approved conduit sealant. All floor - mounted electrical
equipment shall be installed on a concrete pad at least 4 inches in height
above the floor, or as noted on the Contract Documents. Transformers
shall be installed with a containment structure adequate for all oil fill.
3. Where practicable, and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
switchgear, transformers, MCCs, control panels and other similar
equipment shall be secured to channels embedded in or surface - mounted
to the finished floor.
4. Holes made in existing or new structures to accommodate electrical
installations shall be neatly formed without rough edges. Repairs to
damage caused during installation shall be made to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -16
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: WPECWgS49509Working Specs \Div 16 \49501 16010 Eled Gen Prov. dw
E. Torque on Conductor Terminations: After installation and before energizing
electrical equipment, each bolted bus and cable connection shall be torqued to
the manufacturer's recommendations. This includes each bolt at each
connection, both factory and field installed, for MCCs, variable frequency drives,
bus ducts, switchgear, and other similar equipment.
3.5 REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Where existing materials and equipment are removed or relocated, remove all
materials no longer used such as studs, straps, conduits, and wires. Remove or
cut off concealed or embedded conduit, boxes, or other materials and equipment
to a point at least 3/4 -inch below the final finished surface.
B. Repair affected surfaces to conform to the type, quality, and finish of the
surrounding surface in a neat and workmanlike manner. Follow any specific
instructions given under Division 9, Finishes. Utilize skilled craftsmen of the
trades involved.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Lay out work carefully in advance. Do not cut or notch any structural member or
building surface without specific approval of ENGINEER. Carefully carry out any
cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, paving,
or other surfaces required for the installation, support, or anchorage of conduit,
raceways, or other electrical materials and equipment. Following such work,
restore surfaces neatly to original condition. Utilize skilled craftsmen of the trades
involved.
3.7 LOAD BALANCE
A. The drawings and specifications indicate circuiting to electrical loads and
distribution equipment. Balance electrical load between phases as nearly as
possible on switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, etc.
3.8 PHASING SEQUENCE
A. Coordinate motor phasing checks with the INSPECTOR and the CONTRACTOR
responsible for the driven equipment. Submit a written report to the INSPECTOR
for each motor verifying that phasing has been checked and corrected.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -17
SEPTEMBER 2010
S SPECW9S 960Morldng Specs \Div 15A9601 16010 Eled Gen Pmv. dm
3.9 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING
A. Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish. Upon
completion of work, remove all materials, scraps, and debris from premises and
from interior and exterior of all devices and equipment. Touch up scratches,
scrapes, or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with
finishes matching as nearly as possible the type, color, consistency, and type of
surface of the original finish. If extensive damage is done to equipment paint
surfaces, refinish the entire equipment in a manner that provides a finish equal to
or better than the factory finish, that meets the requirements of the
Specifications, and that is acceptable to the INSPECTOR.
B. Painting: Electrical equipment such as transformers, switchgear, MCCs, control
panels, panelboards, switchboards, etc. shall be painted by the manufacturer
with a corrosion- resistant coating system suitable for a wastewater treatment
plant environment and shall not be repainted by the CONTRACTOR, except for
touch -up paint to repair damage to the factory finish. Color shall be ANSI No. 61,
light gray exterior and white interior unless otherwise indicated.
1. Two one -pint spray cans of each coating used shall be furnished for each
freestanding panel assembly.
3.10 HAZARDOUS AREAS
A. Install all materials and equipment in hazardous areas in a manner acceptable to
the regulatory authority having jurisdiction for the Class, Division, and Group of
hazardous area indicated.
3.11 INSPECTION
A. Allow materials, equipment, and workmanship to be inspected at any time by the
ENGINEER. Correct work, materials, or equipment not in accordance with these
Contract Documents or found to be deficient or defective in a manner satisfactory
to the ENGINEER.
3.12 SERVICE CONTINUITY
A. Maintain continuity of electric service to all functioning portions of the process or
buildings during hours they are normally in use. Temporary outages will be
permitted during cutover work at such times and places as can be prearranged
with ENGINEER and the electric utility company providing service to the facility.
Such outages shall be kept to a minimum number and minimum length of time.
Make no outages without prior written authorization and notification of the
ENGINEER. Include all costs for temporary wiring and overtime work required in
the Contract price. Remove all temporary wiring at the completion of the work.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -18
SEPTEMBER 2010
S .ISPECW95 9501 \Working Specs %Dv 15W9501 1W10 Eled Gen Pmv,dm
3.13 CHECKOUT AND STARTUP
A. During checkout and startup of the various plant systems, provide a crew of
skilled craftsmen to be available for checkout and troubleshooting activities as
required by the ENGINEER. Since coordination with other crafts and contractors
will often be required, the craftsmen assigned to checkout must be available
outside normal working hours when necessary.
3.14 TESTS
A. General: Carry out tests specified hereinafter and as indicated under individual
items of materials and equipment specified in other sections.
B. Operations: After the electrical system installation is completed and at such time
as the ENGINEER may indicate, conduct an operating test for approval.
Demonstrate that the equipment operates in accordance with the requirements of
these specifications and drawings. Demonstrate that protective functions are
operating properly and are properly incorporated in control system, circuit
breaker, and motor control center circuitry. Perform the test in the presence of
the ENGINEER. Furnish all instruments and personnel required for the tests.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16010 -19
SEPTEMBER 2010
SISPECW9549501\WoNng SpecsOv 1549501 16010 EIed Gen Pmv.dx
GROUNDING AND BONDING
SECTION 16060
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies
and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated on the
Drawings and specified herein.
B. Electrical grounding and bonding systems shall be installed as indicated herein
and /or elsewhere in the Contract Documents with materials including, but not
limited to, cables /wires, connectors, solderless lug terminals, grounding
electrodes and plate electrodes, bonding jumper braid, exothermic connections,
and additional accessories needed for a complete installation. Where materials
or components are not indicated, provide products which comply with NEC, UL,
and IEEE requirements and with established industry standards.
C. System ground conductors shall run continuously in duct banks and cable trays,
through manholes, handholes, and other raceways. The system ground
conductor shall be connected to the structure grounding systems to provide a
continuous ground system.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The requirements of the following divisions and sections apply to the work of this
Section. Other divisions and sections of the Specifications, not referenced
below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this
Work.
Division 16 Electrical, applicable sections.
B. Materials, equipment and devices furnished and installed under Divisions
Contracts with raceway and electrical conductors furnished, installed, and
connected under Division 16 Electrical.
1.3 REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements
of the referenced portions of the following publications to the extent that the
provisions thereof are not in conflict with other provisions of these specifications.
B. Comply with the current editions of the following codes and standards
1. Codes and Standards
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16060 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
S' %SPECW95 95011WoMng Specs \Div 1649501 16060 Gnounding and Bonding.Coc
a. NEC - National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - 70 National
Electrical Code (NEC)
b. CCR - Title 8, Industrial Relations, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety
Orders, California Code of Regulations
2. Commercial Standards
a. ANSI /IEEE 80 - Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
I b. ANSI /UL 467 - Safety Standard for Grounding and Bonding
Equipment
C. IEEE 142 - Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems
C. All equipment furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be listed by and shall bear
i the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, (UL) or of an independent
testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER in writing.
D. The construction and installation of all electrical equipment and materials shall
comply with all applicable provisions of the CAL -OSHA Safety orders. (Title 8
CCR, as applicable), State Building Standards, and applicable local codes and
regulations.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010,
Electrical General Provisions.
B. General Provisions - Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section
16080, Electrical Testing, Section 16120, Conductors and Cables, and additional
requirements specified herein. Submittals shall be made for, but not be limited to
the following:
1. Catalog literature for all products.
2. Certified copies of ground test results.
3. Field test procedures including lists of test equipment to be used.
1.5' QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality assurance shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section
16010, Electrical General Provisions and Section 16080, Electrical Testing.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16060 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPECW9549501\Wori,ing Specs \Div 16 \49501 15060 Grounding and Bonding doc
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUND RODS
A. Provide copper -clad steel ground rods not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, 10 feet
long driven full length into the earth. Special requirements shall be as shown and
as specified herein. In chemical areas stainless steel rods 3/4" shall be used.
2.2 GROUND CONDUCTORS
A. Provide grounding conductors of the size shown and the type specified in Section
16120, Conductors. In no case shall the size of any grounding conductor be less
than that stipulated by the NEC for that specific application.
B. All grounding conductors furnished shall be composed of material resistant to
any existing corrosive conditions or shall be suitably protected against such
conditions.
2.3 GROUND CONNECTIONS
A. For below grade connections, provide exothermic - welded connections.
B. For above grade connections, provide exothermic - welded connectors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. The grounding electrode system shall consist of concrete encased, bare
#2/0 AWG copper ground conductors and /or ground rods. Each duct bank shall
contain a concrete encased, bare #2/0 AWG system ground conductor.
B. The LIFER concrete - encased ground conductor shall be at least 20 feet in length
and laid in a straight line located approximately two- inches above the bottom of
the concrete pour. -
C. Each metallic raceway, panel, switchboard, and other metallic devices
associated with the electrical and instrumentation systems shall be bonded to
this system by a dedicated copper grounding conductor. All equipment
enclosures, devices, etc. shall be grounded. An enclosure shall not be deemed
effectively grounded by merely being bolted to another enclosure.
D. Ground rods shall be driven or concrete encased bare copper conductors
installed before a building or structure is built, and ground conductors shall be
brought through the concrete to accessible points for grounding equipment via a
schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeve. Each structure or building where switchgear,
motor control centers (MCCs), switchboards, panelboards, etc. are installed,
shall have a ground system. Copper clad ground rods and bare copper
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16060 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
$'.\$PECW95 \49501 \Wonting Specs \Div 16 \49501 16060 Grounding and Bonding. doc
grounding conductors intended for encasement shall have bright surfaces, not
showing signs of oxidization at the time of installation.
Driven ground rods shall be as specified above.
All connections of ground cable to rods or to cable shall be by means of
exothermic welded connections or compression connectors or bolted as
indicated in Section 2.3.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall ground the electrical service system neutral at the
service entrance equipment to the grounding electrode system and ground each
separately derived system neutral to the nearest effectively grounded structural
steel member or the grounding electrode system.
H. If the service system incorporates a high resistance grounding element, the
electrical service system neutral shall not be grounded directly; but shall be
grounded through the resistive grounding element.
The CONTRACTOR shall connect together service equipment enclosures via
separate grounding conductors, exposed non - current carrying metal parts of
electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways
and cables, receptacle ground connectors, and plumbing systems as required by
the National Electrical Code.
J. Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall
provide electrical grounding conductors for grounding system connections that
match power supply wiring materials and are sized according to NEC. All
equipment grounding conductors shall consist of a separate insulated equipment
grounding conductor run in the conduit or multiconductor cable from the
equipment to the MCC, panelboard, switchgear, etc: equipment ground bus. A
separate equipment grounding conductor, in addition to the cable shields, shall
be provided in each raceway containing medium voltage power cables.
K. The CONTRACTOR shall terminate feeder and branch circuit insulated
equipment - grounding conductors with grounding lug, or bushing.
L. The CONTRACTOR shall connect together metal raceway systems, cable tray
systems, and grounding conductors in raceways and cables, as required by the
National Electrical Code. The cable tray ground cable shall be sized for the
largest circuit breaker serving the cable tray system.
M. The CONTRACTOR shall tighten grounding and bonding connectors and
terminals, including screws and bolts, to the manufacturer's recommended torque
values. Where manufacturer's torque values do not exist, comply with torque
values specified in UL 486A.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16060 -4
SEPTEMBER 2010
S95PECW9S496 1 1Woking Spea Div 16W96 1 16 Grounding eM Bending.d
N. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, ground all exposed non- current-
carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, raceway systems, and the neutral
of all wiring systems in strict accordance with the state, and other applicable laws
and regulations.
O. Control panel enclosure doors shall be grounded using a dedicated grounding
conductor. An enclosure door shall not be considered effectively grounded
through the hinge system alone.
P. Where grounding conductors are shown on the Contract Documents, bond the
wires to metallic enclosures at each end and to all intermediate metallic
enclosures. Connect grounding conductors to all grounding bushings on
raceways. Where any equipment contains a ground bus, extend and connect
grounding conductors to that bus. Connect the enclosure of the equipment
containing the ground bus to that bus. Use insulated ground conductors when
ground conductor is installed inside conduits enclosing the power conductors.
Q. Ground connection to equipment and ground buses shall use ground lugs
compatible with copper. Connections to enclosures not provided with ground
buses or ground terminals shall be by clamp type lugs added under permanent
assembly bolts or under new bolts drilled and added through enclosures other
than explosion proof, or by grounding locknuts or bushings. Explosion proof
enclosures not provided with any of the above grounding means shall be
grounded by the addition of an adjacent junction box with a ground lug. Ground
cable connections to anchor bolts, against gaskets, paint, or varnish, or on bolts
holding removable access covers will not be permitted.
R. Install sufficient ground rods in addition to code required grounding so that
resistance to ground as tested by the three point fall of potential method does not
exceed 1 ohm unless otherwise accepted in writing. Where more than one rod is
required, install rods at least 6 -feet apart.
S. Ground shields of any shielded power cable at each splice or termination in
accordance with recommendations of the splice or termination manufacturer.
Ground shields of any control cables in accordance with the details shown.
T. Ground metal sheathing and any exposed metal vertical structural elements of
buildings. Ground metal fences enclosing electrical equipment. Bond any metal
equipment platforms which support electrical equipment to that equipment.
Provide good electrical contact between metal frames and railings supporting
pushbutton stations, receptacles, instrument cabinets, etc., and raceways
carrying circuits to these devices.
U. Bond neutrals of transformers within buildings to the system ground network, or
to any additional grounding electrodes indicated in the Contract Documents.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16060 -5
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPECV495 \49501\WO ng SpersQv 16 \49501 16060 Grounding and Bonding am
V. Ground cable penetrations through building exterior walls shall enter within 3 feet
below finish grade and shall be prepared with a water stop. Unless otherwise
indicated in the Contract Documents, the water stop shall include filling the space
between the strands with solder and soldering a 12 inch copper disc over the
cable.
W. Ground cable near the base of a structure shall be in earth and as far from the
structure as the excavation permits but not closer than 6 inches.
X. The main grounding conductor when exposed within a building shall be copper
bar supported with suitable spacers at to one inch from the structure. Unless
otherwise indicated on the drawings, the ground bus shall not be smaller than 1/4
by one inch rectangular.
Y. Lighting fixtures and convenience outlets shall be grounded with a separate
ground conductor. Isolated ground outlets shall not be used.
Z. The grounding system shall be bonded to station piping by connection to the first
flange inside the building on either a suction or discharge pipe which will form a
good ground connection. The connection shall be made with a copper bar or
strap by drilling and tapping the flange and providing a bolted connection. The
minimum cross sectional area of this conductor shall be 0.138 in or #2/0 AWG.
AA. Ground conductors on equipment shall be formed to the contour of the
equipment and firmly supported. Wire #6 AWG and larger shall be in a raceway
to prevent physical damage.
BB. All ground connection hardware, bolts, and nuts shall be high strength, high
conductivity copper alloy.
CC. Ground cables with encased underground conduit banks shall be as indicated on
the drawings.
DD. Ground cables in underground circuits shall be bonded with main ground cables
in each maintenance hole and handhole. Maintenance hole hardware and cover
shall be effectively grounded.
EE. Liquid tight flexible conduits shall be provided with separate equipment grounding
conductors sized in accordance with the NEC. The equipment grounding
conductor shall be bonded to an approved grounding bushing and terminal lug.
The grounding conductor can be installed outside the conduit if the required size
is greater than # 10 AWG.
FF. Exposed splices and connections for bare copper conductors and buses shall be
protected by wrapping with heat shrink tape or covering.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16060 -6
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:ISPECW95W9501 \Working Specs \Div 16 \49501 16060 Grounding and Bonding.doc
3.2 GROUNDING CONNECTIONS
A. Unless shown otherwise in the Contract Documents, make connections of
grounding conductors to ground rods at the upper end of the rod with the end of
the rod and the connection point below finished grade.
B. Make connections of sections of outdoor ground mats (counterpoise) for
substations or other equipment underground. Make connections of other
grounding conductors generally accessible.
C. In manholes, install ground rods with ends 4 to 6- inches above the floor with
connections of grounding conductors fully visible and accessible.
CONTRACTOR shall bury at least 8 feet of rod.
D. When making exothermic welds, wire brush or file the point of contact to a bare
metal surface. Use exothermic welding cartridges and molds in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations. After welds have been made and cooled,
brush slag from the weld area and thoroughly clean the joint.
E. Use connectors of proper size for conductors and ground rods specified. Use
connector manufacturer's compression tool. Notify the ENGINEER and the
INSPECTOR prior to backfilling any ground connections.
F. Shielded medium or high voltage cables shall have their shields grounded at any
splice using copper braid or mesh.
G. Zero voltage reference points (phantom grounds) shall not be used as nor
labeled as ground points.
3.3 FIELD TESTS
A. The grounding system shall be tested in accordance with Section 16080,
Electrical Testing.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT GROUNDING AND BONDING
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16060 -7
SEPTEMBER 2010
S 1SPECW9S49501Mokng SpocsOiv 16W9501 15060 Grounding and Bonding.0oc
SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
PARTI - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The work of this Section includes all earthwork required for construction of the
Work. Such earthwork shall include, but not be limited to, the loosening,
removing, loading, transporting, depositing, grading and compacting in its final
location of all materials wet and dry, as required for the purposes of completing
the work specified in the Contract Documents, which shall include, but not be
limited to, the furnishing, placing, and removing of sheeting, shoring and bracing
necessary to safely support the sides of all excavation; supporting structures
above and below ground; all pumping, ditching, draining, dewatering, and other
required measures for the removal or exclusion of water from the excavation;
filling and compacting to elevations shown on the Contract Documents; all
backfilling around structures and pipe and all backfilling of trenches and pits; the
disposal of excess and unsuitable excavated materials; borrow of materials to
make up deficiencies for fills, and all other incidental earthwork, all in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The elevations shown on the drawings as existing are taken from the best
available data and are intended to give reasonably accurate information. The
CONTRACTOR is responsible for determining exact quantities of excavation and
fill required.
C. Pits and fills used for the erection of the CONTRACTOR's construction facilities
shall be filled or removed upon the completion of the work and leveled to meet
the existing contours of the adjacent ground.
D. After all structures have been completed, the ground surface shall be brought to
the finished grade elevations and relative compaction indicated on the Contract
Documents.
E. All finished ground surfaces shall be bladed and dressed to present a surface not
varying over 0.10 foot at local humps or depressions and to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER. Local depressions, which can contain water shall be no more than
0.05 -foot deep.
F. Contaminated Soil: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the CITY if any soil
suspected of being contaminated or malodorous is encountered. Contaminated
soil contains chemical or biological substances which are hazardous to the health
of individuals working near the soil as defined under Sections 101(14) and
101(33) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act (CERCLA), or volatile organic compounds listed in Rule 1166 of the
South Coast Air Quality Management District. Contamination is most likely to be
found near underground fuel storage tanks and industrial waste disposal sites.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
SaSPECW95W9501Morking Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earthwork.doc
The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a written volatile organic compounds (VOC)
Contaminated Soil Mitigation Plan in accordance with Rule 1166 — VOC
Emissions from Decontamination of Soil and submit the plan for SCAQMD
approval. The plan shall address means to minimize VOC emissions to the
atmosphere during excavation, grading, handling and treatment of VOC
contaminated soil. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate, handle, and treat (if
required) VOC- contaminated soil in strict compliance with SCAQMD Rule 1166.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Division 02 Other Sections, as applicable
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
B. Comply with the current provisions of the following codes and standards:
1. Commercial Standards
a. ASTM C 136 - Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregates
b. ASTM D 422 - Test Method for Particle -Size Analysis of Soils
C. ASTM D 1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the
Sand -Cone Method
d. ASTM D 1557 - Test Methods for Moisture - Density Relations of
Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 -lb (4.54 -kg) Rammer
and 18 -in (457 -mm) Drop
e. ASTM D 1633 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded
Soil- Cement Cylinders
f. ASTM D2166 - Test Method for Unconfined Compressive Strength
of Soils
g. ASTM D 2419 - Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils
and Fine Aggregate
h. ASTM D 2435 - Test Method for One Dimensional Consolidation
Properties of Soils
i. ASTM D 2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes
ASTM D 2901 - Test Method for Cement Content of Freshly -Mixed
Soil- Cement
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPECW95A 9501 \ Working Specs \Div 02\47403 02200 Earthwork.00c
k. ASTM D 2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM D 3017 - Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil & Rock
in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
M. UBC No. 29 -2 - Test Method for Expansion Index of Soils
2. Standard Specifications
a. SSPWC - Sections 203 -1, 203 -2, 203 -3, Bituminous Materials
b. SSPWC - Section 211, Soil and Aggregate Tests
C. SSPWC - Section 300, Earthwork
d. SSPWC - Section 306 -1, Open Trench Operations
3. California Labor Code
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals, including samples of materials, shall be in accordance with the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
B. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the provisions for "Shoring and
Bracing Drawings" in Section 6705 of the California Labor Code and SSPWC
Section 306 -1.1. The CONTRACTOR, prior to beginning any trench or structure
excavation 5 feet deep or over shall submit to the ENGINEER and shall be in
receipt of the ENGINEER's written acceptance of the CONTRACTOR's detailed
plan showing design of all shoring, bracing, sloping of the sides of excavation,
and other provisions for worker protection against the hazard of caving ground
during the excavation of such trenches or structure excavation. The drawings
shall be prepared by a qualified civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of
California and employed by an independent design consultant firm insured
against errors and omissions to the extent required by the ENGINEER. The
submittal(s) shall include a site location map referencing existing features;
detailed plans; elevations, and various sections indicating all excavation slopes,
shoring components and connections and showing all structures and utilities
potentially influenced by the performance of shoring, trenching or structure
excavation along with supporting calculations; notes including sequence of
construction, materials, and other clarification as required by the California Labor
Code, SSPWC, and the Contract Documents.
1.5 DEWATERING (NOT USED) IN ANY SEWER
A. Discharge of water from dewatering operations is governed by a National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit issued by the Regional
Water Quality Control Board and is included with the Contract Documents. The
CONTRACTOR shall design, provide and maintain, at all times during
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPEC`495W9501 \Working Specs\Div 0244740302200 Eam ork.doc
construction, ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and
properly dispose of all water from any source, including water migrating through
the bedding of existing trunk sewers, entering the excavations or other parts of
the work. Dewatering shall be accomplished by methods that will ensure a dry
excavation and preserve the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations.
For work within the boundaries of the treatment plants, said methods may include
deep wells, well points, or other methods suitable for the accomplishment of the
work. For pipeline work outside the treatment plants, the methods may include
sump pumps, deep wells, well points, suitable rock or gravel placed below the
required bedding for draining and pumping purposes, temporary pipelines, or
other approved means. The proposed method and proposed point of discharge
of dewatering effluent shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review and
approval prior to excavation and installation of dewatering equipment.
B. The dewatering shall be accomplished in a manner that will prevent loss of fines
from the foundation, will maintain stability of all excavated slopes and bottoms of
excavations, and will permit construction operations to be performed in the dry.
Dewatering of excavations shall be performed to the extent required to permit
placement of compacted fill materials in the dry and to prevent sloughing of the
excavation side slopes.
C. No concrete or masonry footings, foundations, manhole bases, or floors shall be
constructed in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise over them until the
concrete or mortar has set at least 24 hours. Water shall not be allowed to rise
unequally against walls until concrete has attained its 28 -day strength. Water
shall not be allowed to rise above pipe subgrade during pipelaying operations.
D. Dewatering equipment shall not cause noise nuisance. Noise levels shall, at a
minimum, comply with the requirements of local jurisdictions or permitting
agencies
E. The CONTRACTOR shall construct and maintain all permanent and temporary
slopes, dikes, levees, drainage ditches, and sumps necessary for removal of
water from work areas.
Any damage or settlement to the foundation or other work or any existing
structures caused by temporary or permanent failure or operation of the
dewatering system shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER at the
CONTRACTOR's expense. The CONTRACTOR should consider the use of
recharge systems or other methods of protection of existing facilities. The
CONTRACTOR shall monitor settlement, and groundwater levels around existing
structures during dewatering. Records of settlement and groundwater levels
shall be kept and evaluated on a daily basis. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the
ENGINEER immediately if excessive settlement or a significant drop in
groundwater is recorded.
G. Standby pumping equipment shall be on the job -site. A minimum of one standby
unit (a minimum of one for each ten in the event well points are used) shall be
available for immediate installation should any well unit fail. The design and
installation of well points or deep wells shall be suitable for the accomplishment
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200-4
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPECW95�49501 \Working Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earthwork.doc
of the work. Drawings indicating the proposed dewatering system shall be
submitted to the ENGINEER for review.
H. If foundation soils are disturbed or loosened by the upward seepage of water or
an uncontrolled flow of water, the affected areas shall be excavated and replaced
with pipe bedding material at no cost to the CITY.
The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of the water from the work in a suitable
manner without damage to adjacent property. Conveyance of the water shall not
interfere with traffic flow or the operation of the treatment facilities. No water shall
be drained into work built or under construction without prior consent of the
ENGINEER. Upon written approval of the ENGINEER, water may be disposed
of in the treatment plant effluent system or trunk sewer at a point designated by
the ENGINEER. Water shall be desanded before disposal in any sewer.
Disposal point and maximum flow rate for dewatering waste is subject to the
ENGINEER's review. The ENGINEER shall have the right to limit the maximum
flow rate per disposal point and may direct the CONTRACTOR to provide
additional disposal points as required at no additional cost.
J. The system used for desanding the water shall be a baffled structure and shall
provide not less than 5 minutes detention time and have a "flow- through" velocity
not exceeding 0.2 feet per second at the anticipated peak flow. The desanding
box shall be cleaned as required to maintain the detention time and flow - through
limitations specified above. The method of desanding and point of disposal of
water shall be subject to the ENGINEER's approval. Water shall be disposed of
in such a manner as not to be a menace to the public health and shall be done in
accordance with Environmental Protection Agency and State Water Quality
Control Board requirements.
K. CONTRACTOR shall dewater all water migrating from the bedding of existing
sewers at no additional cost to the CITY.
Upon completion of the dewatering and control of water operation, all temporary
works and dewatering facilities shall be removed in a manner satisfactory to the
ENGINEER.
1.6 SHORING OF EXCAVATIONS
A. Trenches and other excavations shall be properly sheeted and braced to furnish
safe working conditions. The bracing shall be so arranged as not to place any
stress on portions of the completed work until the general construction thereof
has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength. Any damage to structures
occurring through settlements, water or earth pressures, slides, caves, or other
causes; due to failure or lack of sheeting or bracing, or due to improper bracing;
or occurring through negligence or fault of the CONTRACTOR or in any other
manner shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR's
expense
B. No shoring, sloping, or protective systems are allowed which are less stringent
than that required by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -5
SEPTEMBER 2010
SdSPEC49549501Morking Specs \Div 0247403 02200 Earthwork.doc
Safety and the Occupational Safety and Health Act. All excavations shall be
performed, protected, and supported as required for safety and in the manner set
forth in the operation rules, orders, and regulations prescribed by the Division of
Industrial Safety of the State of California.
1.7 SAFETY MEASURES (NOT USED)
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: All soils testing will be done by a testing laboratory of the ENGINEER's
choice at CITY's expense.except as specified in Subsection C and F below.
Whenever a relative compaction requirement value is specified herein, the
optimum moisture content and relative compaction shall be determined in
accordance with the methods specified by the latest revision of the State of
California, Department of Transportation, Test Method No. CA 216 or 231.
C. The CITY will engage the services of a testing laboratory to test the degree of
compaction attained. The CITY will pay for the initial cost of all compaction tests.
If the compaction fails to meet the relative compaction tests set forth, the
CONTRACTOR shall pay for subsequent compaction tests by deducting their
costs from the Contract amount.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary excavations for compaction tests
as directed by the ENGINEER, and all work in connection with compaction
testing by the CONTRACTOR shall be included in the various contract bid prices,
and no additional allowance will be made therefore.
E. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum dry
density, the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content will be
determined in accordance with the latest version of ASTM D 1557. In -place field
density tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (sand cone),
and /or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 (nuclear gauge). The type, number and
location of field density tests will be determined by the ENGINEER. One sand -
cone test (ASTM D 1556) will be taken for every four nuclear tests (ASTM D
2922 and 3017).
F. In case the tests of the fill or backfill show non - compliance with the required
density, the CONTRACTOR shall accomplish such remedy as may be required
to insure compliance. Subsequent testing to show compliance shall be by a
testing laboratory selected by the ENGINEER and shall be at the
CONTRACTOR's expense. All imported fill material not specified in the contract
shall be tested at the CONTRACTOR's expense and shall be subject to approval
by the ENGINEER.
G. Where imported fill material is required to possess certain gradation, strength,
and settlement properties, the grain size distribution of soils will be determined
using ASTM D 422, the gradation of concrete aggregate and base materials will
be determined using ASTM C 136, the sand equivalent of soils will be
determined using ASTM D 2419, the consolidation of soils will be determined
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200-6
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:\ SPEC \495\49501 \working Specs \Div 02\4740302200 Earthwork.doc
using ASTM D 2435, the unconfined compressive strength of soils will be
determined using ASTM D 2166, and the expansion index of soils will be
determined using UBC No. 29 -2.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 SUITABLE FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Fill, backfill, and embankment materials shall be suitable selected or
processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, and free from grass, roots, brush, or
other vegetation; contamination; or deleterious material.
Suitable materials may be obtained from onsite excavations, may be processed
onsite materials, or may be imported provided these materials meet all the
requirements in the contract documents. If imported materials are required to
meet the requirements of this Section or to meet the quantity requirements of the
project, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the imported fill materials and the
required reports of test results at no additional expense to the CITY, unless a unit
price item is included for imported materials in the bidding schedule.
B. Select Material: Select material shall be free from organic matter or debris. All of
the material shall pass through a 1 -1/2 -inch screen. Not more than 10 percent by
weight shall pass the 200 -mesh sieve and the material shall have sufficient
gradation to compact as directed in the tabulation in Article 3.13.E of this
Specification Section. Use of select material shall be subject to the ENGINEER'S
approval.
C. Unclassified Fill: Unclassified fill shall consist of all fill unless separately
designated. Unclassified fill shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC
Section 300 -4 and the requirements stated in the recommendations of the
Geotechnical Report.
D. Granular Soil: Wherever the Term "granular soil" is used in the Contract
Documents, it shall be defined as a soil having a minimum sand equivalent of 30
as determined in accordance with the latest revision of the State of California,
Department of Transportation, Test Method No. CA 217 and not more than 20
percent of it by weight will pass through a 200 -mesh sieve.
Imported Sand: Wherever the term "imported sand" is used in the Contract
Documents, it shall be defined as sand having a minimum sand equivalent of 70
as determined by the latest revision of the State of California, Department of
Transportation, Test Method No. CA 217.
The following types of suitable granular materials are designated and defined as
follows:
Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB) shall conform to the requirements of
SSPWC Section 200 -2.2.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -7
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPECW954495014Working Specs \Div 02447403 02200 Earthwork.doc
2. Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) shall conform to the requirements of
SSPWC Section 200 -2.4.
3. Crushed Rock: Crushed rock shall be the product of crushing rock or
gravel. Fifty percent of the particles retained on a 3/8 -inch sieve shall
have their entire surface area composed of faces resulting from fracture
due to mechanical crushing. Not over 5 percent shall be particles that
show no faces resulting from crushing. Less than 20 percent of the
particles that pass the 3/8 -inch sieve and are retained on the No. 7 sieve
shall be waterworn particles. Gravel shall not be added to crushed rock.
Where crushed rock is specified on the Contract Documents, it shall
conform to the following gradation:
Sieve Sizes
3 /4 -inch Maximum
Crushed Rock
% Passing
2 inches
2 inches
1 1/2- inches
-
1 inch
100
3/4 inch
90 -100
1/2 inch
30 -60
3/8 inch
0 -20
No.4
0 -5
No. 8
-
4. Gravel: Gravel shall be defined as particles that show no evidence of
mechanical crushing, are fully waterworn and are rounded. For pipe
bedding where gravel is specified, crushed rock may be substituted or
added. Where gravel is specified on the Contract Documents, the
material shall have the following gradations:
Sieve sizes
1 -inch Maximum
Gravel
% Passing
3/8 -inch Maximum
Gravel
% Passin
2 inches
-
1 1/2- inches
100
1 inch
90 -100
-
3/4 inch
60 -80
100
1/2 inch
-
-
3/8 inch
0 -15
90 -100
No.4
0 -5
0 -15
No.8
-
0 -5
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -8
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPEC4495\49501 \Working Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earthwork.doc
5. Drainrock shall be crushed rock or gravel, durable and free from slaking
or decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying. The
material shall be uniformly graded and shall meet the following gradation
requirements:
Sieve Size
Percentage Passin
1 -inch
100
3/4 -inch
90-100
3/8 -inch
40-100
No. 4
25-40
No. 8
18-33
No. 30
5-15
No. 50
0-7
No. 200
0-3
The drainrock shall have a sand equivalent value not less than 75. The
finish- graded surface of the drainrock immediately beneath hydraulic
structures shall be stabilized to provide a firm, smooth surface upon
which to construct reinforced concrete floor slabs. The CONTRACTOR
shall use, at its option, one of the asphalt types listed below, conforming
to SSPWC Section 203 -2 or SSPWC Section 203 -3.
If the surface remains tacky, sufficient sand shall be applied to absorb the excess
asphalt.
G. Primary structural fill shall conform to the requirements stated in the
recommendations of the Geotechnical Report.
H. Structure backfll material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section
300 -3.5.1 and the requirements stated in the recommendations of the
Geotechnical Report.
Pervious backfill material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section
300 -3.5.2 and the requirements in the recommendations stated in the
recommendations of the Geotechnical Report.
J. Pipe Bedding Material: Unless otherwise indicated, pipe- bedding material shall
be crushed rock, aggregate fill, granular soil, imported sand, or 3/8 -inch
maximum gravel as specified herein.
Type A Bedding material shall conform to the requirements for 3/4 -inch
Crushed Rock, 1 -inch Crushed Rock, No. 3 Concrete Aggregate, No. 4
Concrete Aggregate, or Portland Cement Concrete Sand in SSPWC
Section 200 -1 for pipes larger than 24 inches in diameter. Type A
Bedding material shall conform to the requirements for Type B Bedding
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -9
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPECW9$W9501 \Working Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earthwork.doc
Type I
T e2
Type 3
Designation
SC -70
SC -250
RS -1
Spray Temperature ° F
135 -175
165 -200
70 -120
Coverage al /s d
0.50
0.50
0.50
If the surface remains tacky, sufficient sand shall be applied to absorb the excess
asphalt.
G. Primary structural fill shall conform to the requirements stated in the
recommendations of the Geotechnical Report.
H. Structure backfll material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section
300 -3.5.1 and the requirements stated in the recommendations of the
Geotechnical Report.
Pervious backfill material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section
300 -3.5.2 and the requirements in the recommendations stated in the
recommendations of the Geotechnical Report.
J. Pipe Bedding Material: Unless otherwise indicated, pipe- bedding material shall
be crushed rock, aggregate fill, granular soil, imported sand, or 3/8 -inch
maximum gravel as specified herein.
Type A Bedding material shall conform to the requirements for 3/4 -inch
Crushed Rock, 1 -inch Crushed Rock, No. 3 Concrete Aggregate, No. 4
Concrete Aggregate, or Portland Cement Concrete Sand in SSPWC
Section 200 -1 for pipes larger than 24 inches in diameter. Type A
Bedding material shall conform to the requirements for Type B Bedding
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -9
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPECW9$W9501 \Working Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earthwork.doc
material or the requirements for Portland Cement Concrete Sand in
SSPWC Section 200 -1 for pipes 24 inches or smaller in diameter.
2. Type B Bedding material shall conform to the requirements for 1 -inch
Crushed Rock or No. 4 Concrete Aggregate in SSPWC Section 200 -1.
3. Concrete Pipe Bedding material shall conform to the requirements of
SSPWC Section 201 -1.
4. Pipe zone materials for ductile iron pipe with polyethylene wrap shall be
granular soil, imported sand, or 3/8 -inch maximum gravel in conformance
with the requirements of SSPWC Section 200 -1.
5. The pipe bedding shall conform to the requirements of the CITY OF
ROSEMEAD.
K. Sand - Cement Slurry material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC
Section 201 -1 for Trench Backfill Slurry.
L. Soil Cement material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 301-
3.1.
M. Topsoil material shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 212 -1.1.
2.2 USE OF FILL, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL TYPES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall use the types of materials as designated herein for all
required fill, backfill, and embankment construction hereunder.
B. Fill and backfill types shall be used in accordance with the following provisions:
1. Embankment fills shall be constructed of material conforming to the
requirements recommended in the Geotechnical Report.
2. Pipe zone backfill, as defined under 'Pipe and Utility Trench Backfill"
herein, shall consist of the following materials for each pipe material listed
below.
a. Coal tar enamel coated pipe, polyethylene encased pipe, tape
wrapped pipe, and other non -mortar coated pipe shall be
backfilled with Portland cement concrete sand conforming to
SSPWC Section 200 -1 or Concrete Pipe Bedding material as
defined herein for pipe zone backfill material.
b. Plastic pipe and vitrified clay pipe shall be backfilled with 3/4 -inch
Crushed Rock conforming to SSPWC Section 200 -1 or Concrete
Pipe Bedding material as defined herein for pipe zone backfill
material.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -10
SEPTEMBER 2010
&dSPECW95W9501morking Specs0w 02k7403 02200 Earthwork doc
3. Trench zone backfill for pipelines as defined under 'Pipe and Utility
Trench Backfill" shall be Unclassified Fill material as defined herein
unless conditions require the use of a designated material as indicated in
the Contract Documents.
4. Final backfill material for pipelines under paved areas, as defined under
"Pipe and Utility Trench Backfill" shall be Crushed Aggregate Base (CAB)
or Crushed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) material as defined herein.
5. Trench backfill and final backfill for pipelines under structures shall be the
same material as used in the pipe zone, except where concrete
encasement is required by the Contract Documents.
6. Backfill around or behind structures shall consist of Structure Backfill as
defined herein unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents.
7. Fill materials beneath structures shall be as follows:
a. Fill beneath hydraulic structures or other water retaining structures
with underdrain systems shall be drainrock material, as defined
herein, constructed to the limits and thicknesses shown or
specified.
b. Fill beneath structures without underdrain systems shall be
Primary Structural Fill as defined herein.
C. Fill beneath structures where groundwater must be removed to
allow placement of concrete shall be Primary Structural Fill as
defined herein.
8. Backfill used to replace pipeline trench over - excavation shall consist of
the same bedding material as required for bedding around the pipe.
9. The top 6 inches of fill on reservoir roofs, embankment fills around
hydraulic structures, and all other embankment fills shall consist of
Topsoil as defined herein.
10. Back fill around manholes in public streets above the concrete cast -in-
place base and below the street zone shall be by sand - cement slurry with
at least 1.5 sacks of cement for each cubic yard of slurry.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND STRIPPING
A. Clearing, grubbing and stripping shall be performed in accordance with Section
02110, Clearing, Grubbing and Stripping.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -11
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPED \495\49501 \Working Specs \Div 02\47403 02200 Earthwork. d=
3.2 GRADING AND STOCKPILING
A. The CONTRACTOR shall control grading in a manner to prevent water from
running into excavations. Obstruction of surface drainage shall be avoided and
means shall be provided whereby storm water flow is not interrupted in existing
gutters, and other surface drains, or temporary drains. Material for backfill or for
protecting excavation in public roads from surface drainage shall be neatly
placed and kept shaped so as to cause the least possible interference with public
travel. Free access must be provided to all fire hydrants, watergates, meters,
and private drives.
B. Finished grading at any point shall not vary more than 0.10 foot above or below
the grade established by the Contract Documents.
3.3 STRUCTURE, ROADWAY, AND EMBANKMENT EXCAVATION
A. General: Except when specifically provided to the contrary, excavation shall
include the removal of all materials of whatever nature encountered, including all
obstructions of any nature that would interfere with the proper execution and
completion of the work. The removal of said materials shall conform to the lines
and grades shown or ordered. Unless otherwise provided, the entire
construction site shall be stripped of all vegetation, debris, and all deleterious
materials, and such materials shall be removed from the site prior to performing
any excavation or placing any fill. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, place, and
maintain all supports and shoring that may be required for the sides of the
excavations, and all pumping, ditching, or other measures for the removal or
exclusion of water, including taking care of storm water, groundwater (dewatering
if required), and wastewater reaching the site of the work from any source so as
to prevent damage to the work or adjoining property. Excavations shall be
sloped or otherwise supported in a safe manner in accordance with applicable
State of California safety requirements and the requirements of OSHA Safety
and Health Standards for Construction (29CFR1926), and the Contract
Documents.
Structure excavation shall conform to the dimensions and elevations indicated on
the Contract Documents for each structure including trenching for adjacent
piping. In locations where soil of suitable bearing value is encountered at a
different elevation from that indicated on the Contract Documents, the
ENGINEER may direct in writing that the excavation be carried to elevations
above or below those indicated on the Contract Documents. Excavation shall
extend at least 24 inches from walls and footings to allow for placing and removal
of forms, installation of services, and inspection. Undercutting will - not be
permitted.
Where a structure would be located partially on fill and partially on undisturbed
native material, the entire area shall be over - excavated to a depth of 6 inches
below the elevations indicated and re- compacted as directed in the tabulation in
Article 3.13.E of this Specification Section.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -12
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPECW95W9501morking Specs \Div 02\47403 02200 Earthwork.doc
Safe and suitable ladders that project 2 feet above the top. of the trench shall be
provided for all trenches greater than 4 feet in depth. A minimum of one ladder
shall be provided for each 50 feet of open trench.
B. Excavation Beneath Structures and Embankments: Except where otherwise
specified for a particular structure or ordered by the ENGINEER, excavation shall
be carried to the grade of the bottom of the footing or slab. Where shown or
ordered, areas beneath structures or fills shall be over - excavated. The subgrade
areas beneath embankments shall be excavated to remove not less than the top
8 inches of native material and where such subgrade is sloped, the native
material shall be benched. When such over - excavation is shown, both over -
excavation and subsequent backfill to the required grade shall be performed by
the CONTRACTOR. When such over - excavation is not shown on the plan and
not specified but is ordered by the ENGINEER, such over - excavation and any
resulting backfill will be paid for under a separate unit price bid item if such bid
item has been established and approved by the ENGINEER prior to commencing
the work; otherwise payment will be made in accordance with a negotiated price.
After the required excavation or over - excavation has been completed, the
exposed surface shall be scarified to a depth of 8 inches, brought to optimum
moisture content, and rolled with heavy compaction equipment to obtain the
required relative compaction.
C. Excavation in Poor Soil: If excessively wet, soft, spongy, unstable, or otherwise
unsuitable material, as determined by the ENGINEER, is encountered at the
bottom of the excavation or the surface upon which the pipe bedding material is
to be placed including the vertical sides of a specified pipe trench, the unsuitable
material shall be removed to a depth as required by the ENGINEER, disposed of,
and replaced with approved fill or bedding material. Removal and replacement of
material so ordered shall be paid for by the CITY as "Extra Work" unless
provided for in the Schedule of Prices. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain
adequate dewatering procedures to ensure that an otherwise stable foundation
will not be rendered unfit due to accumulation or movement of water in the
excavation. If the necessity for such additional excavation and material has been
occasioned by an act or failure to act on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the
CONTRACTOR shall bear the full expense of the additional excavation and
backfill to the required depth.
D. Overexcavation: Where excavation is carried below the limits shown on the
Contract Documents, adjustments shall be made as determined by the
ENGINEER to meet requirements incurred by the deeper excavation beneath
pipe or structure. Overdepth excavation in such locations shall be rectified by
backfilling with approved fill or bedding material or other means specified.
Overexcavation not required by the Contract Documents or directed by the
ENGINEER shall be rectified at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.
Excavation Beneath Paved Areas: Excavation under areas to be paved shall
extend to the bottom of the aggregate base, if such base is called for; otherwise it
shall extend to the paving thickness. After the required excavation has been
completed, the exposed surface shall be scarified to a depth of at least 12
inches, brought to optimum moisture content, and rolled with heavy compaction
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -13
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: WECN95�49501\Working Specs \Div 0247403 02200 Earthwork.doc
equipment to obtain a minimum percent of compaction as directed in the
tabulation in Article 3.13.E of this Specification Section.
F. Excavation Subgrade and Below Subgrade
1. Excavate and shape subgrade to line, grade, and cross - section shown on
Drawings. Following receipt of written acceptance for the subgrade by
the ENGINEER and local building official, compact the subgrade with
approved equipment until the top 6- inches is compacted to 95 percent of
maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as determined by
ASTM D 1557. Remove all soft, loose, or otherwise unsuitable material
and replace with suitable sandy material. The finished subgrade shall be
firm, hard and unyielding. The subgrade shall be considered to extend
over the full width of the base course. Compaction shall extend 18 inches
beyond the edge of paving, curb, or form.
2. Where the ENGINEER deems subgrade material to be unsatisfactory,
excavation below subgrade will be required to such depths as necessary
to remove the unsatisfactory material. Excavation below grade shall be of
the same classification as that above it provided it is removed in the same
operation as the normal excavation. Special equipment or hand
excavation may be required because of the presence of shallow utilities
or other unforeseen conditions.
G. Notification of ENGINEER: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at
least 2 working days in advance of completion of any structure excavation and
shall allow the ENGINEER a review period of at least one day before the
exposed foundation is scarified and compacted or is covered with backfill or with
any construction materials.
3.4 PIPELINE AND UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. General: Any water evident in the excavation shall be pumped out or otherwise
removed per Subsection 1.5 as necessary to keep the bottom of the excavation
free and clear of water during the progress of the work.
B. Pipes Over 42- inches In Diameter: The overall trench width for pipes with
diameters larger than 42 inches shall not be more than 24 inches nor less than
12 inches wider than the largest outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein,
measured at a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe, exclusive of branches.
Excavation and trenching shall be true to the line so that the pipe is centered
within the trench and a clear space of not more than 12 inches nor less than 6
inches in width is provided on each side of the largest outside diameter of the
pipe in place. For this purpose, the largest outside diameter shall be the outside
diameter of the bell on bell and spigot pipe.
C. Pipes Under 42- inches In Diameter: The overall trench width for pipes with
diameters of 42 inches or less shall not be more than 16 inches nor less than 12
inches wider than the largest outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein,
measured at a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe, exclusive of branches.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -14
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPEC4954950t \Working Specs \Div 0247403 02200 Earthwork.doc
Excavating and trenching shall be true to line so that the pipe is centered within
the trench and a clear space of not more than 8 inches nor less than 6 inches in
width is provided on each side of the largest outside diameter of the pipe in
place. For this purpose, the largest outside diameter shall be the outside
diameter of the bell, on bell and spigot pipe.
Where the trench width, measured at a point 12 inches above the top of the bell
of the pipe is wider than the maximum set forth above for all pipe sizes, the
trench area around the pipe shall be set with steel reinforcing and backfilled with
Class C concrete to form a cradle for the pipe as shown on the plans. Special
care shall be used when pouring the concrete cradle around the pipe so no
displacement will occur. In the event of movement, the CONTRACTOR shall
remove and replace all pipe and cradle affected. Concrete cradle work as
required above shall be performed at the expense of the CONTRACTOR and
shown on the record drawings.
D. Limit of Open Trench: Except by express written permission of the ENGINEER,
the maximum amount of open trench permitted in any one location shall be 500
feet, or the length necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe installed in a
single day, whichever is less. All trenches shall be fully backfilled and base
paved with the first course of pavement at the end of each day or, in lieu thereof,
shall be covered by non -skid heavy steel plates adequately braced and capable
of supporting vehicular traffic in those locations where it is impractical to backfill
at the end of each day. Base paving finished to grade shall be flush with existing
grade and finished smooth to create a smooth ride. The above requirements for
backfilling or use of steel plate will be waived in cases where the trench is
located further than 100 feet from any traveled roadway or occupied structure. In
such cases, however, barricades and warning lights meeting OSHA requirements
shall be provided and maintained. The maximum working length allowed without
the first course of pavement is 500 feet unless approved in advance by the
ENGINEER
E. Trench Bottom: The bottom of the trench shall be excavated uniformly to at least
12 inches below the grade of the bottom of the pipe. The pipe bedding of 12
inches minimum thickness shall then be placed on the trench bottom and shall be
given a final trim, using a string line for establishing grade, such that each pipe
section when first laid will be continually in contact with the pipe bedding along
the extreme bottom of the pipe. Trench bottom raked by toothed excavators is
not acceptable.
F. Trench Over - Excavation: Where the Drawings indicate that trenches shall be
over- excavated, they shall be excavated to the depth shown, and then backfilled
to the grade of the bottom of the pipe.
G. Excavation in Poor Soil: If excessively wet, soft, spongy, unstable, or otherwise
unsuitable material, as determined by the ENGINEER, is encountered at the
bottom of the excavation or the surface upon which the pipe bedding material is
to be placed including the vertical sides of a specified pipe trench, the unsuitable
material shall be removed to a depth as required by the ENGINEER, disposed of,
and replaced with approved fill or bedding material. Removal and replacement of
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -15
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPM495V49501 working Specs \Div M47403 02200 Earthwork.doc
material so ordered shall be paid for by the CITY as "Extra Work" unless
provided in the schedule of prices. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain adequate
dewatering procedures to ensure that an otherwise stable foundation will not be
rendered unfit due to accumulation or movement of water in the excavation. If
the necessity for such additional excavation and material has been occasioned
by an act or failure to act on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR
shall bear the full expense of the additional excavation and backfill to the
required depth.
Where pipelines are to be installed in embankment or structure fills, the fill shall
be constructed to a level at least one foot above the top of the pipe before the
trench is excavated.
Obtain ENGINEER's approval before beginning excavation. Complete clearing
and grubbing prior to the start of trenching. Do not permit excavated materials to
cover brush or trees prior to disposal.
3.5 OVER - EXCAVATION NOT ORDERED, SPECIFIED, OR SHOWN
A. Any over - excavation by the CONTRACTOR carried below the grade not ordered,
specified, or shown, shall be backfilled to the required grade with the specified
material and compaction. Such work shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR
at his own expense.
3.6 EXCAVATION IN LAWN AREAS (NOT USED)
A. Where excavation occurs in lawn areas, the sod shall be carefully removed and
stockpiled to preserve it for replacement. Excavated material may be placed on
the lawn; provided, that a drop cloth or other suitable method is employed to
protect the lawn from damage. The lawn shall not remain covered for more than
72 hours. Immediately after completion of backfilling, compaction and testing of
the pipeline, the sod shall be replaced in a manner so as to restore the lawn as
near as possible to its original condition and to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall provide new sod if stockpiled sod has
remained so for more than 72 hours within the scope of the contract. The top 3"
of backfill shall remain uncompacted to promote growth. Existing irrigation lines
shall be marked, isolated and replaced in kind.
3.7 EXCAVATION IN VICINITY OF TREES
A. Except where trees are shown to be removed, trees shall be protected in place
from injury during construction operations. No tree roots over 2 inches in
diameter shall be cut without express permission of the ENGINEER. Trees shall
be supported and irrigated during excavation by means previously reviewed by
the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall replace all trees that die that are
shown on the Contract Drawings as being protected in place.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -16
SEPTEMBER 2010
&WECA95W9501 \Working Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earthwork.dm
3.8 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock excavation shall include removal and disposal of the following: (1) all
boulders measuring 1/3 of a cubic yard or more in volume; (2) all rock material in
ledges, bedding deposits, and unstratified masses which cannot be removed
without systematic drilling and blasting; (3) concrete or masonry structures which
have been abandoned; and (4) conglomerate deposits which are so firmly
cemented that they possess the characteristics of solid rock and which cannot be
removed without systematic drilling and blasting.
Where solid rock or rock excavation as defined above is encountered, it shall be
removed below grade and the excavation backfilled with approved pipe- bedding
material to provide a compacted foundation cushion with a minimum thickness of
6 inches under the pipe bell. Removal of rock and additional pipe bedding
material over and above bedding required in the Contract Documents shall be
paid for by the CITY as "Extra Work" unless provided for in the Schedule of
Prices.
Cobbles or boulders encountered at the trench bottom or pipe subgrade shall be
removed to a minimum of 12- inches beneath the pipe and replaced with
approved pipe bedding material. Bedding material shall be compacted as
directed in the tabulation in Article 3.13.E of this Specification Section and per
the contract documents to provide uniform support and a firm foundation.
B. Said rock excavation shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR; provided, that
should the quantity of rock excavation be affected by any change in the scope of
the work, an appropriate adjustment of the contract price will be made under a
separate bid item if such bid item has been established; otherwise payment will
be made in accordance with a negotiated price.
C. Explosives and Blasting: Blasting will not be permitted, except by express
permission of the ENGINEER and other governing agencies on a case -by -case
basis. The use of explosives will be subject to the approval and regulations of all
agencies having jurisdiction. If blasting is utilized at the site of the Work, the
CONTRACTOR shall take all precautions and provide all protective measures
necessary to prevent damage to property and structures or injury to person.
Prior to blasting, the CONTRACTOR shall secure all permits required by law for
blasting operations and shall provide any additional hazard insurance required by
the CITY. The CONTRACTOR shall have fully qualified and experienced
blasting personnel and foreman in charge of all blasting operations.
D. The CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for all and shall make good any
damage caused by blasting or resulting from its possession or use of explosives
on the Work.
E. All operations involving the handling, storage, and use of explosives shall be
conducted in accordance with the requirements of the OSHA Standards for
Construction, and in accordance with all local laws and regulations.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -17
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPEM495 \49501Morking Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earthwork.doc
3.9 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and legally dispose of all excess excavated
material to a site selected by the CONTRACTOR and reviewed by the
ENGINEER. All incurred expenses including soil handling, transportation and
tipping fees, if applicable, shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
B. Unsuitable material shall be defined as material containing excessive amounts of
organic matter, peat, blue clay, trash or debris; or as designated by the
ENGINEER; or debris produced by clearing, grubbing, and demolition of existing
structures, pavement, or pipe; or soil classified by test method ASTM D2486 as
groups OL, CH, MH, OH or PT; or not meeting the grading or classification
specified for the work.
C. All unsuitable and surplus material outside of the confines of the treatment plants
shall be disposed of in a legal manner by the CONTRACTOR and all costs
associated with disposal shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. No unsuitable or
surplus material shall be dumped on private property unless written permission is
furnished by the owner of the property and unless a grading permit is issued from
the local jurisdiction.
D. Unsuitable and surplus material within the confines of the treatment plants shall
be disposed of by the CONTRACTOR as specified above.
E. Excess unsuitable and surplus materials shall be kept separated from materials
of other CONTRACTORS working in the same area.
3.10 PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE
A. After preparing the subgrade as specified, all traffic on the subgrade shall be
avoided. Should it be necessary to haul over the prepared subgrade, the
CONTRACTOR shall drag and roll the traveled way as frequently as may be
necessary to remove ruts, cuts, and breaks in the surface. All cuts, ruts, and
breaks in the surface of the subgrade that are not removed by the above
operations shall be raked and hand tamped. All equipment used for transporting
materials over the prepared subgrade shall be equipped with pneumatic tires.
B. Continued use of sections of prepared subgrade for hauling, so as to cut up or
deform it from the true cross - section, will not be permitted. The CONTRACTOR
shall protect the prepared subgrade from all traffic.
C. The CONTRACTOR will be required to plank the subgrade before hauling
materials or equipment over it.
D. The subgrade shall be maintained in the finished condition until the first
succeeding course or steel or concrete is placed.
E. The ENGINEER has the right to test the reworked subgrade and approve or
disapprove the subgrade depending on its condition.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -18
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPECW95b9501Morking Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earthwork.doc
3.11 BACKFILL - GENERAL
A. Backfill consists of the preparation and placement of materials for structural
foundations, pipeline bedding, backfill for excavations and fill for roadways and
embankments. In public rights -of -way, the requirements of the local agency
having jurisdiction shall take precedence over these Specifications.
B. Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe. Backfill shall not
be placed around or upon any structure until the concrete has attained specified
strength to withstand the loads imposed. Backfill around water retaining
structures shall not be placed until the structures have been tested and coated,
and the structures shall be full of water while backfill is being placed.
C. Material used in the work shall be uniform and shall contain no trash, wood,
vegetation, sludge, peat and no rocks or clods larger than the size allowed by the
Contract Documents. No material greater than 4 inches in any dimension shall be
placed within 1 foot of any pipe, manhole or structure. Excavated material and
material from borrow sites may be used where they meet the requirements of the
Contract Documents. Blending or other processing may be necessary before a
material is acceptable to the ENGINEER. Borrow sites shown on the drawings
shall be excavated within the limits indicated. All costs for testing, processing and
transporting materials are included in the Contract Price.
D. Except for drainrock materials being placed in over - excavated areas or trenches,
backfill shall be placed after all water is removed from the excavation.
3.12 PLACING AND SPREADING OF BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed, leveled and compacted in horizontal
layers of the depth specified in the Contract Documents. When compaction is
achieved using mechanical equipment the layers shall be evenly spread in loose
lifts not exceeding 8 inches in thickness so that when compacted each layer shall
not exceed 6 inches in thickness. Each layer of fill material shall cover the length
and width of the area to be filled before the next layer of material is placed. The
moisture content of the material shall be controlled and water shall be applied as
necessary to achieve the specified compaction at optimum moisture content and
for the prevention of dust nuisance. No fill or rock shall be placed on standing
water in any excavation.
Fill under Structures: The fill under structures, including fill to replace unsuitable
material removed below the specified excavation or unauthorized
over - excavation, shall be constructed in horizontal layers of select material not to
exceed 8 inches in depth, or if under footings, the heights of the wails or footings
shall be increased, or space shall be refilled with Class and PSI strength of
concrete specified for each condition required concrete at the expense of the
CONTRACTOR, as may be directed by the ENGINEER. Any fill material used
shall be compacted to a minimum relative compaction as directed in the
tabulation in Article 3.13.E of this Specification Section.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -19
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPECW95W9501morking Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Eanhwork.doc
Where the underlying soil has been disturbed by any activity, such as clearing
and grubbing, it shall be compacted to a minimum relative compaction as
directed in the tabulation in Article 3.13.E of this Specification Section before
placing any fill.
C. Structural Backfill: All backfill around structures shall be made with select
material or imported sand compacted up to the street zone to 90 or 95 percent of
maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D
1557, depending upon the appropriate zone or location of fill in accordance with
the requirements of the tabulation in Article 3.13.E "Compaction Requirements"
of this Specification Section.. Compaction shall be performed in horizontal layers
not to exceed 8 inches in depth. No backfill shall be placed against concrete
structures until the 28 -day concrete strength has been reached as specified.
D. During spreading each layer shall be thoroughly mixed as necessary to promote
uniformity of material in each layer. Pipe zone backfill materials shall be
manually spread around the pipe so that when compacted the pipe zone backfill
will provide uniform bearing and side support.
Where the backfill material moisture content is below the optimum moisture
content water shall be added before or during spreading until the proper moisture
content is achieved.
Where the backfill material moisture content is too high to permit the specified
degree of compaction the material shall be dried until the moisture content is
satisfactory, at or slightly above optimum moisture content.
3.13 COMPACTION OF FILL, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
A. Each layer of fill shall be mechanically compacted using proper compaction
equipment (not rubber tire or wheel rolling) to the specified percentage of
maximum dry density at optimum moisture content. Equipment that is
consistently capable of achieving the required degree of compaction shall be
used and each layer shall be compacted over its entire area while the material is
at the required moisture content.
The backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers of the specified depths or of such
depths approved by the ENGINEER and compatible with the compacting
equipment being used and the backfill material being placed. Each layer shall be
evenly spread, properly moistened, or dried as necessary and compacted to the
specified relative compaction. Any damage or displacement to pipes or structures
as a result of the CONTRACTOR's operation shall be repaired or replaced at the
CONTRACTOR's expense.
B. Fill on reservoir and structure roofs shall not be placed until at least 30 days after
the concrete roof slab has been placed or the concrete has reached design
strength as approved by the ENGINEER. Equipment weighing more than 10,000
pounds when loaded shall not be used on a roof. A roller weighing not more than
8,000 pounds shall be used to compact fill on a roof.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -20
SEPTEMBER 2010
S9SP EC \495 \49501 morking Specs \Div 02\47403 02200 Earthwork. doc
C. Flooding, ponding, or jetting shall not be used to density any fill materials with the
exception of holes remaining from the extraction of H- beams, plates and piles or
otherwise approved by the ENGINEER.
D. Equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds shall not be used closer to walls
than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time, but not less
than 5 feet. Hand operated power compaction equipment shall be used where
use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations.
E. Compaction Requirements: The following compaction test requirements shall be
in accordance with ASTM D 1557. Where agency or utility company
requirements govern, the highest compaction standards shall apply.
Location or Use of Fill
Percentage of
Maximum Densi
Pipe zone backfill of bedding material and over - excavated
zones under beddin
90
Trench zone backfill material
90
Street zone backfill of compacted sub base and base
material
95
Street zone final backfill, not beneath paved areas or
structures
95
Street zone backfill of compacted aggregate base material
95
Embankments, not beneath paved areas or structures
90
Embankments, beneath paved areas or structures
95
Backfill beneath structures, hydraulic structures
95
Backfill around structures, on reservoir or structure roof
95
3.14 PIPE AND UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Pipe Zone Backfill: The pipe zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench
cross - section lying between a plane 12 inches below the bottom surface of the
pipe, i.e., the trench foundation line, and a plane at a point 12 inches above the
top surface of the pipe. The bedding for the pipe is defined as that portion of
pipe zone backfill material between the trench foundation line and 12 inches
above the top of the pipe.
B. Bedding: The bottom of a pipe trench excavation indicated on the Contract
Documents is the foundation line where pipe- bedding material is placed. If
material below the foundation line has been disturbed or removed, it shall be
replaced with additional crushed rock bedding as directed by the ENGINEER for
the price as specified in the CONTRACTOR's bid proposal. Bedding shall be
compacted to minimum relative density of 90 percent.
Bedding shall be provided for all sewers, drainage pipelines, and other gravity
flow pipelines, unless otherwise specified or shown of the Drawings. For other
pipelines the bedding may be omitted if all the following conditions exist.
The pipe bears on firm, undisturbed native soil, which contains only
particles that will pass a one -inch sieve.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -21
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:\SPEC\495b9501 =orking Specs \Div 02W7403 02200 Earlhwork.doc
2. The trench excavation is not through rock or stones.
3. The trench subgrade soils are classified as suitable fill and backfill
materials per Subsection 2.1.
The trench subgrade soils have, as a maximum, a moisture content that allows
compaction. .
C. Where bedding is required, after compacting the bedding the CONTRACTOR
shall perform a final trim using a string line for establishing grade, such that each
pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the bedding along
the extreme bottom of the pipe.
Pipe shall be carefully bedded as shown on the appropriate bedding detail.
Particular attention shall be given to the underside of the pipe and fittings to
provide a firm bedding support along the full length of the pipe. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for accurately shaping the pipe subgrade to
fit the bottom of the pipe for a width of at least 0.4 times the pipe outside
diameter. Use of a drag template shaped to conform to the outer surface of the
pipe will be required if other methods do not give satisfactory results.
Each bell and spigot joint shall be recessed in the bedding material in such a
manner as to minimize loading on the bell of the pipe. CAB material shall be
compacted to a minimum .relative density of 95 percent. Backfilling shall be
carried on simultaneously on each side of the pipe to prevent displacement.
Care shall be exercised in backfilling to avoid damage to the pipe.
D. The pipe zone shall be backfilled with the specified backfill material. The
CONTRACTOR shall exercise care to prevent damage to the pipeline coating,
cathodic bonds, or the pipe itself during the installation and backfill operations.
E. Backfill at manholes over 60- inches in diameter shall be the same specified
backfill material composition and compaction as in the adjacent pipe trench.
Backfill materials for manholes 60- inches and less in diameter shall be backfilled
with sand - cement slurry per Subsection 2.1 K.
Trench Zone Backfill: After the pipe zone backfill has been placed as specified
above, and after all excess water has completely drained from the trench,
backfilling of the trench zone may proceed. The trench zone is defined as that
portion of the vertical trench cross - section lying between a plane 12 inches
above the top surface of the pipe and a plane at a point 30 inches below the
finished surface grade, or if the trench is under pavement, 18 inches below the
roadway subgrade. If concrete or sand - cement slurry backfill are used, the
CONTRACTOR shall secure the pipe to prevent flotation.
G. Final Backfill: Final backfill is all backfill in the trench cross - sectional area within
18 inches of finished grade, or if the trench is under pavement, all backfill within
18 inches of the roadway subgrade.
3.15 EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -22
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: \SPECW95\49501 \Working Specs \Div 02\47403 02200 Earthwork.doc
A. Embankments and roadway fills shall mean all earth fills in holes, pits or
depressions necessary to bring the final grade or pavement. subgrade to the
specified contours.
B. The area where an embankment is to be constructed shall be cleared of all
vegetation, roots and deleterious materials. Following this, the surface shall be
moistened, scarified to a depth of 6 inches, and rolled or otherwise mechanically
compacted. Embankment fill material shall be placed and spread evenly in
horizontal layers. Each layer shall be moistened or aerated, as necessary. Each
layer shall not exceed 6 inches of compacted thickness. The embankment fill
and the scarified layer of underlying ground shall be compacted per the
requirements of the recommendations in the Geotechnical Report to either 90 or
95 percent of maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as determined
by ASTM D 1557, depending upon the appropriate zone or location of fill in
accordance with the requirements of the tabulation in Article 3.13.E "Compaction
Requirements" of this Specification Section.
C. Material for embankments or roadway fills may consist of excavated material
from structures or of a mixture of such excavated materials and materials
borrowed by the CONTRACTOR from other approved sources. The material
shall have no rocks or clods larger than 6 inches and shall be compacted in 8-
inch maximum lifts to a minimum relative compaction as directed in the tabulation
in Article 3.13.E of this Specification Section, up to the street zone.
D. If the ground surface is in a loose, uncompacted condition, it shall be compacted
to a minimum relative compaction of 90 percent or to 95 percent if included in the
street zone.
E. No material shall be placed beyond the sloping lines of embankment unless so
ordered by the ENGINEER. Compaction shall be as specified for each zone.
When an embankment fill is to be made and compacted against hillsides or fill
slopes steeper than '4:1, the slopes of hillsides or fills shall be horizontally
benched to key the embankment fill to the underlying ground. A minimum of
12 inches normal to the slope of the hillside or fill shall be removed and re-
compacted as the embankment fill is brought up in layers. Material thus cut shall
be re- compacted along with the new fill material at the CONTRACTOR's
expense. Hillside or fill slopes 4:1 or flatter shall be prepared in accordance with
Paragraph A, above.
G. Where embankment or structure fills are constructed over pipelines, the first 4
feet of fill over the pipe shall be constructed using light placement and
compaction equipment that does not damage the pipe.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT EARTHWORK
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 02200 -23
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPECk95M9501 Morking Specs \Div 02`47403 02200 Earthwork.doc
SECTION 16060
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies
and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated on the
Drawings and specified herein.
B. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the
materials specified hereinafter.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The requirements of the following sections and divisions apply to the work of this
Section. Other sections and divisions, not referenced below, shall also apply to
the extent required for proper performance of this work.
Section 02200, Earthwork
2. Section 16010, Electrical General Provisions
3. Work Specified Under Other Divisions
a. All concrete work required for encasement, installation, or construction of the
work specified in the various sections of Division 16 is included as a part of the
work hereunder, and shall be 2500 -psi concrete; provided, that the following
exceptions and supplementary requirements shall apply:
(1) Consolidation of encasement concrete around duct banks
shall be by hand puddling, and /or no mechanical vibration.
(2) A workability admixture shall be used in encasement
concrete, which shall be a hydroxylated carboxylic acid
type in liquid form. Admixtures containing calcium chloride
shall not be used.
(3) Concrete for encasement of conduit or duct banks shall
contain an integral red -oxide coloring pigment in the
proportion of 12 pounds per cubic yard of concrete.
Components for ventilating and air conditioning systems, including conductors for
control wiring, unless specifically shown on Electrical Drawings.
C. Materials and equipment furnished and installed under other divisions with
raceway and electrical conductors furnished, installed and connected under
Division 16 Electrical.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
$d$PECW96\495011WOMing SpeCSOq 1OW950116050 Basic MatenalsBMetnods.doc
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements
of the referenced portions of the following publications to the extent that the
provisions thereof are not in conflict with other provisions of these specifications.
1. Comply with the latest editions of the following codes and standards:
a. NEC - National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - 70 National
Electrical Code (NEC), latest adopted version
b. CCR - Title 8, Industrial Relations, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety
Orders, California Code of Regulations
2. Government Standards
a. FS W- C- 596E /GEN (1) - Connector, Plug, Receptacle and Cable
Outlet, Electrical Power
b. FS W -S- 896E /GEN (1) - Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lode),
Flush Mounted (ac)
c. FS WW- C -581E - Conduit, Metal, Rigid, and Intermediate; And
Coupling, Elbow, and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Steel, Zinc
Coated
3. Commercial Standards
a. ANSI B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel, Nickel
C. All equipment furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be listed by and shall bear
the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, (UL) or of an independent
testing laboratory acceptable to the CITY in writing.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
SaSPECW95V95011WoMing Spe.o\ 16W950116OW Basic Mat erials &MeOOES . tloc
Alloy, and Other Special Alloys
b.
ANSI C80.1 - Specification for Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated
C.
ANSI Z55.1 - Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and
Equipment
d.
ANSI /UL 467 - Safety Standard for Grounding and Bonding
Equipment
e.
NEMA WD -1 -1.10 - General Requirements for Wiring Devices
f.
NEMA AB -1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
g.
NEMA PB -1 - Panelboards
h.
NEMA KS -1 - Enclosed Switches
i.
NEMA VE -1 - Ventilated Cable Tray
j.
ICEA - Wire and Cable Standards
k.
UL 943 - Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters'
C. All equipment furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be listed by and shall bear
the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, (UL) or of an independent
testing laboratory acceptable to the CITY in writing.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
SaSPECW95V95011WoMing Spe.o\ 16W950116OW Basic Mat erials &MeOOES . tloc
D. The construction and installation of all electrical equipment and materials shall
comply with all applicable provisions of the Cal /OSHA Safety Orders (Title 8,
CCR), State Building Standards, and applicable local codes and regulations.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010,
Electrical General Provisions.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality assurance shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of
Section 16010, Electrical General Provisions.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 SERVICE ENTRANCE
A. Provide labor and furnish equipment as required by the electric utility, which will
provide service to the facility. All such materials and work shall meet the
requirements of the utility company.
B. Provide temporary service for construction tools and testing apparatus during
construction.
2.2 HAZARDOUS AREAS
A. Provide devices, materials, and equipment specifically approved for installation in
hazardous areas of the Class, Division, and Group indicated, and of construction
that will ensure safe performance under conditions of proper use and
maintenance. Provide devices, materials, and equipment meeting the
requirements of the NEC, applicable state and local codes, and the authority
enforcing these codes. Acceptable manufacturers: Crouse - Hinds, Appleton, or
equal. All materials supplied for hazardous areas must be UL listed for such
applications.
2.3 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES
A. General: Provide boxes not less than 2- inches deep, unless shallower boxes are
required by structural conditions and are specifically accepted by the
ENGINEER. Do not use box extensions to provide wiring space required by the
NEC. For hollow masonry construction, provide boxes of sufficient depth so that
conduit knockouts or hubs are in the masonry void space.
B. Sheet Steel (SS) Boxes: Provide zinc- or cadmium - plated boxes of the one -
piece drawn type. Install 4 -inch minimum octagonal boxes for ceiling outlets,
except where smaller boxes are required for the particular fixture being installed.
Use concrete type boxes in poured concrete slabs. Provide 4 -inch by 4 -inch
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
S]SPEC1a95W9W11WONW Specs \Div 16M950115050 Basic MalenelsBMeMds.doc
minimum boxes with 3/4" knockouts for switches and receptacles. Provide
plaster rings where required.
C. Cast Steel (CS) Boxes: Provide boxes of cast ferrous metal with gasketed,
watertight, cast ferrous metal covers and stainless steel screws. Provide boxes
with threaded conduit hubs and cast mounting lugs where lugs are required. Use
Crouse -Hinds or Appleton Type FS or FE boxes, or equal.
D. Cast Aluminum (CA) Boxes: Provide boxes of cast, copper -free aluminum with
gasketed, watertight, cast copper -free aluminum covers and stainless steel
screws. Provide boxes with threaded conduit hubs and cast mounting lugs
where lugs are required. Use Crouse -Hinds or Appleton Type FS, FD, FE boxes,
or equal.
E. Provide a box suitable for the conditions encountered at each outlet in the wiring
or raceway system and sized in accordance with the NEC. Use the listed types
unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents or accepted.
G. Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents, device boxes and
junction boxes shall be heavy duty, fiberglass and shall be compatible with the
location and conduit system being used, and shall be manufactured by Crouse -
Hinds, Appleton, or equal, with stainless steel cover screws and with cover
gaskets. Device boxes shall be "FD" type.
Exterior locations, with:
Exposed Raceways: Galvanized Cast steel
Concealed Raceways: Galvanized Cast steel
Concrete Encased Raceways: <2" diameter -PVC Schedule 40
>1 '/2" diameter- PVC, Type EB
2. Interior dry locations, with:
Exposed Rigid Conduit: Galvanized Cast steel
Concrete Encased Raceways: <2" diameter -PVC Schedule 40
>1 '' /2" diameter- PVC, Type EB
Lighting Circuits, Ceiling Portion: Sheet steel
H. Device Plates
Types to be provided:
Locations: Plate Type
All: Metal
All Interior: Metal
Exterior Weatherproof Cast Metal
2.4 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050A
SEPTEMBER 2010
S GPECWW495011WOdd,g Specs0v 16x950116050 Basic MatenalsWaMod5.doc,
A. Utilize NEMA 3R enclosures for outdoor or wet or corrosive locations as well as
where subscript WP is indicated at the box location on the Plans.
B. Where outlet boxes are used as junction or pull boxes, use materials as specified
under article 2.3, OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES.
C. Where larger sheet steel boxes are required, utilize boxes of code - gauge,
galvanized steel with full- access screw covers mounted with corrosion - resistant
machine screws.
D. Where larger cast metal boxes are required, use neoprene gasketed, watertight
boxes with hinged, cast metal full- access covers, stainless steel cover hardware,
and drilled and tapped conduit entrances. Use Crouse -Hinds Series W,
O.Z. /Gedney Series Y boxes, or equal. For below grade conduit, use Crouse -
Hinds Type WJBF, O.Z. /Gedney Series YR, or equal, minimum size 8- inches by
8- inches by 6- inches. For hazardous areas, use boxes applicable for the location
and hazardous atmosphere present.
E. Use concrete boxes of reinforced, cast concrete, 10- inches by 17- inches
minimum inside dimensions, Brooks Products, Inc., No. 3 -1/2T, Quikset W.17
Associated, or equal. Mark cast iron cover, as per CITY standards. Boxes shall
be inspected and approved by the CITY prior to site delivery.
G. Use special boxes where indicated on the Drawings.
2.4 TERMINAL JUNCTION BOXES (TJB)
A. Provide hinged -cover terminal junction boxes of the required type and size where
indicated. Utilize NEMA 12 enclosures for indoor dry locations. Utilize NEMA 3R
watertight enclosures, as described under article 2.4, JUNCTION AND PULL
BOXES, for outdoor or wet locations and where subscript WP is indicated at the
box location on the Drawings. Provide terminal blocks with a separate
connection point for each conductor entering or leaving the box. Provide 25
percent spare terminal points for CITY use following completion of installation.
Paint interior surfaces with white enamel or lacquer.
2.5 TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINETS
A. Provide telephone terminal cabinets of the type and size indicated for incoming
telephone service. Provide hinged doors code -gauge galvanized steel box
containing a 3/4 -inch plywood backboard. Utilize cabinet conforming to the
requirements of the telephone company. Provide terminal blocks with 25 percent
spare termination points for CITY use following completion of installation. Label
and identify all conductors.
2.6 WIRING DEVICES
A. Switches
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -5
SEPTEMBER 2010
SISPECW95W950MoW ng SpeWU v 16W950116050 Basic MatenalsBMetWs Goc
General Use Switches: Provide specification grade, totally - enclosed,
actype, quiet tumbler switches meeting NEMA WD 1 performance
standards and Federal Specification W- S -896E, and capable of control of
100 percent tungsten filament and fluorescent lamp loads. Use switches
rated at 20 amps, 120/277 volts. Provide operating handles colored ivory
switches shall have screw terminals.
2. Weatherproof Switches: Use switches mounted in a cast metal box with
gasketed, weatherproof device plate.
3. Acceptable Manufacturers: Bryant, General Electric, Hubbell, Pass and
Seymour, or equal.
B. Receptacles
Single and Duplex: Provide specification grade receptacles meeting
NEMA WD 1 performance standards and Federal Specification W -C -596,
and having a contact arrangement such that contact is made on two sides
of each inserted blade without detent. Use two -pole, three -wire
grounding type receptacles rated 20 amps, 125 volts, NEMA
Configuration 5 -20R, and with screw type wire terminals suitable for
No. 10 AWG Acceptable manufacturers: Bryant, General Electric,
Hubbell, Pass and Seymour, Sierra, or equal.
Weatherproof Receptacles: Receptacles shall be as specified above and
mounted in a cast metal box with gasketed weatherproof device plate as
specified below.
Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI) Receptacles: Provide duplex specification
grade GFI receptacles tripping at 5 milliamps; rated 20 amps, 120 volts,
NEMA Configuration 5 -20R and capable of interrupting 1,000 amps
without damage. Use feed -thru model where ground fault protection is
specified for "downstream" conventional receptacles. Provide receptacles
accepting standard device plates. Acceptable manufacturers: Pass and
Seymour, Square D, General Electric, or equal.
D. Telephone Outlets: Provide empty outlet boxes and cover plates conforming to
the requirements of the telephone company where telephone outlets are
indicated.
E. Device Plates
General
a. Provide plates fitting closely and tightly to the box on which they
are to be installed. On surface mounted boxes, provide plates,
which do not extend beyond the sides of the box unless the plates
do not have sharp corners or edges.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -6
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:%SPECW95W9501 1Working Spats \qv 16k9501 16oA Basic MatenalsBMeNWS do
b. Use plate material compatible with the box material such that
galvanic corrosion of the plate and /or box does not occur.
2. Metal (M) Plates: Provide specification grade, one - piece, 0.040 -inch
nominal minimal thickness, No. 430 satin finish stainless steel device
plates with oval -head, matching mounting screws.
4. Engraved Plates: Where device titles are indicated, provide device plates
engraved with the designated titles. Provide engraved letters, numbers,
or characters 3/16 -inch high with filler of black color.
5. Cast Metal (CM) Plates: Provide cast metal device plates of malleable
ferrous metal stainless steel screws with oval heads.
6. Weatherproof (WP) Plates
a. Where weatherproof receptacles are designated, the receptacle
shall be installed in the specified box with a gasketed,
weatherproof, cast metal or stainless steel cover plate with
individual cap over each receptacle opening and stainless steel
mounting screws. Utilize plates with caps held tightly closed with
stainless steel springs when receptacle is not in use. Acceptable
manufacturers: General Electric, Bryant, Hubbell, Sierra, Pass
and Seymour, Crouse - Hinds, Bell, or equal.
b. Where weatherproof switches are designated, the switch shall be
installed in the specified box with a gasketed, weatherproof, cast
metal cover plate incorporating an external operator for the
internal switch and with stainless steel mounting screws.
Acceptable manufacturers and types: Crouse -Hinds DS -181 or
DS -185, Appleton FSK -1 VTS or FSK -1 VS, or equal.
Raised Sheet Metal (SM) Plates: Provide 1/2 -inch high zinc or cadmium -
plated steel device plates designed for one -piece drawn type sheet steel
boxes.
2.7 LIGHTING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A. General: Provide circuit breaker panelboards meeting standards established by
UL, NEMA PB 1, and the NEC. Where used as service entrance equipment,
provide panels UL labeled for that use. Furnish panels with fully rated short
circuit current equipment rating. Series connected equipment ratings are not
acceptable. Provide panels rated for connection to an electric system having an
available amperes rms symmetrical short circuit current of the indicated value at
208Y/120 or as indicated. Provide panelboards and circuit breakers suitable for
use with 75 degrees C wire at full NEC 75 degrees C ampacity.
B. Cabinets: Furnish boxes large enough to provide a minimum wiring gutter space
on both sides and top and bottom of 4- inches by 4- inches minimum. Provide
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -7
SEPTEMBER 2010
S. SPECW95\ 9501\Wor Ing Specs \Div 16W9501 16050 Basic MatenaiS Me@OdS.dOc
flush or surface mounted boxes as indicated manufactured with reinforced steel
frame and code - gauge, hot -dip galvanized sheet steel. Utilize front trim the
same size as the box for surface mounted panelboards and 3/4 -inch larger all
around than the box for flush mounted panelboards. Panel covers shall be
installed with direct screw connections. Adjustable clamps shall not be used.
Utilize fronts having doors with concealed hinges and flush type lock and catch
device. Provide multi -point locking devices for all doors over 30- inches in height.
Key all locks alike, and furnish two milled type keys with each lock. Furnish on
door interior a metal directory frame with transparent plastic face and enclosed
directory card. Furnish an engraved, laminated plastic nameplate screwed (no
adhesives) to the cabinet exterior face indicating the panelboard designation,
service voltage, and phases. Nameplates shall be white, engraved to a black
core Letter height shall be 1/4 inch.
C. Interiors
Furnished factory assembled panelboard interiors complete with circuit
breakers as shown. In addition, space for future circuit breakers shall be
provided with easily removable front cover. Utilize panelboards with
interiors designed so that circuit breakers can be replaced without
disturbing adjacent circuit breakers or without removing the main bus.
2. Provide copper bus bars full sized throughout their length. Make
complete provisions for mounting future circuit breakers throughout the
full length of the bus. Provide all machining, drilling, or tapping required
to add or to change circuit breakers in the future. Bolt together and rigidly
support bus bars and connection straps on molded insulators.
3. Furnish an insulated neutral bus bar rated the same as the phase bus
bars and having at least one terminal screw for each branch circuit.
Furnish a copper ground bus bar installed on the panelboard frame,
bonded to the box, and containing at least one terminal screw for each
circuit. Provide solderless main lugs for main, neutral, and ground bus
bars. Provide sub -feed or thru -feed lugs where indicated. Provide lugs
and connection points on phase, neutral, and ground buses suitable for
copper conductors.
D. Circuit Breakers
Furnish indicating type molded circuit breakers providing ON /OFF and
TRIPPED positions of the operating handle. Furnish thermal magnetic,
quick -make, quick -break circuit breakers which are non interchangeable in
accordance with the NEC. Do not use tandem or dual circuit breakers in
normal single -pole spaces. Do not use single -pole circuit breakers with
handle ties where multiple circuit breakers are indicated. Utilize multipole
circuit breakers designed so that an overload on one pole automatically
causes all poles to open. Provide circuit breakers meeting requirements
of NEMA AB 1. Install bolt -on circuit breakers in all panelboards. Provide
circuit breaker handle padlocking provisions where indicated or required.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -8
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:\ SPEC495W9501iWmng SpecsQv 1649501 16050 Basic MatenalsBMet odsdcc
2. Where ground fault interrupter (GFI) circuit breakers are indicated or
required by the NEC, provide a unit containing a conventional thermal
magnetic trip and a ground fault sensor rated to trip the circuit breaker in
approximately 0.025 second for a 5- milliampere ground fault (UL Class A
sensitivity). Utilize a ground fault sensor having the same rating as the
circuit breaker and having a push -to -test button.
E. Acceptable Manufacturers: Bryant, Cutler- Hammer, General Electric, Gould I -T-
E, Square D, Westinghouse, or equal.
2.8 CIRCUIT BREAKERS, INDIVIDUAL, 600 VOLTS AND LESS
A. Mount individual circuit breakers in NEMA 12, industrial use enclosure unless
otherwise indicated. Provide NEMA 4X, 316 stainless steel raintight enclosures
for circuit breakers mounted outdoors and wherever the subscript WP is
indicated on the Drawings. Provide circuit breakers with handles that can be
locked in the OFF position. Interlock enclosure and circuit breaker to prevent
opening the cover with the circuit breaker in the ON position. Provide quick -
make, quick- break, thermal magnetic circuit breakers of the indicating type
showing ON /OFF and TRIPPED positions of the operating handle. Do not use
single -pole circuit breakers with handle ties where multipole circuit breakers are
indicated. Utilize multipole circuit breakers designed so that an overload on one
pole automatically causes all poles to open. Provide circuit breakers meeting the
requirements of NEMA AB 1 and having a minimum interrupting rating as
indicated. Provide circuit breakers suitable for use with 75 degrees C wire at full
NEC 75 degrees C ampacity.
2.9 FUSED SWITCHES, INDIVIDUAL, 600 VOLTS AND LESS
A. Mount individual fused switches in NEMA 12, industrial use NEMA 1, general
purpose enclosures unless otherwise indicated. Provide NEMA 4X, 316
stainless steel raintight enclosures for fused switches mounted outdoors and
wherever the subscript WP is indicated on the Drawings. Provide fused switches
that can be locked in the OFF position. Interlock enclosure and switch to prevent
opening the cover with the switch in the ON position. Provide fused switches,
which are quick -make, quick- break, motor rated, load- break, heavy -duty (HD)
type having external marking clearly indicating ON and OFF positions. Provide
fuses of the current ratings indicated and types specified herein. Utilize fuse
mountings that reject Class H fuses and will accept only the current - limiting fuses
specified. Provide fused switches meeting the requirements of NEMA KS 1 and
UL listed for application to a system having an available short circuit current [as
indicated. Provide switches with terminals suitable for use with 75 degrees C wire
at full NEC 75 degrees C ampacity.
2.10 NON FUSED SWITCHES, INDIVIDUAL, 600 VOLTS AND LESS
A. Mount individual disconnect switches in NEMA 12, industrial use enclosure
unless otherwise indicated. Provide NEMA 4X, Type 316 stainless steel rain -
tight enclosure for switches mounted outdoors and wherever the subscript WP is
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -9
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'ISPECI495 \49501\WoOdng Specs \Div I6W9501160K Basic MatenalsBMethode.doe
indicated on the Drawings. Provide switches that can be locked in the OFF
position. Interlock enclosure and switches to prevent opening the cover with the
switch in the ON position. In addition, each disconnect switch at a motorized
actuator shall include two auxiliary (interlock) contacts (1 NO and 1 NC) for
control power interruption, rated for 120 VAC, 5 A minimum. Provide switches,
which are quick -make, quick- break, motor rated, load- break, heavy -duty (HD)
type having external marking clearly indicating ON and OFF positions. Furnish
switches meeting the requirements of NEMA KS 1. Provide switches with
terminals suitable for use with 75 degrees C wire at full NEC 75 degrees C
ampacity.
2.11 FUSES, 600 VOLTS AND LESS
A. Provide a complete set of current - limiting fuses wherever fuses are indicated.
Provide a listing of quantities of each type and each current rating installed.
Utilize fuses that fit mountings specified with switches and which provide features
rejecting Class H fuses. Provide the following types:
1. For motor and transformer circuits, 600 volts and less, 0 to 600 amps, UL
Class RK -1 with time delay, Bussmann Type LPS -RK, Shawmut Type
A6D -R, or equal.
2. For motor and transformer circuits, 250 volts and less, 0 to 600 amps, UL
Class RK -1 with time delay, Bussmann Type LPN -RK, Shawmut Type
A2D -R, or equal.
3. For feeder and service circuits, 600 volts and less, 0 to 600 amps, UL
Class RK -1, Bussmann Type KTS -R, Shawmut Type A6K -R, or equal.
4. For feeder and service circuits, 250 volts and less, 0 to 600 amps, UL
Class RK -1, Bussmann Type KTN -R, Shawmut Type A2K -R, or equal.
5. For feeder and service circuits, 600 volts and less, 601 to 6,000 amps,
UL Class L, Bussmann Type KRP -C, Shawmut Type A4BY, or equal.
2.12 LOCAL CONTROL STATIONS, PUSHBUTTONS, INDICATING LIGHTS, AND
SELECTOR SWITCHES
A. For nonhazardous, indoor, dry locations, including motor control centers, control
panels, and local control stations, provide heavy -duty, oil tight type pushbuttons,
indicating lights, selector switches, and local control station enclosures for these
devices. Utilize General Electric Type CR 104P, or equivalent by Square D,
Cutler- Hammer, or equal.
For nonhazardous, outdoor, or normally wet locations, or where otherwise
indicated, provide heavy -duty corrosion - resistant, watertight type pushbuttons,
indicating lights, or selector switches mounted in NEMA 4X or 316 stainless steel
watertight local control stations. Provide special gasketing required to make
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -10
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: %SPECW95W9501\Woding SpecsOv 16W9501 16050 Basic MatenalsBMeModsdoc
complete local control station watertight. Utilize Square D Type SK, or equivalent
by General Electric, Cutler- Hammer, or equal.
C. Provide devices meeting the requirements of NEMA ICS 2, and having individual,
extra large nameplates indicating their specific function. Provide pushbutton
stations with laminated plastic nameplates indicating the drive they control and in
accordance with Section 16075, Electrical ID Nameplates, Warning Signs.
Provide contacts with NEMA designation rating A600. Install provisions for
locking pushbuttons and selector switches in the OFF position wherever lockout
provisions are indicated.
D. For hazardous locations, local control station enclosures for push buttons,
indicating lights and selector switches shall be approved for classified areas and
shall be in compliance with NEC Article 500.
E. Utilize selector switches having spring- return operating levers. Provide ON or
START pushbuttons colored black. Provide OFF or STOP pushbuttons colored
red.
F. Red, green, amber, or yellow indicating lights shall be 120V, push -to -test LED -
type, and shall be heavy -duty, oil -tight (NEMA 13) for indoor enclosures and
corrosion resistant, and water tight (NEMA 4X) for outdoor enclosures. Other
colored indicating lights shall be 120V, push -to -test transformer -type, and shall
be heavy -duty, oil -tight (NEMA 13) for indoor enclosures and corrosion resistant,
and water tight (NEMA 4X) for outdoor enclosures. Each shall be nickel - plated
with a screwed -on glass prismatic lens approximately one -inch in diameter. Each
light shall have a factory- engraved legend plate, as shown on the Drawings.
Indicating lights shall be General Electric Type CR104, Square D Class 9001
Type SK and K, Allen- Bradley 800T and 800H series, or equal.
G. Control Stations: Pushbuttons, selector switches and pilot lights shall be heavy
duty, oiltight/watertight devices installed in NEMA 4X enclosures, MCCs and
control panels. These devices shall be as manufactured by Allen - Bradley,
Square D Company, General Electric or equal. Emergency stop pushbuttons
shall have a large, red mushroom head, maintained contacts, push -to -stop, pull -
to- reset, Allen - Bradley Bulletin 800T or equal.
2.13 TERMINAL BLOCKS 600 VOLTS AND LESS
A. Provide 600 -volts terminal blocks for termination of all control circuits entering or
leaving equipment, panels, or boxes. Provide screw clamp compression, dead
front barrier type terminal blocks with current bar providing direct contact with
wire between the compression screw and yoke. Provide yoke, current bar, and
clamping screw constructed of high strength and high conductivity metal. Utilize
yoke that guides all strands of wire into the terminal. Utilize current bar providing
dependable vibration -proof connection. Supply terminals constructed to allow
connection of wire without any special preparation other than stripping. Rail
mount individual terminals to create a complete assembly and provide terminals
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -11
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:ISPECW95 \495011Mo ng SpemQv 16W9501 16050 Basic Matenals Memms.doc
constructed such that jumpers can be installed with no loss of space on terminal
or rail.
B. Size all terminal block components to allow insertion of all necessary wire sizes
and types. Supply terminal blocks with marking system allowing the use of
preprinted or field- marked tags. Supply CSA certified or UL approved terminal
blocks manufactured by Weidmuller, Ideal, Electrovert, or equal. Provide
terminal blocks with 25 percent spare termination points for OWNER use
following completion of installation.
2.14 CONTROL RELAYS
A. Open frame industrial relays shall not be used unless a high ampacity
requirement exists. Provide magnetic control relays with operating coils of the
proper voltage rating as required by the control circuit, NEMA Class A300 (300
volts, 10 amps continuous, 7,200VA make, 720VA break), industrial control type
with field convertible contacts, and meeting the requirements of NEMA ICS 2.
Provide Cutler- Hammer Type M -300, General Electric Type CR120A, or equal.
A600 (600 volts, 10 amps continuous, 7,200VA make, 720VA break), industrial
control type with field convertible contacts, and meeting the requirements of
NEMA ICS 2. Provide Cutler- Hammer Type M -600, General Electric Type
CR120B, or equal.
B. Where time delay relays are specified or required, unless otherwise noted,
provide magnetic control relays with an electronic timer adjustable over the range
specified on the Drawings.
C. Where latching (mechanically held) relays or motor thermal detector relays are
specified, provide magnetic control relays with mechanical latch attachment with
unlatching coil and coil clearing contacts. Utilize an attachment allowing easy
manual latching and unlatching.
D. Intrinsically safe relays shall allow the use of any type of remote pilot device
located in Class 1 (hazardous) locations by providing a pilot circuit incapable of
releasing sufficient electrical energy to ignite gases or vapors classified in
Groups A, B, C and D. The units shall have an output relay with double pole,
double throw (DPDT) contacts rated at least 10 A at 120 VAC and 24 VDC,
resistive load. They shall operate on the AC supply voltage indicated on the
Contract Documents. The intrinsically safe relays shall be Cutler- Hammer BW
Series or equal.
2.15 MAGNETIC CONTACTORS
A. Provide contactors of the NEMA sizes indicated. Mount contactors in NEMA 1,
NEMA 12, dust - tight, drip- tight, industrial use enclosures unless otherwise
indicated. Utilize contactors manufactured and rated in accordance with NEMA
ICS 2.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -12
SEPTEMBER 2010
S ZPECW9Sa9501N%Non ng Specs0v 15W9501 16050 Basic MatanatsweNO s dcc
2.16 MAGNETIC LIGHTING CONTACTORS
A. Provide mechanically held lighting contactors of the current ratings indicated.
Mount contactors in NEMA 12, dust - tight, drip- tight, industrial use enclosures
unless otherwise indicated. Provide coil - clearing contacts on mechanically -held
units. Utilize contactors manufactured and rated in accordance with
NEMA ICS 2.
2.17 DRY TYPE SMALL POWER TRANSFORMERS (600 -VOLTS AND LESS PRIMARY)
A. Provide self - cooled, two- winding, dry type transformers of the ratings indicated
and built in accordance with the latest IEEE, ANSI, and NEMA standards. Utilize
units with manufacturer's standard insulation class and not to exceed 150
degrees C temperature rise. For ratings 3 to 25 kVA single -phase and 3 to
15 kVA 3- phase, provide units with core and coils completely enclosed in a
nonventilated, NEMA 3R weatherproof enclosure. Utilize encapsulated windings
on single -phase units 0 to 25 kVA. On all transformers 15 kVA and larger
provide units with at least four, 2 -1/2 percent, full capacity voltage taps; two
above and two below normal voltage rating. On units 75 kVA and larger, provide
an impedance of 4.5 percent minimum.
Supply units where sound levels determined by tests in accordance with NEMA
and ANSI standards do not exceed:
1. 40 decibels for 0 to 9 kVA
2. 45 decibels for 10 to 50 kVA
3. 50 decibels for 51 to 150 kVA
4. 55 decibels for 151 to 300 kVA
5. 60 decibels for 301 to 500 kVA
C. For transformers 30 kVA and larger, equip units with integral vibration isolators
completely isolating the core and coil assembly from the transformer enclosure.
For smaller transformers, provide integral vibration isolators or install external
vibration isolators which isolate the entire unit from the structure on which it is
mounted. Utilize only integral or external vibration isolators, which are rated for
the weight of the transformer and provide 99 percent isolation efficiency at the
fundamental frequency of sound emitted by the transformer.
D. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric, Square D, Cutler- Hammer, or
equal.
2.18 LOW VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
A. Provide secondary surge protective equipment consisting of a surge capacitor
and surge arrestor combination located where indicated on the Drawings. Utilize
components for all surge protective equipment covered by this Specification,
designed and tested in accordance with NEMA LA -1 and ANSI /IEEE C62.41.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -13
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'. tSPECW951495011Wo*ing Specs %Dv 1GW9501 16050 Basic Matenals&MMods Eoc
Provide a surge capacitor impregnated with non -pcb biodegradable dielectric
fluid. Include an integral discharge resistor, which will drain the residual voltage
to 50 volts crest in less than 5 minutes after the unit has been disconnected from
the circuit.
C. Provide an arrestor consisting of an assembly of high strength metal oxide valve
elements enclosed in a high strength, corrosion - resistant, molded resin housing.
C. Provide a capacitor and arrestor having a mounting nipple, flat washer, and nut
suitable for knockout mounting. Install capacitors and arrestors in NEMA 4X
(stainless steel) enclosures.
2.19 ENCLOSURE PAINT AND FINISH
A. All metallic enclosures, except for stainless steel, shall be finished with a prime
coat of rust inhibitor and painted as per ANSI No. 61 or as per the ENGINEER's
instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES
A. Installation: Mount boxes at the following heights unless otherwise required by
the Americans with Disabilities Act (heights are to the centerline of the box):
1. Wall switches: 48- inches above floor
2. Thermostats: 48- inches above floor
3. Wall telephone outlets: 6- inches above counter tops; 12- inches above
floor
4. Wall mounted telephone: 52- inches above floor outlets for public pay
telephone, 52- inches above floor for standard wall telephone
5. Office, Lab Receptacles: Flush device plate bottom or side with top of the
splashback on use areas, halls, etc. or 6- inches above counter tops
without splashback; 12- inches above floor unless otherwise indicated.
Where above heights do not suit the building construction or
finish, locate boxes where directed by the ENGINEER.
b. Locations indicated are approximate. Study the Drawings in
relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet. When
necessary, with the approval of the ENGINEER, relocate outlets to
avoid interference with mechanical equipment or structural
features. Locate all light switches on lock side of doors. Locate
all light fixture outlets in a symmetrical pattern according to the
room layout unless otherwise indicated.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -14
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:\SPEC\495 \49501 \Wonting Specs \Div 16W9501 16050 Basic Matenals&Me0ods.doc
C. Mount all boxes plumb and level. Use flush mounted boxes with
concealed conduits. Make edges of boxes flush with finished
surface. Provide proper type extension rings or plaster covers for
this purpose. For flush mounted boxes, make holes in the
surrounding surface no larger than required to receive the box.
Install boxes in a secure, substantial manner supported
independently of conduit by attachment to the building structure or
a structural member. Fasten boxes with bolts and expansion
shields on concrete or brick, toggle bolts on hollow masonry units,
and machine screws or welded, threaded studs on steelwork. No
power accuated tools are permissible. Threaded studs driven in
by a powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts are
acceptable in lieu of expansion shields. Boxes embedded in
concrete or masonry need not be additionally supported. Utilize
galvanized mounting hardware in industrial areas.
e. Provide flush or recessed lighting fixtures with separate junction
boxes when required by the fixture terminal temperature. Where
boxes support fixtures, provide proper means of attachment with
adequate strength.
Open no more knockouts in sheet steel boxes than are actually
required. Seal any used openings in any type box.
3.2 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
A. Where indicated on the Drawings, and where necessary to terminate, tap -off, or
redirect multiple conduit runs, provide and install appropriately designed junction
boxes. Furnish and install pull boxes where necessary in the raceway system to
facilitate conductor installation. Provide pull boxes to limit conduit runs to less
than 150 -feet and to contain no more than the equivalent of three right -angle
bends unless accepted by the ENGINEER.
Types to be provided:
a. Use boxes of the types listed for specific locations under article
2.3, OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES.
b. Use outlet boxes as junction boxes and pull boxes wherever
possible and allowed by applicable codes.
C. Provide cast concrete boxes as indicated for below grade conduit.
Provide watertight, cast metal boxes as indicated for above grade
locations.
2. Installation
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -15
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'. ISPECa95W95011WoMing SpecslDy 16W9501 16050 Basic MatenalsWethods do
a. Make all boxes accessible. Do not install boxes in finished areas
unless accepted by the ENGINEER. Mount all boxes plumb and
level. Use flush mounted boxes with concealed conduits. Make
edges of recessed boxes flush with the final surface.
b. Mount boxes in a secure, substantial manner, supported
independently of conduit by attachment to the building structure or
a structural member. Fasten boxes with bolts and expansion
shields on concrete or brick, toggle bolts on hollow masonry units,
and machine screws or welded threaded studs on steelwork.
Threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts as provided
with Redhead or Hilti Kwik -bolt concrete anchors, Hilti HIT
adhesive anchors may be used for bolt sizes 3/8" and smaller are
acceptable in lieu of expansion shields. Boxes embedded in
concrete or masonry need not be additionally supported. No
Powder - charged tools are allowed. Utilize 316 stainless steel
mounting hardware in industrial areas.
C. Install boxes for conduits under grade flush with finished grade in
locations outside of paved areas, roadways, or walkways.
If adjacent structure is available, the box may be mounted on the
structure surface just above finished grade in accessible but
unobtrusive location. If it is found desirable to locate boxes in
paved areas, roadways, or walkways, obtain ENGINEER's written
approval and utilize boxes and covers suitable for the weights to
which they may be subjected.
3.3 TERMINAL JUNCTION BOXES (TJB)
A. Install in accordance with all the requirements detailed under article 3.2,
JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES above. Label each block and terminal with a
permanently attached, non - destructible tag.
3.4 TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINETS
A. Install telephone terminal cabinets where indicated so top of the cabinet is
approximately 6 -feet above the floor. Mount cabinet where door can open at
least 120 degrees and far enough to give full access to the insides.
3.5 WIRING DEVICES
A. Switches: Mount switches at the heights indicated under article 3.1, OUTLET
AND DEVICE BOXES. Mount switches for switch operation in the vertical
position.
B. Receptacles: Mount receptacles at heights indicated under article 3.1, OUTLET
AND DEVICE BOXES. Mount receptacles with grounding slot up except where
horizontal mounting is indicated, in which case mount with neutral slot up. down.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -16
SEPTEMBER 2010
S GPECw95W95011Wondng Specs0v 16u9501 16056 Basic Matenals&Med16d5 d.
Ground receptacles to boxes with grounding wire, not by yoke or screw contact.
Mount weatherproof receptacles with the hinge for the protective cover above
(not at side, or below) the receptacle opening.
Special Purpose Receptacles: Locate special purpose receptacles where
shown. Install and mount the receptacles in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and the applicable codes.
C. Multioutlet Surface Raceway System: Locate multi- outlet surface raceway
systems where shown and install in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
D. Telephone Outlets: Mount outlets at the heights indicated under article 3.1,
OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES. Mount outlets in the vertical position unless
otherwise indicated.
Device Plates: Installation: Securely fasten device plates to switch or receptacle
boxes or the wiring device contained therein. Install device plates used with flush
mounted boxes with all four edges in continuous contact with the finished wall
surfaces without the use of mats or similar materials. Plaster fillings shall not be
acceptable. Install device plates vertically or horizontally with an alignment
tolerance of 1/16 -inch. Do not use sectional type device plates.
3.6 LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A. Mount panelboards securely where indicated, plumb, in -line, and square with
walls. Unless otherwise indicated, mount panelboard with top of its cabinet
approximately 6 -feet above the floor. Provide a typewritten circuit directory under
a metal- framed transparent plastic cover inside each panelboard. Provide an
engraved, laminated plastic nameplate on the outside of the panelboard showing
the panelboard designation, voltage, and phases.
3.7 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 -VOLTS AND LESS PRIMARY)
A. Mount transformers approximately where indicated. Load any vibration isolators
external to the unit properly and provide complete isolation with no direct
transformer unit metal in contact with the mounting surface. Connect electrical
circuits to transformers by means of moisture proof, flexible conduit in a manner
that prevents transformer vibrations from being transmitted to the building or
other equipment.
B. Ground neutrals and enclosures of all transformers and all moisture proof flexible
conduits in accordance with applicable codes and as otherwise may be indicated.
Connect voltage taps on all transformers to give as close as possible to rated
output voltage under normal plant load conditions.
3.8 LOW VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
A. TVSS devices shall be installed at the following low voltage locations
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -17
SEPTEMBER 2010
St WEC1a95w95011Wa king Spec\av 16u9W 1 16050 Basic MatenalsBMetnods.tloc
1. At 480V switchgear line -ups that are being supplied directly from an
outside source, e.g. from a 12 -KV to 480 -V transformer or from a long
feeder from a separate building.
2. At all 480V motor control centers.
3. At the feeders from 480V generators.
4. At the 120V panelboards closest to where sensitive 120V equipment is
connected. These TVSS devices are intended to protect against building
internal surges and shall be installed regardless of and in addition to the
TVSS devices installed at 480V buses upstream.
5. The exact connection point of the TVSS devices within the distribution
line -up shall be in accordance with the latest edition of NEC.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16050 -18
SEPTEMBER 2010
S55PECw95 \49501 \Wowing Specs \Div 16k9501 16050 Basic Matenals &Methods.doc
SECTION 16075
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, material, and supplies and
perform all labor required to install nameplates and /or warning signs to identify
electrical equipment as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The requirements of the following sections and divisions apply to the work of this
Section.
B. Other sections and divisions, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent
required for proper performance of this Work.
1. Division 16 Electrical, applicable Sections
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All Work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements
of the referenced portions of the following publications to the extent that the
provisions thereof are not in conflict with other provisions of these specifications.
B. Comply with the latest editions of the following codes and standards:
1. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - 70
a. . NEC - National Electrical Code (NEC)
b. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
California Code of Regulations
C. CITY Tagging Procedure - CITY standards for instrument and
equipment identification and tagging
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -1
S: �SPECW95W95011Waddng Specs\Dly 16W9501 16075 Elec ID, Nameplates, Warning Signs dm
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
A. Nameplates: All nameplates shall be black lamicoid with white letters of size
approved by the CITY when located indoors, and shall be engraved stainless
steel when located outdoors, and shall be fastened to the device or enclosure
with round head, stainless steel screws. Any equipment for which a nameplate is
required, but without a contract document designation shall be identified in
accordance with the CITY Tagging Procedure. Contact the ENGINEER for help
in establishing the correct designation.
All switchgear, switchboards, distribution panels, lighting panels, unit
substations, transformers, motor control centers (MCCs), control panels,
etc. shall have nameplates in accordance with the designations given on
the Contract Documents. The nameplates shall be installed on the front
and back of the enclosure (if backside access is available) to clearly
identify each compartment, power source, etc. This shall apply to all
equipment installed and /or modified per the Contract Documents.
2. All switchgear, MCCs and lighting panels shall have a large nameplate
with 3/4 -inch high letters for the designation given on the Contract
Documents single -line diagrams. All motor controllers or individual units
within MCCs and switchgear shall have a nameplate with '/4 -inch high
letters mounted to the outside of the enclosure, showing the circuit
number and equipment designation in accordance with the Contract
Documents single -line diagrams.
3. All control panels and terminal board panels shall have large nameplates
with 3/4 -inch high letters for the panel designation, and nameplates with
3/16 -inch high letters for each control and indicating device in accordance
with the Contract Documents,
4. Visible, permanent engraved nameplates shall be provided by
CONTRACTOR identifying each instrument, instrument switch, meter,
relay, control switch, indicating light, circuit breaker compartment,
potential transformer compartment, fuse block, and auxiliary
compartment. Equipment and terminal blocks within control panels,
boxes and compartments shall be permanently identified with engraved
nameplates. This shall include the backside of door- or panel- mounted
items. The backside engraved nameplate shall read the same as the
front engraved nameplate. Protective relays shall be designated as to
use, the phase to which connected and shall include the ANSI C 37.2
device function number; e.g., Phase A Overcurrent Relay, Device 51.
5. Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, nameplates shall
comply with the representative samples given in Exhibit A appended to
this specification section.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -2
S'. ISPEQ4W49501\WcAing Specs\Div 16\49501 16075 Eac ID, Nameplates, Waming Signs. doc
B. Warning Signs: All warning signs shall be in accordance with Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations and shall be suitable for
exterior use when installed outdoors. The warning signs shall be fastened with
round head, Type 316 stainless steel screws or bolts, located and mounted in a
manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. All warning signs shall be 7 inches high
by 10 inches wide unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, and on
1/16 -inch thick plastic or similar acceptable material. The signs specified below
shall be installed on the front and back of the enclosure (if backside access is
available to the enclosure) of each electrical distribution equipment and control
equipment to clearly identify each compartment, power source, etc. This shall
apply to all equipment installed and /or modified per the Contract Documents.
Permanent and conspicuous warning signs shall be mounted on all
equipment, doorways to equipment rooms, pull boxes, manholes, etc.
where the operating voltage exceeds 600 V. High voltage warning signs
shall be colored red with white lettering and shall read:
DANGER
4160 VOLTS
KEEP OUT
2. Rear access panels or doors of cubicles containing power conductors
shall include a large "DANGER 4160 VOLTS INSIDE" nameplate of red
background and 1 inch high minimum white lettering.
3. A door - mounted sign made of laminated plastic with white letters on a red
background shall be provided on each compartment in which multiple
voltage sources will be terminated. The sign shall read: "Caution - This
Unit Contains Foreign Voltage Sources."
Permanent warning signs shall be mounted at all mechanical equipment
which can be started automatically or be started from remote locations.
Automatic or remote controlled equipment warning signs shall be colored
yellow with black lettering and shall read:
CAUTION
THIS EQUIPMENT STARTS
AUTOMATICALLY OR
BY REMOTE CONTROL
2.2 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION
A. Conductor and Cable Tags
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -3
S'.\SPECW95 \49501 \Working Specs \Div 16149501 16075 Elec ID, Nameplates, Warring Signs. doc
Each cable or conductor shall be identified with circuit identification
markers in each pull box, manhole, panelboard, cable tray or termination.
Cables shall also be tagged at all jacket end points and within 12 inches
of entering a conduit from a cable tray. Each cable or conductor shall be
identified on each end with a white tubing -type shrink -on wire marker
approved by the CITY. The wire sleeve should only be slightly shrunk to
keep the tubing from slipping down the wire but loose enough to allow the
wire tag to be rotated after it is installed so it can be made more readable.
Tags relying on adhesives or taped -on markers are not acceptable.
Where shrink -on wire markers are not easily installed (such as in the
middle of a very long run) stainless steel metal tags shall be used. Use
two -hole metal tags as specified by the ENGINEER. Attach tags loosely
to the cable using both holes with 0.032" stainless steel wire.
2. Install the wire bundle / cable tags and conductor / wire tags per CITY
Standard Drawing. Each tag shall be a two -line identification marker.
3. The top line of the marker specifies the "FROM" and "TO" destinations in
accordance with the following example: 21DFCP121- MCC -PTA, where
21DFCP121 is the "From" destination separated from MCC -PTA (the "To"
destination) by a hyphen.
The following rules govern the "FROM" and "TO" destinations:
a. for Control Panels: the Panel Tag Number (PTN) is used
b. for Field Instruments: the Loop Tag Number (LTN) is used
C. for Electrical Distribution Equipment: the Single Line Designation
of the equipment is used
Examples of "FROM" and "TO" destinations:
Control Panel 21DFCP121, 22ELCP001
Loop Tag Number 21 DLIT124, 22DHS234A
Electrical Distribution Equipment MCC -PTA, MCC -SHB
4. The bottom line on the wire bundle /cable tags specifies Wireset ID in
accordance with the following example: P2661A -PC21 D345B, where:
a. "P2661A" indicates the Job No. (without hyphenation);
b. "PC" indicates Function /Voltage Level in accordance with the
following (from the highest to the lowest): "H" - for medium voltage
power, "P" - for low voltage power, "PC" – for power and control,
"C" - for control, "S" - for signal.
C. "21D345" indicates the Loop Number taken from the field
equipment in accordance with the CITY Tagging Procedure and
CITY Standard Drawing —
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -4
SISPECW95 Spec Uv 16W9501 16075 E1e Iq Nameplates, Naming Signs.tloo
d. "B" is an optional suffix in accordance with the following: a blank
or a letter from A to Z (excluding I, O, Q) that is added to make the
Wireset ID unique.
e. Other valid Wireset ID examples are: P2661A- P21D345, P2661A-
C21 D345; P2661A -PC21 D345; P2661A -S21 D345A.
5. This identification is applicable to all power, control, alarm, and
instrumentation conductors, and shall correspond to the single -line
diagram designations and to loop tag numbers and signal cable pair
designations shown on the Contract Documents.
6. Manufacturer
a. Individual conductor identification markers shall be slip -on PVC
type, as manufactured by Brady, Thomas and Betts, or equal.
b. Markers for other cables shall be B -292 or B -500 vinyl as
manufactured by Brady, Thomas and Betts, or equal.
B. Clear identification of each compartment, power source, etc. shall be provided on
the front and back of the electrical distribution equipment enclosures and control
panel enclosures. This shall apply to all equipment installed and /or modified per
the Contract Documents.
C. Color Coding: The three -phase conductors for power circuits shall be identified
at each manhole, pull box and at all switchgear, panelboards, motor control
centers, switchboards, etc. as Phases A, B and C. The color coding scheme
shall be in accordance with Section 16120.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the installation of electrical equipment so all
equipment is identified in accordance with these specifications.
B. Section 16075, Exhibit A is appended to this page.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -5
S 1SPECN9S SpecsQv 16149501 15075 Elec ID. Nameplates. Warning Signs doc
SECTION 16120
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, material, and supplies and
shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated on the drawings
and specified herein.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install power (low and medium voltage)
cables, control and signal cables as described herein and as indicated on the
Contract Documents.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The requirements of the following sections and divisions apply to the work of this
Section. Other sections and divisions of the Specifications, not referenced
below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work.
1. Division 16 Electrical, applicable sections
2. Conductors and cables used within control panels and data cable shall be
as specified by the ENGINEER.
B. Materials and equipment furnished and installed under other divisions with
raceway and electrical conductors furnished, installed, and connected under
Division 16, Electrical.
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements
of the referenced portions of the following publications to the extent that the
provisions thereof are not in conflict with other provisions of these specifications.
B. Comply with the latest editions of the following codes and standards.
Codes and Standards
a. NEC - National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) — 70 (National
Electrical Code), latest adopted edition
b. CCR - Title 8, Industrial Relations, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety
Orders, California Code of Regulations, National Electrical Code
2. Industrial Standards
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: ISPECk9S49KMob ing Specs \Div 16 95 1 18120 ConduMm&C8bles.0oc
a. ANSI /UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment
b. ICEA S -95- 658 /NEMA WC70 - Nonshielded 0 -2 kV Cables
C. ICEA S -96- 659 /NEMA WC71 - Nonshielded 2001 V -5 kV Cables
d. ICEA S -93- 639 /NEMA WC74 - Shielded Power Cable 5 -46 kV
e. ICEA S -94 -649 - Concentric Neutral Cables Rated 5 -46 kV
f. ICEA S -97 -682 - Utility Shielded Power Cable Rated 5 -46 kV
g. ICEA S- 105 -692 - 600 V Single Layer Thermoset Insulated Utility
Underground Distribution Cable
h. ICEA S -81 -570 - Direct Burial, 600 Volt, Ruggedized Insulation
i. ANSI /UL 62 - Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire
j. ANSI /UL 510- Insulating Tape
k. ANSI /UL 1277 - Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with
Optional Optical Fiber Members
I. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay Stranded
Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard or Soft
M. IEEE 48 - Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for
Alternating- Current Cable Termination 2.5 kV through 765 kV
n. NEMA WC -55 - Instrumentation Cables and Thermocouple Wire
o. NEMA WC -57 - Standard for Control Cables, Thermocouple
Extension, and Instrumentation Cables
P. UL 1072 - Medium Voltage Power Cables
C. All Conductors furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be listed by and shall bear
the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, (UL).
D. The construction and installation of all electrical equipment and materials shall
comply with all provisions of the CAL -OSHA Safety Orders Title 8 CCR, as
applicable, State Building Standards, and applicable local codes and regulations.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the Section 16010, Electrical
General Provisions.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.\SPECM95\49501 \WoNng Specs \Div 16\49501 16120 ConduMrs&Cables boc
B. CONTRACTOR shall submit the following items:
1. Catalog cuts and other brochures depicting conductor characteristics
2. Manufacturer's certified test records and factory test procedures
3. Manufacturer's recommended splicing, testing, and installation
procedures and practices
4. Field testing records in accordance with Section 16080, Electrical Testing
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All test equipment shall be certified within the prior year.
1.6 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
A. Provide a complete power, control and signal conductor and cable identification
system so that, after installation, conductors and cables shall be easily traced
from origin to destination. See Section 16075, Electrical Identification
Nameplates and Warning Signs and Standard Drawing S -465 for requirements.
Identify power, control, and signal conductors at each termination and in
all accessible locations such as maintenance holes, handholes, panels,
switchboards, pull boxes, terminal boxes, etc.
B. Conductor and Cable Color Coding
1. Color coding of multi- conductor control and instrumentation cable is
specified in the individual cable type specification.
2. For power conductors, provide all single conductors and individual
conductors of multi- conductor power cables with integral insulation
pigmentation of the designated colors, except conductors larger than
No. 6 AWG may be provided with color coding by applying a heat shrink
tube of the appropriate color.
3.
4.
Phase A, B, C implies the direction of positive phase rotation.
Use the following colors:
System
Conductor
Color
All Systems
Equipment Groundin
Green
120/240 Volts,
1- Phase, 3 -Wire
Grounded Neutral
White
One Hot Leg
Black
Other Hot Leg
Red
208Y/120 Volts,
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
5:\SPECW95\49501 \Wonting Specs0 16 \49501 16120 Conductom&Cables. doe
System
Conductor
Color
3- Phase, 4 -Wire
Grounded Neutral
White
Phase A
Red
Phase B
Black
Phase C
Blue
480Y/277 Volts,
3- Phase, 4 -Wire
Grounded Neutral
White
Phase A
Red
Phase B
Black
Phase C
Blue
2,400 Volt
4,160 Volt
12,470 Volt
Grounded Neutral
White
Phase A
Red
Phase B
Black
Phase C
Blue
C. For all high voltage cable and all 600 volt cable size AWG #2 and larger,
CONTRACTOR shall furnish cable manufactured no more than one year prior to
installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the
purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired
only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the
General Requirements.
B. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but
are not limited to, American Insulated Wire Corp., Cable Corp., The Okonite Co.,
Pirelli Cable Corp., Carol Cable Co. Inc. or Southwire Company.
C. Cables run in cable tray shall be UL listed for that application. All cable installed
in cable tray shall also be rated UV resistant.
D. Cables shall be suitable for the temperature, conditions and location where
installed.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -4
SEPTEMBER 2010
S.4 PECW95 9501 \Working Spec Ov 16W9501 16120 ConouctDrs&Caoles.doc
E. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, provide stranded
conductors, except provide solid conductors where No. 10 AWG and No. 12
AWG are designated for branch circuit power wiring in lighting and receptacle
circuits.
F. Use only copper conductors.
G. All medium voltage power cables shall be UL listed and labeled in accordance
with UL Standard 1072.
H. All cables shall be installed in unbroken, unspliced, continuous runs. Cables may
be spliced only with the specific written approval of the ENGINEER and when
splicing materials specifically approved by the ENGINEER for the specific
application are used.
2.2 CONDUCTORS
A. Power Conductors 600 Volts and Below
1. Provide Type THHN/THWN insulation for control and instrument cables.
Provide conductors with Type XHHW -2 insulation for power cables.
2. For all direct burial and aerial applications, provide conductors and cables
listed for such application.
3. Where flexible cords and cables are specified, provide Type SO, 600 -volt,
with the number and size of copper conductors indicated.
4. Conductors for applications of 600 volts and below shall be rated for 600
volts unless otherwise specified.
5. The name of the manufacturer, insulation type, voltage rating and wire
size shall be clearly and permanently imprinted throughout the length of
each conductor. All conductors and cables supplied shall bear the UL
label.
B. Conductors above 600 Volts: 5 kV Conductors
a. 1. Unless indicated otherwise, provide 19, 37, or 61 strand
copper conductors with ethylene - propylene polymer (EPR)
insulation, extruded semiconducting strand and insulation shields,
copper drain wires, and a polyvinyl chloride jacket.
b. 2. Provide shielded conductors with 133 percent insulation
level.
C. 3. Cable marking shall include manufacturer's name,
insulating material, conductor size, voltage class and UL mark.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -5
SEPTEMBER 2010
$'.ISPECV95W9501 \Wonting Spe4Ov 16149501 16120 Condumom&CaEles.Coc
C. High - Voltage Splice and Termination Kits
1. Make all high voltage conductor splices with permanent premolded EPDM
type submersible splicing kits rated 15 kV, 95 kV BIL, 125 kV BIL with
current rating same as cable.
a. Use indoor terminations of the factory premolded EPDM type.
b. Use outdoor terminations in switchgear, on dip poles, and in
transformer cabinets of the factory premolded and skirted
EPDM type or preassembled porcelain slip -on type.
C. For all terminations provide proper shield termination and
grounding. Provide all necessary mounting hardware, covers, and
connectors.
d. Splices and termination kits shall be coordinated with the cable
manufacturer. CONTRACTOR shall submit a certified letter from
the cable manufacturer stating their concurrence with the type of
splice to be performed.
e. Termination kits shall be UL listed.
2. Provide terminators rated in accordance with IEEE 48. Use splices and
terminations manufactured by 3M, Joslyn, Elastimold, or equal.
D. Conductor Arc and Fireproofing Materials: Use Scotch Brand 77 or Plymouth
Plyarc 30 arc and fireproofing tape, or equal; Scotch Brand 69 or Plymouth
Plyglass glass cloth electrical tape, or equal.
E. 5 kV Underground Connection System
1. Provide a premolded EPDM type connection system consisting of 200 -
amp load break elbows, or as indicated junction modules, bushing inserts,
parking stands, grounding wells, bushings, protective caps, standoff
insulators and other necessary accessories suitable for use with
subsurface or pad- mounted installations, submersible to 10 feet of water,
and meeting the following ratings:
Voltage Rating: 8.3/14.4kV
Impulse Voltage: 95 kV BIL
Withstand Voltage: 34 kV, 60 -Hz, 1 minute; 53 kV, dc, 15 minutes
Corona Voltage Level: 11 kV extinction
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120-6
SEPTEMBER 2010
SaSPECW95495011MO ng Spec Uv 16 \49501 16120 Condu m &Cables Coc
Dimensions: IEEE (ANSI) 386
Fault Close: [ ... ] Amp rms symmetrical
Current Rating: 200 -amp rms continuous, 200 -amp switching, 600 -amp
rms continuous, nonswitching where shown
2. Elbow Connectors: Arrange elbow connectors for hook stick operation
and having test points.
3. Junction: Provide junctions for the number of points indicated and
complete with PVC coated steel or fiberglass brackets for round or flat
wall mounting as shown and angled as shown. Supply mounting bracket
having parking stands suitable for standoff plugs and portable feed -
through modules.
4. Protective Caps: Provide protective caps hook stick operated, insulated
type, fully shielded for sealing energized bushings and having an
electrostatic ground wire. Provide protective caps on all unused bushings
of junction modules.
5. Manufacturers: Use systems manufactured by Joslyn, Elastimold, RTE or
equal.
F. Multi- Conductor Cable
Provide cable that is UL listed Type TC UV RESISTANT and conforms to
the requirements of UL 1277 and NEC, or UL listed Power Limited Circuit
Cable or Power Limited Tray Cable that conforms to the requirements of
NEC. Provide cables permanently and legibly marked with the
manufacturer's name, the maximum working voltage for which the cable
was tested, the type of cable, and labeled UL (or submit evidence of UL
listing).
2. Power cable color coding for phase identification shall be in accordance
with Article 1.6 B of this Section. Multi- conductor power cables with
conductors #6 AWG and larger shall be identified by ICEA Method 3
(single -color compounds with surface printing of numbers and color
designations), using Table 2, and multi- conductor cables with conductors
#8 AWG and smaller shall be identified by ICEA Method 1 (color
compounds with tracers), using Table 2.
3. All multi- conductor cables with conductors #6 AWG and larger shall
contain an integral insulated grounding conductor or bare copper
stranded grounding conductor incorporated in the outer interstices of the
assembled multi- conductor cable. All multi- conductor power cables #8
AWG and smaller shall contain an integral insulated grounding conductor.
The grounding conductors shall meet the sizing requirements of UL 1277.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -7
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.6PECW95W9501 \Wonting Specs \Div 16W9501 16120 Co Wctor58Cables doc
4. Provide cables as specified under the type number in this Section
(Type 1, Type 2, etc.).
a.
Type 1 (600 -Volt Multi- Conductor Control Cable, Type TC UV
Resistant)
(1) General: Multi- conductor control circuit interconnection
cable with ground shall be suitable for installation in open
air, in cable trays, conduit or other raceways approved by
the CITY. Maximum cable temperature rating shall be
90 degrees C dry locations, 75 degrees C wet locations.
Cable shall pass vertical tray flame test.
(2) Individual Conductors: No. 14 AWG, 7- strand copper.
(3) Insulation and Jackets: Provide conductors having 15 -mil
PVC insulation with 4 -mil nylon jacket, and UL listed as
Type THHN/THWN. Color code the conductor group in
accordance with ICEA S -95 -658, Method 1, Table 2.
Include one full size green equipment grounding
conductor. Bind conductor group with a spiral wrap of
barrier tape. Provide cable with overall outer PVC jacket
which is flame - retardant, sunlight- and oil- resistant and has
a nominal thickness as shown in the table below.
(4) Use only 2,3,4,5,7,9,12,19,24,25,30,and 37- conductor
cables. The green grounding conductor is included in the
number of conductors shown in the table below.
No. of
Conductors
Max. Outside
Diameter
inches
Jacket
Thickness
mils
5
0.45
45
7
0.48
45
12
0.65
60
19
0.76
60
25
0.93
60
37
1.04
80
a
Type 3 (600 -Volt No. 16 AWG Twisted, Shielded Pair
Instrumentation Cable, Type TC) (UL 62 and 1277)
(1) General: Single pair instrumentation cable designed for
noise rejection for process control, computer, or data log
applications. Suitable for installation in cable trays,
conduit, or other raceways approved by the CITY.
Maximum cable temperature rating shall be 90 degrees C
dry locations, 75 degrees C wet locations.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -8
SEPTEMBER 2010
S]SPECk9S49501\WoNN Specs \Div 16 \49501 16126 Gonductors &Cables.doc
(2) Individual Conductors: Bare soft annealed copper,
Class B, 7- strand concentric per ASTM 68; 20 AWG, 7-
strand tinned copper drain wire.
(3) Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor shall have 15 -mil
nominal PVC and 4 -mil nylon insulation. Pair conductors
shall be pigmented black and red. Jacket shall be flame -
retardant and sunlight- and oil- resistant PVC with 45 mils
nominal thickness. Shield shall be 1.35 -mil
aluminum /Mylar overlapped to provide 100 percent
coverage.
(4) Dimension: 0.31 inch nominal OD.
(5) Manufacturers: The Okonite Company, Alpha Wire
Corporation, Manhattan, Belden or equal.
C. Type 4 (600 -Volt No. 16 Twisted, Shielded Triad Instrumentation
Cable, Type TC) (UL 62 and 1277)
(1) General: Single triad instrumentation cable designed for
noise rejection for process control, computer, or data log
applications. Suitable for installation in cable tray, conduit,
or other raceways approved by the CITY. Maximum cable
temperature rating shall be 90 degrees C dry locations,
75 degrees C wet locations.
(2) Conductors: Bare soft annealed copper, Class B, 7- strand
concentric per ASTM 138; 20 AWG, 7- strand, tinned copper
drain wire.
(3) Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor shall have 15 -mil
nominal PVC and 4 -mil nylon insulation. Triad conductors
shall be pigmented black, red and blue. Jacket shall be
flame - retardant and sunlight- and oil- resistant PVC with
45 mils nominal thickness. Shield shall be 1.35 -mil
aluminum /Mylar, overlapped to provide 100 percent
coverage.
(4) Dimension: 0.32 inch nominal OD.
(5) Manufacturers: The Okonite Company, Alpha Wire
Corporation, Manhattan, Belden or equal.
Type 5 (600 -Volt No. 18 AWG, Multi- twisted Shielded Pairs with a
Common Overall Shield Instrumentation Cable, Type TC)(UL 62
and 1277)
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -9
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:ISPECW95 \49501\WoM1ing Specs \Div 1&49501 16120 ConEu=rs&Cables. Coc
(1) General: Twisted, shielded pairs of instrument cables,
grouped in a single cable, designed for use as
instrumentation, process control, and computer cable.
Suitable for installation in cable tray, conduit, or other
raceways approved by the CITY. Maximum cable
temperature rating shall be 90 degrees C dry locations,
75 degrees C wet locations.
(2) Conductors: Bare soft annealed copper, Class B, 7- strand,
concentric per ASTM B8. Tinned copper drain wires. Pair
drain wire size AWG 20, group drain wire size AWG 18.
(3) Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor 15 -mil PVC and 4-
mil nylon insulation. Pair conductors pigmented black and
red with red conductor numerically printed for group
identification. Outer jacket shall be flame - retardant and
sunlight- and oil- resistant PVC with nominal thickness as
shown in table. Individual pair shield shall,be 1.35 -mil
aluminum /Mylar. Group shield shall be 2.35 -mil
aluminum /Mylar, overlapped for 100 percent coverage.
(4) Dimensions as noted in table below:
Number of
Pairs
Maximum Outside
Dimension inches
Nominal Jacket
Thickness mils
4
0.50
45
8
0.68
60
12
0.82
60
16
0.95
80
20
1.05
80
24
1.16
80
36
1.33
80
50
1.56
80
(5) Manufacturers: The Okonite Company, Alpha Wre
Corporation, Manhattan, Belden or equal.
5. Signal Circuit Wiring: PLC Communications Coaxial Cable: Provide RG -6
PLC Communications Coaxial Cable where required. The cable shall be
flexible, 5/16 -inch in diameter, with bonded aluminum quad shield.
Center conductor shall be 18 AWG copper coated steel. Dielectric coating
shall be foam polyethylene. Jacket shall be flame retardant PVC.
Maximum attenuation at 1.544 MHz shall be 0.48 dB /100 feet.
Impedance shall be 75 ohms and capacitance shall be 16.2 pF per foot.
Minimum bend radius shall be 2 inches. Maximum pulling tension shall
be 45 pounds. All necessary taps and connectors shall be provided.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -10
SEPTEMBER 2010
S WECWGS 9601 \Woddng Spe Div 16W9601 16120 COndumm&Cedles.dm
G. Conductor and Cable Tags: Refer to Section 16075, Electrical Nameplates and
Warning Signs and Standard Drawing for tagging information.
H. Equipment Grounding Conductors
Provide soft -drawn copper conductors, not smaller than #12 AWG and as
indicated or as required by NEC, for equipment grounding.
2. Provide conductors with green insulation of the same type as all other
circuit wires.
Direct Buried Grounding Conductors: Provide bare stranded copper conductors,
size as indicated, for the ground system grid at transformers, switchgear and
where indicated.
2.3 MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEMS
A. Provide a flexible, coordinated means of distributing lighting branch circuit and
control wiring.
B. Provide a system rated at 20 amperes load- carrying capacity per phase with final
assemblies consisting of a maximum of three, phase conductors. Provide a
system manufactured of Type MC cable with 90 degrees C insulation and
stranded copper conductors.
C. Provide three, single - phase, five -wire circuit cable configuration with standard
color wire coding as per Article 1.5 of this Section.
D. Provide a system having a latch /strike locking mechanism with voltage clearly
marked on latch. Provide a system UL listed for use in air handling plenums,
listed to connect or disconnect under load, and manufactured in accordance with
Article. 604 of the NEC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling
tensions and minimum bending radii. Where pulling compound is used, use only
UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway
involved.
B. Tighten all screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and /or drivers
to tighten to the inch -pound requirements of the NEC and UL.
C. Medium voltage single conductors and cables in maintenance holes, handholes
and vaults shall be wrapped together by arc and fireproofing tapes, and shall be
bundled throughout their exposed length with nylon, self - locking, releasable,
cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 12 inches on centers.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -11
SEPTEMBER 2010
S9SPECW95\49501 \Wodin9 Spe Oiv 16W950116120 ConduVOM&Cables . doc
D. Wires and cables in each voltage classification shall be installed in separate
raceways and shall be completely isolated at the cable and wire terminations.
E. No vehicles shall be used to pull conductors.
F. A means of monitoring cable tension shall be provided at all pulls. (i.e.
dynamometer)
G. Cables shall be secured to cable trays at intervals not exceeding 4' /z feet
horizontally and 2 feet vertically. Cables shall be installed in cable trays without
splices.
H. Cables of given voltage rating shall be grouped together. Individual circuits shall
be bundled with phases A, B, and C together to minimize the effects of
electromagnetic fields. Cables installed in- groups shall be grouped by lashing
with manufactured plastic lashing ties spaced approximately 3 feet apart. Each
circuit group shall be labeled to identify the circuit or control group by the
designations given on the Contract Documents. Instrumentation cables shall be
run in separate trays not containing power, control, and lighting cables. Control
cables shall be barrier - separated from power cables. In addition, Class 2 and
Class 3 instrumentation cables shall not be run in the same tray with Class 1
instrumentation circuits unless the different circuits are separated by a barrier.
Class 1, 2 and 3 circuits are defined in Article 725 of the National Electrical Code.
3.2 CONDUCTOR 600 VOLTS AND BELOW
A. Provide conductor sizes indicated on drawings.
B. Wire nuts may be used on solid conductors of 120 -volt and 277 -volt lighting and
120 -volt receptacle circuits only. Place no more than one conductor in any
single - barrel pressure connection. Use crimp connectors with tools by same
manufacturer and/or UL listed for connectors of all stranded conductors.
C. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable. Do not
use split bolt connectors if the wire sizes differ by 3 or more AWG sizes.
D. Vinyl plastic insulating tape for wire and cable splices and terminations shall be
flame retardant, 7 -mil thick minimum, rated for 90 degrees C minimum meeting
the requirements of UL 510.
E. Provide terminals and connectors acceptable for the type of material used.
F. Arrange wiring in cabinets, panels, and motor control centers neatly cut to proper
length, remove surplus wire, and bridle and secure in an acceptable manner.
Identify all circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in
accordance with the conductor identification system specified in Section 16075,
Electrical Identification Nameplates and Warning Signs.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG.PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -12
SEPTEMBER 2010
S GPECWW49501 \Wotin9 Specs \Div 16W9501 16120 Conductom&Cables. Coc
G. Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with methods consistent with
terminals provided, and in accordance with terminal manufacturer's instructions.
Where terminals provided will accept such lugs, terminate all control and
instrumentation wiring (except solid thermocouple leads) with insulated, locking -
fork compression lugs, Thomas & Betts Sta -Kon, or equal.
H. For terminals designed to accept only bare wire compression terminations, use
only stranded wire, and terminate only one wire per terminal. Tighten all terminal
screws with torque screwdriver to recommended torque values.
I. Attach compression lugs with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which
provides a complete, controlled crimp where the tool will not release until the
crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable.
J. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with UL listed end caps.
K. Where conductors pass through hol
burrs, chamfer all edges, and install
material to protect the conductors.
s or over edges in sheet metal, remove all
bushings and protective strips of insulating
L. For conductors that will be connected by others, provide at least 6 feet spare
conductor in freestanding panels and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies.
Provide more spare conductor in any particular assembly where it is obvious that
more conductor will be needed to reach the termination point.
M. CONTRACTOR shall provide cable pulling tension calculations to the
ENGINEER for review and written approval before pulling cables sized 4/0 AWG
and larger.
N. Cable Terminations: Cable terminations shall comply with Class 1 of IEEE
Standard 48. The insulation class shall be equivalent to that of the cable upon
which they are installed. Terminations for shielded cables shall include a
mechanical (nonsolder) shield - grounding strap. All materials (except lugs)
necessary to make three terminations shall be included as a part of the
termination kit. This shall include cable preparation materials. The seal shall be
silicon rubber tape, cold- shrink rubber sleeve, or heat - shrink plastic sleeve as
recommended by the kit manufacturer. Termination kits shall be performance
tested for compliance with IEEE Standard 48 and shall be of the following types:
Modular -type, furnished as a kit, with stress relief tube, multiple molded
silicon rubber insulator modules, shield ground strap, and compression -
type connectors.
2. Heat - shrinkable type with heat - shrinkable inner stress control and outer
nontracking tubes, multiple molded nontracking skirt modules, and
compression -type connectors.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -13
SEPTEMBER 2010
S ZPECW95 9KMomn3 Specs %Dv 161x9501 16120 Condu=M &Cables d=
O. The CONTRACTOR shall use cable installers who are experienced in the
specific work of cable terminating for the specific types of cable and cable
accessories specified in this Section.
3.3 CONDUCTORS ABOVE 600 VOLTS
A. Splices will not be permitted unless specifically indicated or approved by the
ENGINEER in writing.
B. Make all joints and terminations with [high voltage splice and termination kits
specified herein and in accordance with splice or termination manufacturer's
instructions.] [currently accepted industry procedures for specific voltage by
workers with experience making high voltage splices and terminations.] Once
started, install splices or terminations as a continuous operation.
C. Identify all circuits in accordance with the conductor identification system
specified at load centers, maintenance holes, splices, terminations, etc.
D. Provide terminals or connectors acceptable for the type of conductor material
used.
E. Give 2 working days written notice to the ENGINEER prior to the making of joints
or terminations.
F. Cable splices shall be made by qualified cable splicers in accordance with the
recommendations of the manufacturer. CONTRACTOR shall furnish
documentation detailing the qualifications of each cable splicer to be working on
the job.
G. CONTRACTOR shall provide cable pulling tension calculations prior to pulling
any medium or high voltage cable.
3.4 CABLES
A. Do not splice without written permission from the ENGINEER. Locate splices,
when permitted, only in readily accessible cabinets or junction boxes using
terminal strips.
B. For connections of instrumentation and control cables, loop adequate length for
neat bundled type connections.
C. Instrumentation, computer, and control cables run under infinite access floors in
control rooms may be installed under the floor without protection. Run individual
wires, pairs, or triads in flex conduit under the floor or grouped into bundles at
least one inch in diameter.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -14
SEPTEMBER 2010
S GPEQ495 95 Mo, ng Specs \Div 16\49501 16120 r0nbumm&Ceble5.400
D. Maintaining the integrity of shielding of instrumentation cables is essential to the
operation of the control systems. Take special care in cable installation to
ensure that grounds do not occur because of damage to the jacket over the
shield.
E. Cables entering maintenance holes, handholes or vaults shall be sealed using an
expanding foam product approved for the purpose.
3.5 CONDUCTOR ARC AND FIREPROOFING TAPES
A. Use arc and fireproofing tapes on all 5 kV cables throughout their entire exposed
length in all maintenance holes, handholes, vaults, and other indicated locations.
B. Wrap together as a single cable all conductors entering from each conduit.
C. Follow tape manufacturer's installation instructions. Secure the arc and
fireproofing tape at frequent intervals with bands of the specified glass cloth
electrical tape. Make each band of at least two wraps of tape directly over each
other.
D. Wrap together as far as possible, conductors carrying phases A, B, and C of the
same feeder.
E. The cables shall be trained as closely as possible to their final positions.
The cables shall be cleaned of all oil, grease, and cable pulling compounds using
suitable solvents and cleaners non - injurious to cable and then wiped completely
dry.
G. Any projecting surfaces such as fittings, ground connectors or bonding
connections shall be covered with an insulating compound to present a smooth
continuous surface for taping.
H. Fireproofing tapes shall be submitted as shop drawings for approval. Tapes shall
be 3 -inch width half - lapped and extend a minimum of 6- inches into the raceway.
Use glass tape at three -foot intervals to hold tape in place.
3.6 FIELD TESTS
A. Field test shall be performed on conductors in accordance with Section 16080,
Electrical Testing.
3.7 UNDERGROUND WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Wire and Cable Installation
Before pulling wire or cable in underground conduit, the conduit shall be
mandreled with a painted wooden mandrel 2%2 inches long having a
diameter of 1 /2 inch smaller than the inside diameter of the conduit.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -15
SEPTEMBER 2010
5'.1SPECk94 9KMoNng Speoa0v 16w950116120 ConEutlom&Cables Eoc
2. Conductors shall be installed using a nylon pulling rope. A nylon pulling
rope shall be left in each spare underground conduit for future
installations.
3. The pulling compound for all types of wire and cables, except lead -
covered cables and thermocouple wire, shall be a waterbased gel
lubricant, American Polywater Corp. " Polywater Lubricant J", or approved
equal. The cable manufacturer shall be consulted for acceptable pulling
compounds. The pulling compound for lead- covered cables shall be cup
grease. Thermocouple wire shall be pulled in dry.
4. Care shall be taken to avoid sharply binding or kinking conductors,
damaging insulation, or stressing cable or wire beyond manufacturer's
recommendations during pulling. Maximum calculated cable pulling
tensions and sidewall pressures shall not be exceeded during cable
pulling.
3.8 TERMINAL BLOCKS
A. Terminal Blocks: Terminal blocks shall be of the size required for conductors
installed thereon and a minimum of 20 percent spares shall be provided in each
terminal box. Terminal blocks shall be Buchanan, Square D Company, or equal.
1. Control conductors shall be attached to screw -type terminal strips using
tinned, insulated, locking -spade lugs.
2. Terminal blocks installed in the field shall have the individual terminals as
shown on the elementary diagrams or per the project numbering system
established on the Contract Documents.
3.9 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES
A. Terminations and Splices: Splicing cables in conduits is prohibited. Splicing of
power and control cables is prohibited, except where specifically approved by the
ENGINEER in writing. Where required, lighting and 120 V receptacle circuits
using solid #12 AWG conductors may be spliced in conduit fittings using twist -on-
type connections. A tubular crimp -type splice shall be used for stranded
conductors. Conductors shall be spliced in enclosures or fittings approved for
the purpose. The number of splices shall be kept to a minimum.
1. Splicing shall join conductors mechanically and electrically to provide a
complete circuit prior to installation or insulation. Splices in wet locations
and all splices below grade shall be waterproof, heat - shrink type as
manufactured by Elastimold, Raychem, or equal.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -16
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'. \SPECW95 \49501\WOrkng Spec QV 16 \49501 15120 Coneuclors&Cables Eoc
Splices at motor junction boxes shall be accomplished by joining of motor
lead wire to feeder cable with compression -type lugs. The lugs shall be
bolted together with washers, and lockwashers. The lugs shall then be
insulated using a cold roll -type motor pigtail splice kit as manufactured by
3M, Raychem, or equal.
3. All terminations for medium voltage cable shall be made using termination
kits.
The number of taps and splices shall be held to a minimum. Boxes
containing splices shall be sized in accordance with NEC and in no case
shall the number of conductors exceed that allowed in NEC. For control
circuits, splicing of conductors is not allowed except that devices that
have pigtail wiring may be spliced in an approved enclosure. If splicing is
required, the conductors shall be connected at approved terminals in an
approved enclosure. Barriers shall be provided to separate various
classes of control and /or power circuits in enclosures where terminations
are made.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -17
SEPTEMBER 2010
S ISPECU95u9501=oe ng Sp WDH 1614 9 501 16120 ConaudoraCa ies.dx
SECTION 16076
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, material, and supplies and
perform all labor required to install nameplates and /or warning signs to identify
electrical equipment as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The requirements of the following sections and divisions apply to the work of this
Section.
B. Other sections and divisions, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent
required for proper performance of this Work.
1. Division 16 Electrical, applicable Sections
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements
of the referenced portions of the following publications to the extent that the
provisions thereof are not in conflict with other provisions of these specifications.
B. Comply with the latest editions of the following codes and standards:
1.' NFPA - National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - 70
a. NEC - National Electrical Code (NEC)
b. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
California Code of Regulations
C. CITY Tagging Procedure - CITY standards for instrument and
equipment identification and tagging
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -1
S GPEQ495 \49501\WOrking Specs \Div 16 \49501 16075 Elec ID, Nameplates, Warring Signs tloc
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
A. Nameplates: All nameplates shall be black lamicoid with white letters of size
approved by the CITY when located indoors, and shall be engraved stainless
steel when located outdoors, and shall be fastened to the device or enclosure
with round head, stainless steel screws. Any equipment for which a nameplate is
required, but without a contract document designation shall be identified in
accordance with the CITY Tagging Procedure. Contact the ENGINEER for help
in establishing the correct designation.
All switchgear, switchboards, distribution panels, lighting panels, unit
substations, transformers, motor control centers (MCCs), control panels,
etc. shall have nameplates in accordance with the designations given on
the Contract Documents. The nameplates shall be installed on the front
and back of the enclosure (if backside access is available) to clearly
identify each compartment, power source, etc. This shall apply to all
equipment installed and /or modified per the Contract Documents.
2. All switchgear, MCCs and lighting panels shall have a large nameplate
with 3/4 -inch high letters for the designation given on the Contract
Documents single -line diagrams. All motor controllers or individual units
within MCCs and switchgear shall have a nameplate with ' % -inch high
letters mounted to the outside of the enclosure, showing the circuit
number and equipment designation in accordance with the Contract
Documents single -line diagrams.
3. All control panels and terminal board panels shall have large nameplates
with 3/4 -inch high letters for the panel designation, and nameplates with
3/16 -inch high letters for each control and indicating device in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
4. Visible, permanent engraved nameplates shall be provided by
CONTRACTOR identifying each instrument, instrument switch, meter,
relay, control switch, indicating light, circuit breaker compartment,
potential transformer compartment, fuse block, and auxiliary
compartment. Equipment and terminal blocks within control panels,
boxes and compartments shall be permanently identified with engraved
nameplates. This shall include the backside of door- or panel- mounted
items. The backside engraved nameplate shall read the same as the
front engraved nameplate. Protective relays shall be designated as to
use, the phase to which connected and shall include the ANSI C 37.2
device function number; e.g., Phase A Overcurrent Relay, Device 51.
5. Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, nameplates shall
comply with the representative samples given in Exhibit A appended to
this specification section.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -2
S SPEC\49549501\WoAing Specs \Div 16W950116075 Elec ID, Nameplales, Waming Signs. do
Warning Signs: All warning signs shall be in accordance with Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations and shall be suitable for
exterior use when installed outdoors. The. warning signs shall be fastened with
round head, Type 316 stainless steel screws or bolts, located and mounted in a
manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. All warning signs shall be 7 inches high
by 10 inches wide unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, and on
1/16 -inch thick plastic or similar acceptable material. The signs specified below
shall be installed on the front and back of the enclosure (if backside access is
available to the enclosure) of each electrical distribution equipment and control
equipment to clearly identify each compartment, power source, etc. This shall
apply to all equipment installed and /or modified per the Contract Documents.
Permanent and conspicuous warning signs shall be mounted on all
equipment, doorways to equipment rooms, pull boxes, manholes, etc.
where the operating voltage exceeds 600 V. High voltage warning signs
shall be colored red with white lettering and shall read:
DANGER
4160 VOLTS
KEEP OUT
2. Rear access panels or doors of cubicles containing power conductors
shall include a large "DANGER 4160 VOLTS INSIDE" nameplate of red
background and 1 inch high minimum white lettering.
3. A door - mounted sign made of laminated plastic with white letters on a red
background shall be provided on each compartment in which multiple
voltage sources will be terminated. The sign shall read: "Caution - This
Unit Contains Foreign Voltage Sources."
4. Permanent warning signs shall be mounted at all mechanical equipment
which can be started automatically or be started from remote locations.
Automatic or remote controlled equipment warning signs shall be colored
yellow with black lettering and shall read:
CAUTION
THIS EQUIPMENT STARTS
AUTOMATICALLY OR
BY REMOTE CONTROL
2.2 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION
A. Conductor and Cable Tags
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -3
S'ISPEC\495 9501 \Wokng Spea\Div 16W950 i 16075 Elec ID, Nameplates, Waming Signs.dix
Each cable or conductor shall be identified with circuit identification
markers in each pull box, manhole, panelboard, cable tray or termination.
Cables shall also be tagged at all jacket end points and within 12 inches
of entering a conduit from a cable tray. Each cable or conductor shall be
identified on each end with a white tubing -type shrink -on wire marker
approved by the CITY. The wire sleeve should only be slightly shrunk to
keep the tubing from slipping down the wire but loose enough to allow the
wire tag to be rotated after it is installed so it can be made more readable.
Tags relying on adhesives or taped -on markers are not acceptable.
Where shrink -on wire markers are not easily installed (such as in the
middle of a very long run) stainless steel metal tags shall be used. Use
two -hole metal tags as specified by the ENGINEER. Attach tags loosely
to the cable using both holes with 0.032" stainless steel wire.
Install the wire bundle / cable tags and conductor / wire tags per CITY
Standard Drawing. Each tag shall be a two -line identification marker.
The top line of the marker specifies the "FROM" and 'TO" destinations in
accordance with the following example: 21 DFCP121- MCC -PTA, where
21DFCP121 is the "From" destination separated from MCC -PTA (the "To"
destination) by a hyphen.
The following rules govern the "FROM' and `TO" destinations:
a. for Control Panels: the Panel Tag Number (PTN) is used
b. for Field Instruments: the Loop Tag Number (LTN) is used
C. for Electrical Distribution Equipment: the Single Line Designation
of the equipment is used
Examples of "FROM' and 'TO" destinations:
Control Panel 21DFCP121, 22ELCP001
Loop Tag Number 21 DLIT124, 22DHS234A
Electrical Distribution Equipment MCC -PTA, MCC -SHB
4. The bottom line on the wire bundle /cable tags specifies Wireset ID in
accordance with the following example: P2661A -PC21 D345B, where:
a. "P2661 A" indicates the Job No. (without hyphenation);
b. "PC" indicates Function /Voltage Level in accordance with the
following (from the highest to the lowest): "H" - for medium voltage
power, "P" - for low voltage power, "PC' — for power and control,
"C" - for control, "S" - for signal.
C. "21D345" indicates the Loop Number taken from the field
equipment in accordance with the CITY Tagging Procedure and
CITY Standard Drawing
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -4
S:\SPECa95149501\Woh ing Specs0v 16/49501 16075 Elec ID, Nameplates, Waming Signs. nw
d. "B" is an optional suffix in accordance with the following: a blank
or a letter from A to Z (excluding I, O, Q) that is added to make the
Wireset ID unique.
e. Other valid Wireset ID examples are: P2661A- P21D345; P2661A-
C21D345; P2661A- PC21D345;P2661A- S21D345A.
5. This identification is applicable to all power, control, alarm, and
instrumentation conductors, and shall correspond to the single -line
diagram designations and to loop tag numbers and signal cable pair
designations shown on the Contract Documents.
6. Manufacturer
a. Individual conductor identification markers shall be slip -on PVC
type, as manufactured by Brady, Thomas and Betts, or equal.
b. Markers for other cables shall be B -292 or B -500 vinyl as
manufactured by Brady, Thomas and Betts, or equal.
B. Clear identification of each compartment, power source, etc. shall be provided on
the front and back of the electrical distribution equipment enclosures and control
panel enclosures. This shall apply to all equipment installed and /or modified per
the Contract Documents.
C. Color Coding: The three -phase conductors for power circuits shall be identified
at each manhole, pull box and at all switchgear, panelboards, motor control
centers, switchboards, etc. as Phases A, B and C. The color coding scheme
shall be in accordance with Section 16120.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the installation of electrical equipment so all
equipment is identified in accordance with these specifications.
B. Section 16075, Exhibit A is appended to this page.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16075 -5
S'ZPEC \4 9 514 9 5 01kWonknq Specs \Div 16\49501 16075 Elec ID, Nameplates, Waming Signs noc
SECTION 16120
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, material, and supplies and
shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated on the drawings
and specified herein.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install power (low and medium voltage)
cables, control and signal cables as described herein and as indicated on the
Contract Documents.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The requirements of the following sections and divisions apply to the work of this
Section. Other sections and divisions of the Specifications, not referenced
below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work.
1. Division 16 Electrical, applicable sections
2. Conductors and cables used within control panels and data cable shall be
as specified by the ENGINEER.
B. Materials and equipment furnished and installed under other divisions with
raceway and electrical conductors furnished, installed, and connected under
Division 16, Electrical.
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements
of the referenced portions of the following publications to the extent that the
provisions thereof are not in conflict with other provisions of these specifications.
B. Comply with the latest editions of the following codes and standards.
1. Codes and Standards
a. NEC - National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) — 70 (National
Electrical Code), latest adopted edition
b. CCR - Title 8, Industrial Relations, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety
Orders, California Code of Regulations, National Electrical Code
2. Industrial Standards
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.6PECb9S 9501Wo@ing Spec Ov 16 9501 16120 Condudom&Cables doc
a. ANSI /UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment
b. ICEA S -95- 658 /NEMA WC70 - Nonshielded 0 -2 kV Cables
C. ICEA S -96- 659 /NEMA WC71 - Nonshielded 2001 V -5 kV Cables
d. ICEA S -93- 639 /NEMA WC74 - Shielded Power Cable 5 -46 kV
e. ICEA S -94 -649 - Concentric Neutral Cables Rated 5 -46 kV
f. ICEA S -97 -682 - Utility Shielded Power Cable Rated 5 -46 kV
g. ICEA S- 105 -692 - 600 V Single Layer Thermoset Insulated Utility
Underground Distribution Cable
h. ICEA S -81 -570 - Direct Burial, 600 Volt, Ruggedized Insulation
i. ANSI /UL 62 - Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire
j. ANSI /UL 510 - Insulating Tape
k. ANSI /UL 1277 - Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with
Optional Optical Fiber Members
I. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay Stranded
Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard or Soft
M. IEEE 48 - Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for
Alternating- Current Cable Termination 2.5 kV through 765 kV
n. NEMA WC -55 - Instrumentation Cables and Thermocouple Wire
o. NEMA WC -57 - Standard for Control Cables, Thermocouple
Extension, and Instrumentation Cables
P. UL 1072 - Medium Voltage Power Cables
C. All Conductors furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be listed by and shall bear
the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, (UL).
D. The construction and installation of all electrical equipment and materials shall
comply with all provisions of the CAL -OSHA Safety Orders Title 8 CCR, as
applicable, State Building Standards, and applicable local codes and regulations.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the Section 16010, Electrical
General Provisions.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
515PECW95W9501 \Woking SpeaOv 16\4950116120 Con4V=S&CB Ies Eoc
B. CONTRACTOR shall submit the following items:
1. Catalog cuts and other brochures depicting conductor characteristics
2. Manufacturer's certified test records and factory test procedures
3. Manufacturer's recommended splicing, testing, and installation
procedures and practices
4. Field testing records in accordance with Section 16080, Electrical Testing
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All test equipment shall be certified within the prior year.
1.6 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
A. Provide a complete power, control and signal conductor and cable identification
system so that, after installation, conductors and cables shall be easily traced
from origin to destination. See Section 16075, Electrical Identification
Nameplates and Warning Signs and Standard Drawing S -465 for requirements.
1. Identify power, control, and signal conductors at each termination and in
all accessible locations such as maintenance holes, handholes, panels,
switchboards, pull boxes, terminal boxes, etc.
B. Conductor and Cable Color Coding
1. Color coding of multi- conductor control and instrumentation cable is
specified in the individual cable type specification.
2. For power conductors, provide all single conductors and individual
conductors of multi- conductor power cables with integral insulation
pigmentation of the designated colors, except conductors larger than
No. 6 AWG may be provided with color coding by applying a heat shrink
tube of the appropriate color.
7
Q
Phase A, B, C implies the direction of positive phase rotation.
Use the following colors:
System
Conductor
Color
All Systems
Equipment Groundin
Green
120/240 Volts,
1- Phase, 3 -Wire
Grounded Neutral
White
One Hot Leg
Black
Other Hot Leg
Red
208Y/120 Volts,
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.15PECU95 %495 Mod ing SPOCSO V 16V9501 16120 Conductors &Cables.doc
System
Conductor
Color
3- Phase, 4 -Wire
Grounded Neutral
White
Phase A
Red
Phase B
Black
Phase C
Blue
480Y/277 Volts,
3- Phase, 4 -Wire
Grounded Neutral
White
Phase A
Red
Phase B
Black
Phase C
Blue
2,400 Volt
4,160 Volt
12,470 Volt
Grounded Neutral
White
Phase A
Red
Phase B
Black
Phase C
Blue
C. For all high voltage cable and all 600 volt cable size AWG #2 and larger,
CONTRACTOR shall furnish cable manufactured no more than one year prior to
installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the
purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired
only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the
General Requirements.
B. Subject to compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but
are not limited to, American Insulated Wire Corp., Cable Corp., The Okonite Co.,
Pirelli Cable Corp., Carol Cable Co. Inc. or Southwire Company.
C. Cables run in cable tray shall be UL listed for that application. All cable installed
in cable tray shall also be rated UV resistant.
D. Cables shall be suitable for the temperature, conditions and location where
installed.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -4
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'\SPECk9S49501MoBing Specs \Div 16 \49601 16120 Conductors&Cables. doc
E. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, provide stranded
conductors, except provide solid conductors where No. 10 AWG and No. 12
AWG are designated for branch circuit power wiring in lighting and receptacle
circuits.
F. Use only copper conductors.
G. All medium voltage power cables shall be UL listed and labeled in accordance
with UL Standard 1072.
H. All cables shall be installed in unbroken, unspliced, continuous runs. Cables may
be spliced only with the specific written approval of the ENGINEER and when
splicing materials specifically approved by the ENGINEER for the specific
application are used.
2.2 CONDUCTORS
A. Power Conductors 600 Volts and Below
1. Provide Type THHN/THWN insulation for control and instrument cables.
Provide conductors with Type XHHW -2 insulation for power cables.
2. For all direct burial and aerial applications, provide conductors and cables
listed for such application.
3. Where flexible cords and cables are specified, provide Type SO, 600 -volt,
with the number and size of copper conductors indicated.
4. Conductors for applications of 600 volts and below shall be rated for 600
volts unless otherwise specified.
5. The name of the manufacturer, insulation type, voltage rating and wire
size shall be clearly and permanently imprinted throughout the length of
each conductor. All conductors and cables supplied shall bear the UL
label.
B. Conductors above 600 Volts 5 kV Conductors
a. 1. Unless indicated otherwise, provide 19, 37, or 61 strand
copper conductors with ethylene - propylene polymer (EPR)
insulation, extruded semiconducting strand and insulation shields,
copper drain wires, and a polyvinyl chloride jacket.
b. 2. Provide shielded conductors with 133 percent insulation
level.
C. 3. Cable marking shall include manufacturer's name,
insulating material, conductor size, voltage class and UL mark.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -5
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.1SPECW95W9501\WoNng Sp WDV 1614950116120 CondudorsBCables. dx
C. High - Voltage Splice and Termination Kits
1. Make all high voltage conductor splices with permanent premolded EPDM
type submersible splicing kits rated 15 kV, 95 kV BIL, 125 kV BIL with
current rating same as cable.
a. Use indoor terminations of the factory premolded EPDM type.
b. Use outdoor terminations in switchgear, on dip poles, and in
transformer cabinets of the factory premolded and skirted
EPDM type or preassembled porcelain slip -on type.
C. For all terminations provide proper shield termination and
grounding. Provide all necessary mounting hardware, covers, and
connectors.
d. Splices and termination kits shall be coordinated with the cable
manufacturer. CONTRACTOR shall submit a certified letter from
the cable manufacturer stating their concurrence with the type of
splice to be performed.
e. Termination kits shall be UL listed.
2. Provide terminators rated in accordance with IEEE 48. Use splices and
terminations manufactured by 3M, Joslyn, Elastimold, or equal.
D. Conductor Arc and Fireproofing Materials: Use Scotch Brand 77 or Plymouth
Plyarc 30 arc and fireproofing tape, or equal; Scotch Brand 69 or Plymouth
Plyglass glass cloth electrical tape, or equal.
E. 5 kV Underground Connection System
Provide a premolded EPDM type connection system consisting of 200 -
amp load break elbows, or as indicated junction modules, bushing inserts,
parking stands, grounding wells, bushings, protective caps, standoff
insulators and other necessary accessories suitable for use with
subsurface or pad- mounted installations, submersible to 10 feet of water,
and meeting the following ratings:
Voltage Rating: 8.3/14.4kV
Impulse Voltage: 95 kV BIL
Withstand Voltage: 34 kV, 60 -Hz, 1 minute; 53 kV, dc, 15 minutes
Corona Voltage Level: 11 kV extinction
'CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -6
SEPTEMBER 2010,
S'.1SPEC149S49501 DW hg SPecsQv 16 9501 16120 C0nd=0rs$Cab1e5.000
Dimensions: IEEE (ANSI) 386
Fault Close: [ ... ] Amp rms symmetrical
Current Rating: 200 -amp rms continuous, 200 -amp switching, 600 -amp
rms continuous, nonswitching where shown
2. Elbow Connectors: Arrange elbow connectors for hook stick operation
and having test points.
3. Junction: Provide junctions for the number of points indicated and
complete with PVC coated steel or fiberglass brackets for round or flat
wall mounting as shown and angled as shown. Supply mounting bracket
having parking stands suitable for standoff plugs and portable feed -
through modules.
4. Protective Caps: Provide protective caps hook stick operated, insulated
type, fully shielded for sealing energized bushings and having an
electrostatic ground wire. Provide protective caps on all unused bushings
of junction modules.
5. Manufacturers: Use systems manufactured by Joslyn, Elastimold, RTE or
equal.
Multi- Conductor Cable
Provide cable that is UL listed Type TC UV RESISTANT and conforms to
the requirements of UL 1277 and NEC, or UL listed Power Limited Circuit
Cable or Power Limited Tray Cable that conforms to the requirements of
NEC. Provide cables permanently and legibly marked with the
manufacturer's name, the maximum working voltage for which the cable
was tested, the type of cable, and labeled UL (or submit evidence of UL
listing).
Power cable color coding for phase identification shall be in accordance
with Article 1.6 B of this Section. Multi- conductor power cables with
conductors #6 AWG and larger shall be identified by ICEA Method 3
(single -color compounds with surface printing of numbers and color
designations), using Table 2, and multi- conductor cables with conductors
#8 AWG and smaller shall be identified by ICEA Method 1 (color
compounds with tracers), using Table 2.
All multi- conductor cables with conductors #6 AWG and larger shall
contain an integral insulated grounding conductor or bare copper
stranded grounding conductor incorporated in the outer interstices of the
assembled multi- conductor cable. All multi- conductor power cables #8
AWG and smaller shall contain an integral insulated grounding conductor.
The grounding conductors shall meet the sizing requirements of UL 1277.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -7
SEPTEMBER 2010
S \SPEC \495 \49501 \Wonting SpecsZiv 16\49501 16120 Conbucto &Cables. doc
4. Provide cables as specified under the type number in this Section
(Type 1, Type 2, etc.).
Fw
Type 1 (600 -Volt Multi- Conductor Control Cable, Type TC UV
Resistant)
(1) General: Multi- conductor control circuit interconnection
cable with ground shall be suitable for installation in open
air, in cable trays, conduit or other raceways approved by
the CITY. Maximum cable temperature rating shall be
90 degrees C dry locations, 75 degrees C wet locations.
Cable shall pass vertical tray flame test.
(2) Individual Conductors: No. 14 AWG, 7- strand copper
(3) Insulation and Jackets: Provide conductors having 15 -mil
PVC insulation with 4 -mil nylon jacket, and UL listed as
Type THHN/THWN. Color code the conductor group in
accordance with ICEA S -95 -658, Method 1, Table 2.
Include one full size green equipment grounding
conductor. Bind conductor group with a spiral wrap of
barrier tape. Provide cable with overall outer PVC jacket
which is flame - retardant, sunlight- and oil- resistant and has
a nominal thickness as shown in the table below.
(4) Use only 2,3,4,5,7,9,12,19,24,25,30, and 37- conductor
cables. The green grounding conductor is included in the
number of conductors shown in the table below.
No. of
Conductors
Max. Outside
Diameter
inches
Jacket
Thickness
mils
5
0.45
45
7
0.48
45
12
0.65
60
19
0.76
60
25
0.93
60
37
1.04
'80
a
Type 3 (600 -Volt No. 16 AWG Twisted, Shielded Pair
Instrumentation Cable, Type TC) (UL 62 and 1277)
(1) General: Single pair instrumentation cable designed for
noise rejection for process control, computer, or data log
applications. Suitable for installation in cable trays,
conduit, or other raceways approved by the CITY.
Maximum cable temperature rating shall be 90 degrees C
dry locations, 75 degrees C wet locations.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -8
SEPTEMBER 2010
S 1SPEC1099 96 1=oddng Spec Qv 161x9601 16120 Conduo om&Cables dX
(2) Individual Conductors: Bare soft annealed copper,
Class B, 7- strand concentric per ASTM B8; 20 AWG, 7-
strand tinned copper drain wire.
(3) Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor shall have 15 -mil
nominal PVC and 4 -mil nylon insulation. Pair conductors
shall be pigmented black and red. Jacket shall be flame -
retardant and sunlight- and oil- resistant PVC with 45 mils
nominal thickness. Shield shall be 1.35 -mil
aluminum /Mylar overlapped to provide 100 percent
coverage.
(4) Dimension: 0.31 inch nominal OD.
(5) Manufacturers: The Okonite Company, Alpha Wire
Corporation, Manhattan, Belden or equal.
C. Type 4 (600 -Volt No. 16 Twisted, Shielded Triad Instrumentation
Cable, Type TC) (UL 62 and 1277)
(1) General: Single triad instrumentation cable designed for
noise rejection for process control, computer, or data log
applications. Suitable for installation in cable tray, conduit,
or other raceways approved by the CITY. Maximum cable
temperature rating shall be 90 degrees C dry locations,
75 degrees C wet locations.
(2) Conductors: Bare soft annealed copper, Class B, 7- strand
concentric per ASTM 138; 20 AWG, 7- strand, tinned copper
drain wire.
(3) Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor shall have 15 -mil
nominal PVC and 4 -mil nylon insulation. Triad conductors
shall be pigmented black, red and blue. Jacket shall be
flame - retardant and sunlight- and oil- resistant PVC with
45 mils nominal thickness. Shield shall be 1.35 -mil
aluminum /Mylar, overlapped to provide 100 percent
coverage.
(4) Dimension: 0.32 inch nominal OD.
(5) Manufacturers: The Okonite Company, Alpha Wire
Corporation, Manhattan, Belden or equal.
d. Type 5 (600 -Volt No. 18 AWG, Multi- twisted Shielded Pairs with a
Common Overall Shield Instrumentation Cable, Type TC)(UL 62
and 1277)
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -9
SEPTEMBER 2010
S.ISPECb95 9501 =o*ing Speo 0, 16\49501 16120 Conduclors&Cables Eoc
(1) General: Twisted, shielded pairs of instrument cables,
grouped in a single cable, designed for use as
instrumentation, process control, and computer cable.
Suitable for installation in cable tray, conduit, or other
raceways approved by the CITY. Maximum cable
temperature rating shall be 90 degrees C dry locations,
75 degrees C wet locations.
(2) Conductors: Bare soft annealed copper, Class B, 7- strand,
concentric per ASTM B8. Tinned copper drain wires. Pair
drain wire size AWG 20, group drain wire size AWG 18.
(3) Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor 15 -mil PVC and 4-
mil nylon insulation. Pair conductors pigmented black and
red with red conductor numerically printed for group
identification. Outer jacket shall be flame - retardant and
sunlight- and oil- resistant PVC with nominal thickness as
shown in table. Individual pair shield shall be 1.35 -mil
aluminum /Mylar. Group shield shall be 2.35 -mil
aluminum /Mylar, overlapped for 100 percent coverage.
(
(5)
Dimensions as noted in table below:
Number of
Pairs
Maximum Outside
Dimension inches
Nominal Jacket
Thickness mils
4
0.50
45
8
0.68
60
12
0.82
60
16
0.95
80
20
1.05
80
24
1.16
80
36
1.33
80
50
1.56
80
Manufacturers: The Okonite Company, Alpha Wire
Corporation, Manhattan, Belden or equal.
5. Signal Circuit Wiring: PLC Communications Coaxial Cable: Provide RG -6
PLC Communications Coaxial Cable where required. The cable shall be
flexible, 5/16 -inch in diameter, with bonded aluminum quad shield.
Center conductor shall be 18 AWG copper coated steel. Dielectric coating
shall be foam polyethylene. Jacket shall be flame retardant PVC.
Maximum attenuation at 1.544 MHz shall be 0.48 dB /100 feet.
Impedance shall be 75 ohms and capacitance shall be 16.2 pF per foot.
Minimum bend radius shall be 2 inches. Maximum pulling tension shall
be 45 pounds. All necessary taps and connectors shall be provided.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -10
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:%SPECWW49501\Wamng Specs%Div 16 9501 16120 Conductom&Cables doc
G. Conductor and Cable Tags: Refer to Section 16075, Electrical Nameplates and
Warning Signs and Standard Drawing for tagging information.
H. Equipment Grounding Conductors
Provide soft -drawn copper conductors, not smaller than #12 AWG and as
indicated or as required by NEC, for equipment grounding.
2. Provide conductors with green insulation of the same type as all other
circuit wires.
I. Direct Buried Grounding Conductors: Provide bare stranded copper conductors,
size as indicated, for the ground system grid at transformers, switchgear and
where indicated.
2.3 MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEMS
A. Provide a flexible, coordinated means of distributing lighting branch circuit and
control wiring.
B. Provide a system rated at 20 amperes load- carrying capacity per phase with final
assemblies consisting of a maximum of three, phase conductors. Provide a
system manufactured of Type MC cable with 90 degrees C insulation and
stranded copper conductors.
C. Provide three, single - phase, five -wire circuit cable configuration with standard
color wire coding as per Article 1.5 of this Section.
D. Provide a system having a latch /strike locking mechanism with voltage clearly
marked on latch. Provide a system UL listed for use in air handling plenums,
listed to connect or disconnect under load, and manufactured in accordance with
Article. 604 of the NEC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling
tensions and minimum bending radii. Where pulling compound is used, use only
UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway
involved.
B. Tighten all screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and /or drivers
to tighten to the inch -pound requirements of the NEC and UL.
C. Medium voltage single conductors and cables in maintenance holes, handholes
and vaults shall be wrapped together by arc and fireproofing tapes, and shall be
bundled throughout their exposed length with nylon, self - locking, releasable,
cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 12 inches on centers.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -11
SEPTEMBER 2010
S',\SPECN95\49501 \Working Specs \Dv 16 \69501 16120 Condumm&Cables.doc
D. Wires and cables in each voltage classification shall be installed in separate
.raceways and shall be completely isolated at the cable and wire terminations.
E. No vehicles shall be used to pull conductors.
F. A means of monitoring cable tension shall be provided at all pulls. (i.e.
dynamometer)
G. Cables shall be secured to cable trays at intervals not exceeding 4'/ feet
horizontally and 2 feet vertically. Cables shall be installed in cable trays without
splices.
H. Cables of given voltage rating shall be grouped together. Individual circuits shall
be bundled with phases A, B, and C together to minimize the effects of
electromagnetic fields. Cables installed in- groups shall be grouped by lashing
with manufactured plastic lashing ties spaced approximately 3 feet apart. Each
circuit group shall be labeled to identify the circuit or control group by the
designations given on the Contract Documents. Instrumentation cables shall be
run in separate trays not containing power, control, and lighting cables. Control
cables shall be barrier - separated from power cables. In addition, Class 2 and
Class 3 instrumentation cables shall not be run in the same tray with Class 1
instrumentation circuits unless the different circuits are separated by a barrier.
Class 1. 2 and 3 circuits are defined in Article 725 of the National Electrical Code.
3.2 CONDUCTOR 600 VOLTS AND BELOW
A. Provide conductor sizes indicated on drawings.
B. Wire nuts may be used on solid conductors of 120 -volt and 277 -volt lighting and
120 -volt receptacle circuits only. Place no more than one conductor in any
single - barrel pressure connection. Use crimp connectors with tools by same
manufacturer and /or UL listed for connectors of all stranded conductors.
C. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable. Do not
use split bolt connectors if the wire sizes differ by 3 or more AWG sizes.
D. Vinyl plastic insulating tape for wire and cable splices and terminations shall be
flame retardant, 7 -mil thick minimum, rated for 90 degrees C minimum meeting
the requirements of UL 510.
E. Provide terminals and connectors acceptable for the type of material used.
F. Arrange wiring in cabinets, panels, and motor control centers neatly cut to proper
length, remove surplus wire, and bridle and secure in an acceptable manner.
Identify all circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in
accordance with the conductor identification system specified in Section 16075,
Electrical Identification Nameplates and Warning Signs.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -12
SEPTEMBER 2010
S ZPECW96W9501 \Working Sp Skav 16\4950116120 Condudors Cables do
G. Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with methods consistent with
terminals provided, and in accordance with terminal manufacturer's instructions.
Where terminals provided will accept such lugs, terminate all control and
instrumentation wiring (except solid thermocouple leads) with insulated, locking -
fork compression lugs, Thomas & Betts Sta -Kon, or equal.
H. For terminals designed to accept only bare wire compression terminations, use
only stranded wire, and terminate only one wire per terminal. Tighten all terminal
screws with torque screwdriver to recommended torque values.
I. Attach compression lugs with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which
provides a complete, controlled crimp where the tool will not release until the
crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable.
J. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with UL listed end caps.
K. Where conductors pass through holes or over edges in sheet metal, remove all
burrs, chamfer all edges, and install bushings and protective strips of insulating
material to protect the conductors.
L. For conductors that will be connected by others, provide at least 6 feet spare
conductor in freestanding panels and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies.
Provide more spare conductor in any particular assembly where it is obvious that
more conductor will be needed to reach the termination point.
M. CONTRACTOR shall provide cable pulling tension calculations to the
ENGINEER for review and written approval before pulling cables sized 4/0 AWG
and larger.
N. Cable Terminations: Cable terminations shall comply with Class 1 of IEEE
Standard 48. The insulation class shall be equivalent to that of the cable upon
which they are installed. Terminations for shielded cables shall include a
mechanical (nonsolder) shield - grounding strap. All materials (except lugs)
necessary to make three terminations shall be included as a part of the
termination kit. This shall include cable preparation materials. The seal shall be
silicon rubber tape, cold- shrink rubber sleeve, or heat - shrink plastic sleeve as
recommended by the kit manufacturer. Termination kits shall be performance
tested for compliance with IEEE Standard 48 and shall be of the following types:
Modular -type, furnished as a kit, with stress relief tube, multiple molded
silicon rubber insulator modules, shield ground strap, and compression -
type connectors.
Heat - shrinkable type with heat - shrinkable inner stress control and outer
nontracking tubes, multiple molded nontracking skirt modules, and
compression -type connectors.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -13
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPECk94 9501 \Wodting Specs \Div 16\495011612D Conductors6Cables.doc
O. The CONTRACTOR shall use cable installers who are experienced in the
specific work of cable terminating for the specific types of cable and cable
accessories specified in this Section.
3.3 CONDUCTORS ABOVE 600 VOLTS
A. Splices will not be permitted unless specifically indicated or approved by the
ENGINEER in writing.
B. Make all joints and terminations with [high voltage splice and termination kits
specified herein and in accordance with splice or termination manufacturer's
instructions.] [currently accepted industry procedures for specific voltage by
workers with experience making high voltage splices and terminations.] Once
started, install splices or terminations as a continuous operation.
C. Identify all circuits in accordance with the conductor identification system
specified at load centers, maintenance holes, splices, terminations, etc.
D. Provide terminals or connectors acceptable for the type of conductor material
used.
E. Give 2 working days written notice to the ENGINEER prior to the making of joints
or terminations.
F. Cable splices shall be made by qualified cable splicers in accordance with the
recommendations of the manufacturer. CONTRACTOR shall furnish
documentation detailing the qualifications of each cable splicer to be working on
the job.
G. CONTRACTOR shall provide cable pulling tension calculations prior to pulling
any medium or high voltage cable.
3.4 CABLES
A. Do not splice without written permission from the ENGINEER. Locate splices,
when permitted, only in readily accessible cabinets or junction boxes using
terminal strips.
B. For connections of instrumentation and control cables, loop adequate length for
neat bundled type connections.
C. Instrumentation, computer, and control cables run under infinite access floors in
control rooms may be installed under the floor without protection. Run individual
wires, pairs, or triads in flex conduit under the floor or grouped into bundles at
least one inch in diameter.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -14
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'1SFECW95149501 \Working Specs \Div 16W9501 16120 Condu=S &Cable5.000
D. Maintaining the integrity of shielding of instrumentation cables is essential to the
operation of the control systems. Take special care in cable installation to
ensure that grounds do not occur because of damage to the jacket over the
shield.
E. Cables entering maintenance holes, handholes or vaults shall be sealed using an
expanding foam product approved for the purpose.
3.5 CONDUCTOR ARC AND FIREPROOFING TAPES
A. Use arc and fireproofing tapes on all 5 kV cables throughout their entire exposed
length in all maintenance holes, handholes, vaults, and other indicated locations.
B. Wrap together as a single cable all conductors entering from each conduit.
C. Follow tape manufacturer's installation instructions. Secure the arc and
fireproofing tape at frequent intervals with bands of the specified glass cloth
electrical tape. Make each band of at least two wraps of tape directly over each
other.
D. Wrap together as far as possible, conductors carrying phases A, B, and C of the
same feeder.
E. The cables shall be trained as closely as possible to their final positions.
The cables shall be cleaned of all oil, grease, and cable pulling compounds using
suitable solvents and cleaners non - injurious to cable and then wiped completely
dry.
G. Any projecting surfaces such as fittings, ground connectors or bonding
connections shall be covered with an insulating compound to present a smooth
continuous surface for taping.
H. Fireproofing tapes shall be submitted as shop drawings for approval. Tapes shall
be 3 -inch width half - lapped and extend a minimum of 6- inches into the raceway.
Use glass tape at three -foot intervals to hold tape in place.
3.6 FIELD TESTS
A. Field test shall be performed on conductors in accordance with Section 16080,
Electrical Testing.
3.7 UNDERGROUND WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Wire and Cable Installation
Before pulling wire or cable in underground conduit, the conduit shall be
mandreled with a painted wooden mandrel 2' /z inches long having a
diameter of 1 /2 inch smaller than the inside diameter of the conduit.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -15
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.\SPECW9549501 \WoNng Specs\av 16\49501 16120 Conductom&Cables. dot
2. Conductors shall be installed using a nylon pulling rope. A nylon pulling
rope shall be left in each spare underground conduit for future
installations.
3. The pulling compound for all types of wire and cables, except lead -
covered cables and thermocouple wire, shall be a waterbased gel
lubricant, American Polywater Corp. " Polywater Lubricant J", or approved
equal. The cable manufacturer shall be consulted for acceptable pulling
compounds. The pulling compound for lead- covered cables shall be cup
grease. Thermocouple wire shall be pulled in dry.
4. Care shall be taken to avoid sharply binding or kinking conductors,
damaging insulation, or stressing cable or wire beyond manufacturer's
recommendations during pulling. Maximum calculated cable pulling
tensions and sidewall pressures shall not be exceeded during cable
pulling.
3.8 TERMINAL BLOCKS
A. Terminal Blocks: Terminal blocks shall be of the size required for conductors
installed thereon and a minimum of 20 percent spares shall be provided in each
terminal box. Terminal blocks shall be Buchanan, Square D Company, or equal.
Control conductors shall be attached to screw -type terminal strips using
tinned, insulated, locking -spade lugs.
2. Terminal blocks installed in the field shall have the individual terminals as
shown on the elementary diagrams or per the project numbering system
established on the Contract Documents.
3.9 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES
A. Terminations and Splices: Splicing cables in conduits is prohibited. Splicing of
power and control cables is prohibited, except where specifically approved by the
ENGINEER in writing. Where required, lighting and 120 V receptacle circuits
using solid #12 AWG conductors may be spliced in conduit fittings using twist -on-
type connections. A tubular crimp -type splice shall be used for stranded
conductors. Conductors shall be spliced in enclosures or fittings approved for
the purpose. The number of splices shall be kept to a minimum.
Splicing shall join conductors mechanically and electrically to provide a
complete circuit prior to installation or insulation. Splices in wet locations
and all splices below grade shall be waterproof, heat - shrink type as
manufactured by Elastimold, Raychem, or equal.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -16
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.\SPECk95 \49501 \Working Specs \Div 16W9501 16120 Conductom&Cebles. doc
2. Splices at motor junction boxes shall be accomplished by joining of motor
lead wire to feeder cable with compression -type lugs. The lugs shall be
bolted together with washers, and lockwashers. The lugs shall then be
insulated using a cold roll -type motor pigtail splice kit as manufactured by
3M, Raychem, or equal.
3. All terminations for medium voltage cable shall be made using termination
kits.
4. The number of taps and splices shall be held to a minimum. Boxes
containing splices shall be sized in accordance with NEC and in no case
shall the number of conductors exceed that allowed in NEC. For control
circuits, splicing of conductors is not allowed except that devices that
have pigtail wiring may be spliced in an approved enclosure. If splicing is
required, the conductors shall be connected at approved terminals in an
approved enclosure. Barriers shall be provided to separate various
classes of control and /or power circuits in enclosures where terminations
are made.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16120 -17
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPECw95 9501=oO ng Specs \Div 16\49501 16120 Condu=m&Cables Coc
SECTION 16130
RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies
and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated on the
drawings and specified herein.
B. General
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install raceway systems as
described herein and as indicated on the Contract Documents. Raceway
systems shall include conduit, cable tray, lay -in wiring duct, fittings,
fasteners, boxes and other associated raceway devices. All conduit shall
be selected in accordance with Article 3.4 below. For requirements on
cable trays, see specification Section 16139.
2. Conduit runs shall be field verified for scale dimensions shown on the
Contract Documents, since actual locations, distances, and levels will be
governed by actual field conditions. Conduit runs indicated on the
Contract Documents are schematic only, and shall be modified as
required to suit the field conditions, subject to review and written
acceptance by the ENGINEER.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The requirements of the following divisions and sections apply to the work of this
Section. Other sections and divisions of the Specifications, not referenced
below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this
Work.
Section 02200, Earthwork
2. Division 16 Electrical, applicable Sections
B. Materials and equipment furnished and installed under Divisions with raceway
and electrical conductors furnished, installed, and connected under Division 16
Electrical.
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements
of the referenced portions of the following publications to the extent that the
provisions thereof are not in conflict with other provisions of these specifications.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPECW9549501 \Working SpecsOiv 16 \4950116130 Raceway Sys &Pull Boxes Eoc
B. Comply with the latest editions of the following codes and standards.
Codes and Standards
a. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) — 70
(National Electrical Code, latest adopted edition)
b. CCR - Title 8, Industrial Relations, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety
Orders, California Code of Regulations
2. Government Standards
a. S WW- C -581E - Conduit, Metal, Rigid, and Intermediate; and
Coupling, Elbow, and Nipple, Electrical Conduit:
Steel, Zinc Coated
3. Industrial Standards
a. ASTM D870 - Conduit Immersed in Boiling Water with a Minimum
Mean Time to Failure of 200 Hours
b. ASTM D1151 - Conduit and Condulet Exposure to 150 Degrees
and 95% Humidity with a Minimum Mean Time to Failure of 30
Days
C. ANSI C2 - National Electrical Safety Code
d. ANSI C80.1 - Specification for Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated
e. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated
f. ANSI C80.4 - Specification for Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit and
Electrical Metallic Tubing
h. ANSI Z55.1 - Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and
Equipment
i. ANSI /UL 467 - Standard for Grounding and Bonding Equipment,
Safety
j. NEMA TC2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit
k. NEMA TC3 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid
PVC Conduits and Fittings
I. NEMA RN -1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated
Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate
Metal Conduit
M. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings
n. UL 651 - Rigid Nonmetallic PVC Conduit
C. The construction and installation of all electrical equipment and materials shall
comply with all provisions of the CAL -OSHA Safety orders Title 8 CCR, as
applicable, California State Building Standards and applicable local codes and
regulations.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'. 13PECW951495011W.Mng Spec Ql 16W950116130 Raceway Sys&Pu11 Boxes. hoc
1.4 . CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010,
Electrical General Provisions.
B. The following submittals and specific information shall be provided.
1. Catalog cuts, bulletins, or brochures shall be submitted for mass
produced non - custom material.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish copies of the manufacturer's certified
test reports for the material being supplied to establish compliance with
NEMA RN -1.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality Assurance shall be in accordance with Section 16010, Electrical General
Provisions.
B. All conduits shall be listed by UL.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
A. Rigid steel conduit, including bushings, couplings, elbows, nipples, and other
fittings shall be galvanized by hot - dipping and meeting the requirements of ANSI
C80.1, ANSI C80.4, UL, and the NEC. Manufacturers shall be LTV Steel Tubular
Products Co., Galvite, Triangle PWC, Inc., Allied Tube and Conduit Corp., OCAL,
Inc., or equal.
2.3 PVC SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT
A. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 conduit shall be UL listed for concrete - encased,
underground direct burial, concealed and direct sunlight exposed use, and UL
listed and marked for use with conductors having 90 degrees C insulation.
Conduits, couplings, bushings, elbows, nipples, and other fittings shall meet the
requirements of NEMA, UL, and NEC requirements.
B. Manufacturers shall be Carlon, Triangle Conduit and Cable, or equal.
2.4 PVC SCHEDULE 80 CONDUIT
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.\SPECW95W9501 \Working Specs \Div 16149501 16130 Racsxay SysBPufl Boxes doc
A. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 conduit shall be extra heavy wall, UL listed for concrete -
encased, underground direct burial, concealed, and direct sunlight exposed use,
and UL listed and marked for use with conductors having 90 degrees C
insulation. Conduit, couplings, bushings, elbows, nipples, and other fittings shall
meet the requirements of NEMA, UL, and NEC.
2.5 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED DUCT (FRD)
A. Fiberglass reinforced duct shall be UL listed standard wall with integral bell
coupling and nominal wall thickness of 0.070- inches. Duct shall be continuously
extruded from fiberglass strands bonded with epoxy bonding agent.
B. Manufacturers shall be Champion Fiberglass, Smith Fiberglass, or equal.
2.7 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, LIQUID -TIGHT
A. Flexible metal conduit shall be UL listed liquid -tight consisting of galvanized steel
flexible conduit covered with an extruded PVC jacket.
2.8 WIREWAYS
A. Wireways and fittings shall be UL listed, and have a cover that can easily be
removed. Manufacturers shall be Square D Square -Duct, General Electric
Type HS, or equal.
2.9 RACEWAY FITTINGS
A. Rigid Steel Conduit Fittings
1. Insulated throat bushings shall be metal with integral plastic bushings
rated for 105 degrees C.
2. Manufacturers shall be Thomas & Betts Nylon Insulated Metallic
Bushings, O.Z. Gedney Type B, or equal.
3. Hubs for rigid steel conduit shall be Myers Scru -rite, or equal.
4. Conduit bodies for rigid steel conduit in non - hazardous area shall be
Appleton Form 35 threaded Unilets; Crouse -Hinds Mark 9 or Form 7
threaded condulets; Killark Series O Electrolets; or equal. Conduit bodies
for rigid steel conduit in hazardous locations shall be UL listed for
hazardous use and manufactured by Appleton, Crouse - Hinds, Killark, or
equal.
5. Sealing fittings for rigid steel conduit shall be Appleton Type EYF, EYM,
or ESU; Crouse -Hinds Type EYS or EZS; Killark Type EY or EYS; or
equal. Use seal fitting with drain, Appleton Type SF; Crouse -Hinds
Type EYD or EZD; or equal, where condensate may collect on top of a
seal.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130-4
SEPTEMBER 2010
SISPECW95\49501 \Working SPacs\Dw 16 \49501 16130 Raceway Sys &Pull Baxes.Goc
6. Rigid steel conduit system drain fittings shall be Appleton Type ECDB,
Crouse -Hinds ECD, or equal.
7. Use insulated throat connectors for liquid -tight flexible metal conduit of
metal with an integral plastic bushing rated for 105 degrees C, and of the
long design type extending outside of the box or other device at least 2-
inches. Use Thomas & Betts Super -Tite Nylon Insulated Connectors or
equal.
B. Cord and cable fittings shall be Crouse -Hinds CGB, Appleton CG Series,
or equal.
2.10 RACEWAY TAGS AND MARKERS
A. Provide permanent, nonferrous metal tags with raceway designations pressure
stamped, embossed, or engraved onto the tag. See Section 16075, Electrical
Identification Nameplates and Warning Signs for tag requirement.
Conduit markers shall be red, 8" long with minimum '' /z" high white lettering such
as "ELECTRICAL 12KV", "ELECTRICAL 5KV" or "ELECTRICAL 480W. Markers
shall not be required for conduits with wires below 480V. Markers shall be made
of vinyl and pre - coiled so that they shall automatically recoil tightly around the
conduit after uncoiled without the use of adhesive or tape. The markers shall be
UV resistant and suitable for outdoor use. Install markers on conduits at 20 feet
intervals or at least one marker for each conduit run shorter than 20 feet.
Manufacturers shall be Brimar System #1, Emedco Kwik Koils, Brady SnapOn, or
equal.
2.11 WARNING TAPE
A. Warning tape for use in trenches containing electric circuits shall be heavy -
gauge, red plastic of 3 -inch minimum width made of material resistant to
corrosive soil. The tape shall be printed with black legend at regular intervals
indicating that an electric circuit is located below the tape. Manufacturers shall
be ITT Blackburn Type YT or RT, Griffolyn Co. Terra -Tape, or equal.
2.12 PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES AND HANDHOLES
A. Maintenance holes and handholes shall be precast with 28 -day, 3,000 psi
minimum compressive strength concrete and designed for AASHTO H2O loading.
B. Manufacturers shall be Brooks Products, Inc, Penn -Cast Products, Inc., Concrete
Conduit Co., Associated Concrete Products, Inc., or equal.
2.13 PULL BOXES
A. Above Grade Pull Boxes
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -5
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:\SPECW95W9501 \Working SpeosOiv 16149501 16130 Raceway Sys &Pull Boxes. dm
1. All pull boxes shall be fabricated from fiberglass and shall be completely
weatherproof with gasketed removable covers. Weatherproof conduit
hubs shall be furnished for all conduit connections to pull boxes.
2. Covers shall be secured with Type 316 stainless steel screws or
equivalent non - corrodible hardware.
3. Manufacturers shall be English Electric Co., Vynicker, Inc., Hoffman
Manufacturing Co., or equal.
B. Underground Pull Boxes
1. The pull boxes shall be designed for H2O loading minimum of 36 inches
by 24 inches by 24 inches deep with % inch diameter pulling irons located
at each end. They shall be constructed of reinforced Class D concrete.
The box covers shall be engraved with the word, "ELECTRICAL ".
2. Manufacturers shall be Quickset, Utility Vault Co., Brooks Products Co.,
or equal.
2.14 MANHOLES
A. Manholes, manhole accessories, and covers shall comply with ANSI C 2.
2.15 ENCLOSURES
A. All enclosures shall be NEMA 4X nonmetallic fiberglass, except as noted
otherwise, with hinged covers, nonmetallic backplates, nonmetallic latches as
manufactured by English Electric Corp., Vynicker, Carlon Co., Hoffman
Manufacturing Co., or approved equal. This includes enclosures to house
electrical controls, instruments, terminal blocks, disconnect switches, and other
such equipment. Polycarbonate transparent covers shall be provided as
specified herein or as indicated on the Contract Documents.
B. Enclosures larger than 20 inches high by 20 inches wide shall be nonmetallic
fiberglass "syperpolyrel" series with neutral handle, nonmetallic backplates,
floor- mounting pad for freestanding enclosures, and ventilators for enclosures
with heat - producing devices, as manufactured by English Electric Corp.,
Vynicker, Inc., or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Provide raceway systems meeting or exceeding the requirements of the NEC.
B. Provide hinged- cover, screw - cover, indoor, outdoor raintight, pvc coated
stainless steel, baked enamel, steel - enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter where
indicated.
C. Use only couplings for rigid steel conduit supplied by the conduit manufacturer
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -6
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'. \SPECW95 \49501\WOrking SpecsQv 16 \49501 16130 Raceway SysBPull Boxes. doc
D. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install precast concrete pull boxes in the
locations indicated on the Contract Documents. The pull boxes shall be installed
on 12 inches of compacted gravel and shall be installed in such a manner that
the cover of the pull boxes shall be 1 inch minimum above the finished grade with
a skirt tapered into grade.
Above -Grade Conduit: Spacing between instrumentation circuits and power,
lighting, and control circuits should be in accordance with the drawings to prevent
introduction of noise into the instrumentation circuits.
Conduit shall be properly fastened and supported at intervals of 10 feet
maximum. Additional supports shall be installed at bends and fixtures to
make the system rigid. Conduit shall be fastened to steel structural
shapes by means of an approved clamp or device made for this purpose.
On masonry structures, conduit shall be fastened with one -hole pipe
clamps and backstraps with flush anchors and machine screws or
concrete anchors. The use of channel supports is required for banks of
conduit. Where conduit rows are installed vertically, spacers shall be
provided to prevent conduit straps or clamps from slipping. Banks of
conduit shall have 30 percent spare space for future conduit row(s).
Installation shall be made on the channel supports.
2. Conduits shall not be attached to handrails, ladders or pipes for support
3. Do not use setscrew type couplings, bushings, bends, nipples, and other
fittings on galvanized rigid steel conduit system unless approved by the
INSPECTOR in writing.
4. Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit of a maximum length of five feet with
approved fittings shall be used where flexible connections are required.
All liquid -tight flexible metal conduits shall have O Z Company Type 4Q -L,
or equal, grounding liquid -tight connectors with an appropriately sized
external green insulated ground wire for a bonding jumper where a
bonding jumper is required. Terminate flexible metal conduit with nylon
bushings or bushings with steel or malleable iron body and insulated
throat and sealing O -ring. If flexible conduit is required for installations in
Class I, Division 1 areas, explosion -proof flexible conduit and connection
fittings shall be used.
5. The conduit system, including junction boxes and splice boxes, shall be
furnished with drain fittings. The conduit system shall be designed to
slope toward the drain fitting to prevent the accumulation of condensate in
the conduit. All conduit entrances shall be from the bottom or side, where
practical. Entrances from the top should be avoided. Vertical conduit
runs in excess of 30 feet shall have approved drain fittings at the bottom
of the runs. The seals above and below control stations shall be of the
drain type where at the bottom of vertical runs over 30 feet. Where
explosion -proof fittings are not required, the drain in conduit runs shall be
a T- fitting with the drain located at the low point of the run.
6. Outdoor explosion -proof boxes shall have drains and breathers
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -7
SEPTEMBER 2010
S 18PEC' 9S 9501\Womng Specs%Div 16 \49501 161 30 Raceway SysBPull Boxes doc
7. Fittings and boxes on towers and platforms shall be accessible from the
platforms and permanent access ladders. Fittings with gasketed covers
shall be installed with covers on the side or bottom.
8. Conduit seals, where required in hazardous areas, shall be installed with
an approved system of fiber- damming material and poured sealing
compound. "Dux- seal" shall not be used. Seals at the low point in
overhead conduit runs shall be of the drain type.
9. All devices that depend on a single seal diaphragm or tube to prevent
process liquids or gases from entering the conduit system shall be
provided with a drain -type seal fitting or a drain on the bottom of the
device with a seal fitting. This includes canned pumps and devices used
for flow, pressure and analysis measurement.
10. All metal surfaces coming into contact with concrete shall cold tar coating
applied also floor - mounted stanchions shall be level and spaced and
grouted. Boxes and cubicles shall be installed with leveling tools so that
they will be level, plumb, and properly aligned with the proper method of
support. This method of support shall be by concrete anchors, or shall be
by mounting on angle, plate, or other structural supports anchored to
floor, wall, ceiling or equipment foundation. This includes all enclosed or
partially enclosed instruments, pushbutton or selector switch control
stations, pull boxes, junction boxes, outlet boxes, starters, controllers,
distribution panels, lighting panels, instrument panels, and control
centers.
11. Conduit runs shall not interfere with the proper and safe operation of
equipment and shall not block or interfere with ingress or egress,
including equipment removal hatches.
12. Conduit runs on water - bearing walls shall be supported 1/2 inch away
from the wall or on channel supports. No conduit shall be run in water -
bearing walls, unless specifically designated by the ENGINEER in writing.
13. Use PVC coated rigid steel or rigid aluminum conduit system where
conduit is exposed to wet and /or corrosive conditions. Use PVC coated
conduit suitable for conductors with 75 degrees C insulation.
14. Use cord and cable fittings forming a watertight non -slip connection to
pass cords and cables into conduit or conduit boxes. Size the fitting
according to the outside diameter of cord or cable.
Raceway Tags and Markers: Exposed power and control conduits shall be
identified with tags and markers unless noted otherwise.
G. Pull Boxes: Pull Boxes shall be installed and in addition to those shown on the
drawings, as required, to meet cable manufacturer's pulling tension and side wall
pressure requirements and as directed by the INSPECTOR in writing. They shall
be placed so that access is not restricted by obstructions such as pipes, valves,
ladders, etc. Exact locations and sizes shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for
review and written acceptance prior to fabrication and installation.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -8
SEPTEMBER 2010
S ZPECW9A 9KMoBing SWsl v 16/49501 15130 Raceway SysBPoll Bmes.doc
The CONTRACTOR shall size all pull boxes in accordance with National
Electrical Code requirements and shall also size pull boxes to provide
room for the future conduits and cables indicated on the Contract
Documents.
H. Maintenance Holes and Handholes: Minimum dimensions for maintenance holes
and handholes shall be as shown on the drawings. Increase these as required
by use of extension sections to accommodate the several raceway entrances at
their required elevations.
1. Slope floors toward drain points, leaving no pockets or other nondraining
areas Provide no drainage outlet. Provide raceway entrances on all
four sides. Knockout panels or precast individual raceway openings may
be used. On sides where no raceways are installed under this Contract,
provide knockout panels for future raceway installation.
2. Utilize heavy -duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, as per the
CITY standards, suitable for H2O loading, and having machined bearing
surfaces. Provide indented type covers, solid top design, with two drop
handles each. On the upper side of each cover, cast or burned by
welder, in integral letters not less than 2- inches high appropriate titles,
ELECTRIC HV (for above 600 volts), ELECTRIC LV (for 600 volts and
below), or TELEPHONE. Field stamp covers with manhole or handhole
numbers indicated on the drawings.
3. Non - corrodible cable racks shall be provided on all four walls to ensure
that each cable is supported at 2 -foot intervals. All cables shall be tied to
rack supports. Cables shall be routed such that the longer of two
possible paths around walls shall be taken in order to provide additional
length in the manhole. All cables shall be wrapped with UL- listed cable
fireproofing wrap as manufactured by 3M or an approved equal.
4. Provide a pulling iron embedded in the concrete wall opposite each
raceway entrance and one in the floor vertically below the center of the
maintenance hole or handhole cover. Utilize 3/4 -inch round stock
securely fastened to the overall steel reinforcement before concrete is
poured.
5. Hardware shall be non - corrodible.
6. All prefabricated maintenance holes shall be shop inspected before
delivery to the site.
Manholes: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install manholes as described
herein and as indicated on the drawings and as necessary to complete the
underground distribution system.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -9
SEPTEMBER 2010
S .19PEC0950950 Mdong Sp sOiiv 1609501 16130 Raceway SysBPull Boxes.Coc
1. Manholes, duct bank concrete, and raceways shall not have water leaks
into the manhole interior. Exterior of manhole shall have waterproof
material applied for all areas below grade. Manholes, duct bank
concrete, or raceways that leak water into the interior during construction
or the warranty period shall be replaced with new raceways and
manholes at no additional cost to the CITY.
2. Doubled -up manholes shall be acceptable provided all the manhole walls
including the common wall between the manholes are of the same
construction. In all other respects, each half of the doubled -up manhole
shall be designed as if a stand -alone manhole.
3. Non - corrodible cable racks shall be provided on all four walls to ensure
that each cable is supported at 2 -foot intervals. All cables shall be tied to
rack supports. Cables shall be routed such that the longer of two
possible paths around walls shall be taken in order to provide additional
length in the manhole. All cables shall be wrapped with UL- listed cable
fireproofing wrap as manufactured by 3M or an approved equal.
4. Manhole depth shall not exceed 10 feet below grade unless specifically
accepted in writing by the CITY. The minimum dimension of the
underground structure shall be 72 inches.
5. A permanent sump pump shall be required in the manhole when indicated
on the Contract Documents. Sump pumps shall be portable submersible
type with non - corrodible construction and epoxy coated inside and out
with a screened bottom inlet. The motor shall be sealed in oil, 120 VAC,
single phase, 60 Hz, with continuous service rating. Water level sensing
and solid -state switching shall be provided. The sump pumps shall pump
15 gallons per minute at a head equal to the depth of the manhole plus 5
feet. All electrical equipment installed in manhole shall be approved for
Class 1, Division 1, Group D environments. The sump pumps shall be
manufactured by Gelber Pumps, Peerless Pumps, or equal.
6. When a permanent sump pump is required, a pipe made of a non-
conductive material shall be installed for water removal from the sump.
The top end stub -up of the pipe shall be in a dedicated utility box with an
easy removable cover flush with grade level, H2O traffic rated. The stub -
up fitting shall be coordinated with the CITY.]
7. Each manhole shall be provided with Type 316 stainless steel or
equivalent non - corrodible pulling eyes on each interior wall and one in the
floor vertically below the center of the manhole cover. The pulling eyes
shall be secured to the structural steel.
A non - corrodible removable sloped ladder of sufficient length shall be
provided in the manhole. The related accessories on the manhole
necking such as steel steps to fasten the ladder top, notches to receive
the step(s), etc. shall be installed.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -10
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPEC\495 \49501\WDM1Ing Specs \Div 16 \49561 16130 Raceway SysBPull Boxes doc
9. Manhole frames and covers shall be of cast -iron construction intended for
electrical installations and designed for H2O traffic loading. The access
cover shall be round, minimum 36 inches in diameter. The cover shall
have radial block tread, a lifting ring and shall be machined to fit. The
cover shall not require the use of crane to remove unless specifically
accepted by the CITY. The frames and covers shall be as manufactured
by Alhambra Foundry Co., Ltd., Neenah Foundry Co., or equal.
10. Provide a grounding electrode and #2/0 bare copper ground conductor
accessible from the inside of the manhole. All ground wire connections to
the electrode shall be by weld or by compression fittings approved for the
application.
11. Do not set manholes in low spots or in locations subject to flooding.
Where a manhole is located in a non -paved area, the manhole opening
shall be a minimum of 2- inches above the surrounding grade and shall
have a 6- inch -wide (minimum) concrete apron.
3.2 PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. In addition to the provisions of the General Requirements, and Section 16010,
Electrical General Provisions, prior to installation, store all products specified in
this Section in a dry location. Protect products from the effects of moisture,
corrosion, and physical damage during construction. Keep openings in conduit,
conduit body and box capped with manufactured seals during construction.
3.3 MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE
A. Use no circular raceway less than 3/4 -inch except final conduit leg to devices
with an integral 1/2 inch hub may be 1/2 inch.
3.4 REQUIRED RACEWAY TYPE FOR LOCATION AND INSTALLATION METHOD
A. Install raceway types in accordance with Tables 1 and 2 below:
Table 1 - Exposed Conduit
Material
Material
Marker
Application
(Wet/Corrosive
(Dry Locations)
Color
Lettering
Locations
Power and
Galvanized rigid
Galvanized
standard grey
as described
Control
steel, PVC
rigid steel
color
above
coated
Signal and
galvanized
galvanized
standard grey
none
Instrumentation
rigid steel,
rigid steel
color
PVC coated
Communication
galvanized
galvanized
standard grey
none
rigid steel,
rigid steel
color
PVC coated
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -11
SEPTEMBER 2010
S: %SPEC`A9S49501\Working Specs \Div 16 \49501 16130 Raceway SysBPull Boxes. Coo
Table 2 - Underground Encased Conduit
Application
Material
Color
Label
Power and
Control
PVC < 2"
FRD > 2"
standard grey
color
none
Signal and
Instrumentation
galvanized
rigid steel
standard grey
color
one
Communication
galvanized
rigid steel
standard grey
color
none
B. Final Connection to Certain Equipment
1. Make final connection to motors, wall or ceiling mounted fans and unit
heaters, dry type transformers, valves, local instrumentation, and other
equipment where flexible connection is required to minimize vibration or
where required to facilitate removal or adjustment of equipment, with
liquid- tight, PVC - jacketed, flexible steel conduit.
2. The flexible conduit shall be long enough to allow the item to which it is
connected to be withdrawn or moved off its base. Use liquid -tight flexible
metal conduit in outside areas, process areas exposed to moisture, and
areas required to be oil free and dust - tight.
3.5
C. Special Locations: Use PVC coated rigid steel conduit:] [pvc coated rigid
aluminum conduit:]
1. Where conduit changes from underground and /or concrete embedded to
exposed conduit.
2. Under equipment mounting pads.
3. In exterior light pole foundations.
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR RACEWAYS
A. Circuit Routing
1. In general, power and lighting, control, and instrumentation wiring shall be
run in separate raceway systems and are not intended to occupy the
same enclosure. One motor branch circuit and its associated motor
control circuit, such as a motor branch circuit and its associated push
button control circuit, may be run in the same raceway or enclosure, as
allowed by the NEC.
2. Conductors for more than one lighting branch circuit may occupy the
same raceway or enclosure, providing that the circuits operate at the
same voltage. Where two different lighting system voltages are used
(e.g., 120 V and 277 V), separate raceway systems shall be used for
each operating voltage.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -12
SEPTEMBER 2010
S PEC1495 9501 \Wonting Specs \Div 16\49501 16130 Row ay SysBpull Boxes. doe
Enclosures with mixed voltages used in control wiring systems, such as
field fabricated relay panels and terminal boxes, shall have separate
terminal boards for each voltage level (e.g., 480 V, 120 V, 12 V, etc.) and
each voltage level shall be identified by suitable nameplates. The
incoming power source shall also be suitably identified.
B. Conduit Installation
General: All conduit systems shall be designed with adequate pull points
for all types of cable systems, i.e., power, lighting, control,
instrumentation, signal, etc. Wire and cable pulling tensions and sidewall
pressures shall not exceed the maximum values specified by the cable
manufacturer. The calculated cable pulling tension and sidewall pressure
depends on factors such as: conductor material; size of cable or wire;
number of cables or wires installed in a single conduit; type of insulation,
shielding, and jacket; size and type of conduit; number and radius of
bends; direction of cable pull; cable pulling lubricant; quality of conduit
and duct bank alignment. Cable pulling calculations shall be made for all
medium voltage cable installations and approved by the ENGINEER in
writing. Cable pulling calculations shall be made and approved in writing
by the ENGINEER for other cases whenever requested.
Conduit shall be cut square and all ends suitably reamed and threaded
for connection to couplings or fittings. All threads shall be cleaned with a
die. No running threads or Ericson couplings shall be permitted. Nylon
insulated bushings shall be used on the ends of all conduits terminating in
junction boxes, pull boxes, panelboards, control panels, etc. as well as on
all conduits entering and leaving manholes.
Connections to couplings and fittings shall be made using Ideal Industries
"Noalox" joint compound or approved equal.
Conduit bends shall have a radius greater than the minimum bending
radius of the cables to be installed in the conduit. This may require
oversize conduit fittings in locations where "C" fittings, elbows and tees
are used to make bends. Conduit fittings for cable sizes #4/0 AWG and
larger shall be of the "LBD" type. Conduit fittings for telephone cables of
2 inches in diameter and larger shall be of the "LBD" type. Minimum
bending radius requirements are specified in various articles in the
National Electrical Code, depending on the type of cable and conduit
being installed.
All fittings and condulets in the conduit system shall be the taper- thread
type. All condulets shall have "Form 7" covers in outdoor general
purpose or Class I, Division 2 locations, except as noted above.
6. The entire conduit system shall be fished or snaked clean after it is
installed. The system shall be free of burrs and other foreign obstructions
and these must be removed by some mechanical means approved by the
INSPECTOR in writing.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -13
SEPTEMBER 2010
5 6PEC149S49501 \Working SPacslDw 15/49501 161W Raceway SysBPull Boxes.doc
C. Location, Routing, and Grouping
1. Conceal or expose raceways as indicated. Group raceways in same area
together. Locate raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of
heated piping with surface temperatures above 140 °F.
2. Run exposed raceways parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural
members, or intersections of vertical planes to provide a neat
appearance. Follow surface contours as much as possible.
3. Avoid obstruction of passageways. Run concealed raceways with a
minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance considering the
building construction and other systems.
4. In block walls, do not run raceways in the same horizontal course with
reinforcing steel.
5. In outdoor, underground, or wet locations, use watertight couplings and
connections in raceways. Install and equip boxes and fittings so as to
prevent water from entering the raceway.
6. Paint all threads of galvanized conduits with UL approved zinc -rich paint
or liquid galvanizing compound before assembling. Touch up after
assembly to cover nicks or scars.
7. Do not notch or penetrate structural members for passage of raceways
except with prior written approval of the ENGINEER or the INSPECTOR.
8. Do not run raceways in equipment base foundations.
9. Locate above ground raceways concealed in poured concrete so that the
minimum concrete covering is not less than 1 -1/2- inches.
10. Except at raceway crossings, separate raceways in slabs not less than
six times the raceway outside diameter.
11. Raceways installed under slab floors shall lie completely under the slab
with no part of the horizontal run of the raceway embedded within the
slab.
12. Install concealed, embedded, and buried raceways so that they emerge
at right angles to the surface. Provide support during pouring of concrete
to ensure that raceways remain in position.
13. Allow minimum headroom of 6.5 feet for conduit passing over walkways.
14. Communication and instrumentation conduits crossing power circuits
shall be separated from such circuits by the minimum distance stipulated
by the IEEE standards.
D. Support
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -14
SEPTEMBER 2010
S ZPEC�49949501\Woecng SpeosOiv 16k9501 161 30 Raceway SysbPull Boxes doc
1. Port raceways at intervals not exceeding NEC requirements unless
otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. Support multiple
raceways adjacent to each other by ceiling trapeze. Support individual
raceways by wall brackets, strap hangers, or ceiling trapeze, fastened by
toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, concrete anchors on concrete or
brick, and machine screws or welded thread studs on steelwork.
2. Threaded studs driven in by a powder charge shall not be accepted
3. Support all raceways from building structural members only.
4. Do not use nails anywhere or wooden plugs inserted in concrete or
masonry as a base for raceway or box fastenings. Do not weld raceways,
pipe straps, or stud bolts to steel structural members. Do not use wire in
lieu of straps or hangers.
E. Bends
1. Make changes in direction of runs with symmetrical bends. Make bends
and offsets of the longest practical radius. Do not heat metal raceways to
facilitate bending.
2. Make bends in parallel or banked runs of raceways from the same center
or centerline so that bends are parallel and of neat appearance. Make
field bends in parallel runs.
3. For PVC conduits or FRD, use factory made bend for all bends
30 degrees or larger. Use rigid steel bends on all 90- degree bends in
PVC conduits. Use acceptable heating methods for forming smaller PVC
bends.
4. Make no bends in flexible conduit that exceed 90 degrees or allowable
bending radius of the cable to be installed or that significantly restricts the
conduits flexibility.
5. All bends for communication cable conduits shall meet minimum bending
radius requirements for the cable deployed in the conduit.
F. Bushing and Insulating Sleeves
Where metallic conduit enters metal equipment enclosures through
conduit openings, install a bonding bushing on the end of each conduit.
Install a bonding jumper from the bushing to any equipment ground bus
or ground pad.
If neither exists, connect the jumper to a threaded bolt connection to the
metallic enclosure.
3. Use manufacturer's standard insulating sleeves in all metallic conduits or
insulated bushings terminating at an enclosure.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -15
SEPTEMBER 2010
SI PEC a95 9501\Mb ng Sp sQv 16W9501 161M Raceway SysBPull Boxes.aoc
G. Expansion Joints: Provide suitable expansion fittings for raceways crossing
expansion joints in structures or concrete slabs, or provide other suitable means
to compensate for expansion and contraction. Provide for the high rate of
thermal expansion and contraction of PVC conduit by providing PVC expansion
joints as recommended by the manufacturer and as required. There shall be no
straight runs in excess of 100 feet without approved expansion fittings. Conduit
runs on platforms and columns shall be offset to provide for this expansion.
H. PVC Conduit: Solvent weld PVC conduit joints with solvent recommended by the
conduit manufacturer. Follow manufacturer's solvent welding instructions and
provide watertight joints. Use acceptable PVC terminal adapters when joining
PVC conduit to metallic fittings. Use acceptable PVC female adapters when
joining PVC conduit to rigid metal conduit. Fiberglass Reinforced Duct (FRD):
Epoxy FRD joints with two -part epoxy recommended by the FRD manufacturer.
Follow manufacturer's epoxy instructions and provide watertight joints. Use
acceptable FRD terminal adapters when joining FRD to metallic fittings. Use
acceptable FRD female adapters when joining FRD to rigid metal or PVC
conduit.
J. PVC Coated Conduit: Install in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. Touchup any damage to the coating with conduit manufacturer's
acceptable patching compound. PVC sealing sleeves shall cover all threads.
K. Penetrations
1. Seal the interior of all raceways entering structures at the first box or
outlet with duct -seal or suitable plastic expandable compound to prevent
the entrance into the structure of gases, liquids, or rodents.
2. Dry pack with non - shrink grout around raceways that penetrate concrete
walls, floors, or ceilings aboveground, or use one of the methods
specified for underground penetrations.
3. Where an underground conduit enters a structure through a concrete roof
or a membrane waterproofed wall or floor, provide an acceptable,
malleable iron, watertight, entrance sealing device. When there is no
raceway concrete encasement specified or indicated, provide such a
device having a gland type sealing assembly at each end with pressure
bushings which may be tightened at any time. When there is raceway
concrete encasement specified or indicated, provide such a device with a
gland type sealing assembly on the accessible side. Securely anchor all
such devices into the masonry construction with one or more integral
flanges. Secure membrane waterproofing to such devices in a
permanently watertight manner.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -16
SEPTEMBER 2010
5:15PECW95W9501 \Working Sp sViv 16\49501 16130 Rar ay Sys &Pull Boxes doc
4. Where an underground raceway without concrete encasement enters a
structure through a non - waterproofed wall or floor, install a sleeve made
of Schedule 40 galvanized pipe. Fill the space between the conduit and
sleeve with a suitable plastic expandable compound, or an oakum and
lead joint, on each side of the wall or floor in such a manner as to prevent
entrance of moisture. A watertight entrance sealing device as specified
may be used in lieu of the sleeve.
5. Where raceways penetrate fire -rated walls, floors, or ceilings, fire stop
openings around electrical penetrations to maintain the fire- resistance
rating.
6. Raceways passing through roofs shall be flashed.
7. Provide conduit seals where required by Article 500 of the NEC.
3.6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS
A. Underground Conduit System Work: Minimum conduit size shall be 1 -inch. The
minimum size conduit for medium - voltage circuits shall be 3 -inch. Vibrate
concrete at all ductbank windows.
1. The distance between grade and top of duct banks shall be a minimum of
24 inches. Conduit spacing shall be in accordance with the dimensions
shown on the drawings. All duct banks shall be reinforced in accordance
with.CITY's Standard Drawing No. _.
2. Conduit runs shall be encased in red - colored concrete to a minimum
cover of 3 inches, and a maximum cover of 5 inches, top, bottom and
sides. To ensure proper coverage, forming with plywood is required on
bends and trench cave -ins. Concrete shall be as specified in Division 03
of these specifications. All underground conduits run terminations shall
have concrete encasement extended 6 inches above grade. Conduits
entering or exiting concrete shall be PVC - coated rigid aluminum conduits.
Spare conduits that enter a paved or concrete area shall have the top of
the coupling flush with the grade. All underground conduit systems shall
be installed sloped to drain into manholes. The amount of slope shall be
suitable for proper drainage of conduits and the length of the individual
runs.
3. Bends for conduits shall have a minimum bending radius of 10 times the
diameter of the conduit. For conduits containing telephone cable, the
minimum bending radius shall be 15 times the diameter of the conduit.
For special applications, such as coaxial broadband and fiber optic
cables, the specific recommendations of the cable manufacturer shall be
used to determine the minimum bending radius of the conduit.
4. Underground conduits that are identified by a conduit schedule or
manhole drawing shall have the identification number stamped to a round
brass tag, and the tag attached to the conduit as it enters and exits
manholes and electrical equipment.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -17
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.155PE0495 \49501\WOMng Specs%Daw 16b9501 16130 Raceway SysBPull Boxes .Ow
5. Necessary manholes, pull boxes and fittings shall be installed to facilitate
pulling wire and cable. The location of manholes, boxes and fittings shall
be in accordance with good installation practice and as shown on the
drawings. A sufficient number of manholes or pull boxes shall be used in
each conduit duct bank to enable the pulling of the wires or cables into
the conduit without excessively stressing the wires or cables.
6. All conduits coming from any underground manhole or pull box in plant
process areas shall be sealed within 18 inches of where the conduit
leaves the earth or foundation with an approved sealer, pothead or
terminator seal by O- Z/Gedney Co., or equal to prevent migration of
vapors.
General
1. Coordinate installation of underground raceways with other outside and
building construction work. Maintain existing outside utilities in operation
unless otherwise authorized by the INSPECTOR.
2. Remove entirely and properly reinstall all raceway installations not in
compliance with these requirements.
3. Do not use union type fittings underground.
4. When underground direct burial conduits are used such as required by
Edison, provide a minimum cover of 24 inches unless otherwise
indicated.
5. Where a concrete - encased duct bank is installed over an extensive area
of disturbed earth such as that within the periphery of a building, provide
a separate concrete base under the duct bank to ensure stability of
raceways during installation. Allow this base to set before the duct bank
is installed. No direct burial is allowed.
6. Do not backfill underground direct burial conduits and concrete - encased
raceways until they have been inspected by the INSPECTOR.
7. Warning Tapes: Bury warning tapes approximately 8- inches below grade
and above all underground conduit runs or duct banks. Align tape parallel
to and within 12- inches of the centerline of runs.
C. Separation and Support
Separate parallel runs of two or more raceways in a single trench with
preformed, nonmetallic spacers designed for the purpose. Install spacers
at intervals not greater than that specified in the NEC for support of the
type raceways used, and in no case greater than 10 -feet. .
Support raceways installed in fill areas to prevent accidental bending until
concrete pouring or backfilling is complete. Tie raceways to supports and
supports to the ground, so that raceways will not be displaced when
concrete encasement or earth backfill is placed. Conduit ties shall be
nonmetallic
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -18
SEPTEMBER 2010
5:4SPECW9S49501 \Working Specs \Div 16 \49501 16130 Raceway Sys &Pull Boxes. doc
D. Arrangement and Routing
Arrange multiple conduit runs substantially in accordance with details
shown on the drawings. Locate underground conduits where indicated on
the drawings.
Make minor changes in location or cross - section as necessary but
maintain conduit spacing to avoid obstructions or conflicts. Where
raceway runs cannot be installed substantially as shown because of
conditions not discoverable prior to digging of trenches, refer the
condition to the INSPECTOR for written instructions before further work is
done.
Where other utility piping systems are encountered or being installed
along a raceway route, maintain a 12 -inch minimum vertical separation
between raceways and other systems at crossings. Maintain a 12 -inch
minimum separation between raceways and other systems in parallel
runs. Do not place raceways over valves or couplings in other piping
systems. Refer conflicts with these requirements to the INSPECTOR for
written instructions before further work is done.
4. Provide insulated grounding bushings on all metallic raceways entering
manholes. Provide bell -ends flush with manhole walls on all nonmetallic
raceways entering manholes.
5. In multiple conduit runs, stagger raceway coupling locations so that
couplings in adjacent raceways are not in the same transverse line.
6. Provide markers at grade to indicate the direction of underground
conduits provided under this Contract. Provide markers consisting of
double -ended arrows, straight for straight runs and bent at locations
where runs change direction. Provide markers at all bends and at
intervals not exceeding 100 -feet in straight runs. Use markers made of
sheet bronze not less than 1/4 -inch thick embedded in and secured to the
top of concrete posts. Use markers not less than 10- inches long and 3/4-
inch wide and marked ELECTRIC CABLES in letters 1/4 -inch high incised
into the bronze to a depth of 3/32 -inch.
7. All conduits shall enter maintenance holes and structures at right angles.
8. Provide expandable grommets for concrete - encased raceway passing
through wall to the earth.
E. Raceway Coating: At couplings and joints, Along entire length, coat metallic
underground direct - burial conduits with Koppers Bitumastic No. 505 or equal, or
wrap with Scotchwrap No. 51, or equal plastic tape with 1/2 -inch overlap.
F. Direct Earth Burial Conduit Zone Backfll Installation
Direct burial conduit shall be installed only where specifically indicated in
the Contract Documents.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -19
SEPTEMBER 2010
S'.\SPECW95 \49501 \Working Specs\Civ 15 \49501 16130 Raceway SysBPull Boxes ooc
2. Backfill material for the conduit zone of direct burial conduit trenches may
be selected from the excavated material if it is free from roots, foreign
material, and oversized particles. Use material with 3/4 -inch maximum
particle size and suitable gradation for satisfactory compaction. Remove
material if necessary to meet these requirements.
3. Imported 3/4 -inch minus gravel or sand may be used in lieu of material
from the excavation.
4. After conduits have been properly installed, backfill the trench with
specified material placed around the conduits and carefully tamped
around and over them with hand tampers. Final, tamped conduit cover
shall be 4- inches minimum.
G. Concrete Encasement
1. Encase conduits in a red concrete envelope sized as indicated and
located at the elevation shown. Use 2,500 psi concrete or as specified by
the ENGINEER.
2. Maintain a grade of at least 4- inches per 100 -feet, either from one
maintenance hole or pull box to the next, or from a high point between
them, depending on the surface contour.
3. Hold conduits for concrete - encased raceways securely in place by
acceptable window type spacer supports. Where, in the opinion of the
INSPECTOR, ground conditions are such as to require concrete forms,
install forms constructed of materials and in a manner acceptable to the
INSPECTOR in writing. No variations greater than 1/2 -inch in 50 -feet will
be permitted from a straight line.
4. Envelopes may be poured.directly against the sides of trenches if the cut
is clean, even, and free of loose material. Remove loose material from
trenches before and during pouring of concrete to ensure sound
envelopes. Carefully spade concrete during pouring to eliminate all voids
under and between raceways and honeycombing of the exterior surface.
5. Do not use power- driven tampers unless they are specifically designed
for the application, in order to ensure that the watertight integrity of the
raceways is maintained.
6. Generally, pour an entire concrete envelope in one continuous pour.
Where more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a sloped
plane, and insert 3/4 -inch reinforcing rod dowels extending into the
concrete 18- inches minimum on each side of the joint. Obtain
INSPECTOR's written approval for the number and location of dowels.
H. Backfill Installation above Conduit Zone of Direct Burial Conduit or above
Concrete Envelope of Concrete Encased Conduit
1. Provide backfill meeting the requirements of Section 02200, Earthwork for
above the conduit zone of direct burial conduit and above concrete
envelope of concrete - encased conduit.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -20
SEPTEMBER 2010
5'. 9PEC1495W9501 \Working Spe SUIV 16149501 16130 Raceway SysBPO Bo.es.0oc
2. Backfill material above the conduit zone of direct burial conduit or above
concrete envelope of concrete - encased conduit may be selected from the
excavated material, if it contains no particles larger than 3- inches in
diameter and is free from roots or debris. Imported material meeting
these same requirements may be used in lieu of material from the
excavation. Compact backfill in maximum 12 -inch layers to at least
95 percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture content as
determined by ASTM D 1557.
3.7 MAINTENANCE HOLES AND HANDHOLES
A. Provide excavation, shoring, bracing, backfilling, grading, etc., in accordance with
requirements specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
B. Do not install maintenance holes or handholes until final conduit grading,
including field changes necessitated by underground interferences, has been
determined. Set frames to final grades as required.
C. Make installation so that raceways enter maintenance holes or handholes at
nearly right angles and as near as possible to one end of a wall, unless otherwise
indicated.
D. Install one ground rod in each maintenance hole and handhole. Connect all
noncurrent - carrying metal parts in the maintenance holes and any metallic
raceway grounding bushings to this ground rod with No. 6 AWG (minimum)
copper conductor.
E. CONTRACTOR shall clean and remove all debris from maintenance holes and
handholes after work is finished.
3.8 WIREWAYS
A. Mount wireways securely in accordance with the NEC and manufacturer's
instructions. Locate removable cover or hinged cover on accessible vertical face
of wireway unless otherwise indicated.
3.9 PREPARATION FOR PULLING IN CONDUCTORS
A. Replace crushed or deformed raceways. Take care to prevent the lodging of
plaster, concrete, dirt, or trash in raceways, boxes, fittings, and equipment during
the course of construction. Make raceways entirely free of obstructions or
replace them. Ream all raceways, remove burrs, and clean raceway interior
before introducing conductors or pull wires.
B. Immediately after installation, plug or cap all raceway ends with watertight and
dust -tight seals until the time for pulling in conductors.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -21
SEPTEMBER 2010
S \SPEC\49M49501 \Working Sws0v 16b9501 161W Raceway Sys6Pull Boxes. doc
C. For concrete - encased raceways, after the concrete envelope has set, pull a
mandrel of a diameter approximately 1/4 -inch less than the raceway inside
diameter, through each raceway. Then pull a bristle brush through each raceway
to remove debris.
3.10 EMPTY RACEWAYS
A. Certain raceways will have no conductors pulled in as part of this Contract.
Identify with tags at each end and at any intermediate pull point the origin and
destination of each such empty raceway. Where a raceway has been identified
with a name (number) in the Raceway Schedule, use the Job No and that name
on the tag, in lieu of origin and destination. Provide a removable permanent cap
over each end of each empty raceway. Mandrel and provide a nylon pull cord in
each empty raceway.
I:l:IZ91;&dx1&11 *1:1
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16130 -22
SEPTEMBER 2010
59SPECk95 950IMoMng Specs \Div 16\49501 16130 Raceway SysBPulI Boxes.doc
SECTION 16610
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section includes materials and installation of automatic transfer switches.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Packaged Engine Generator: 16620.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data including ratings, circuit diagrams,
dimensional data, conduit entry restrictions, and a list of accessories.
1.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1.5 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
A. Provide manufacturer's services at the jobsite for the minimum labor days listed
below. travel time excluded:
One labor day to check the installation and advice during start-up,
testing, and adjustment of the transfer switch.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 TRANSFER SWITCH
A. Transfer switch shall be installed in a NEMA 3R enclosure. Transfer switch shall
have number of poles, amperage, and voltage ratings as shown in the drawings.
Withstand current rating shall not be less than 65,000- ampere rms symmetrical.
B. Switch shall be listed per UL -1008 as a recognized component for emergency
systems and rated for all classes of loads.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16610 -1
SEPTEMBER 2010
S3SPEC\495A9501 Working Specs \Div 16k9501 16610 Automatic Transfer Switch. DOC
I
C. Transfer switch shall be electrically operated and mechanically held in each
direction by a single operating mechanism momentarily energized from the
source to which the load shall be transferred. Accomplish mechanical locking in
each direction without the aid of latching solenoids, toggle mechanisms, or gear
arrangements. Total operating transfer time shall not exceed one -sixth of a
second.
D. Operation shall allow for delayed transition. An overload or short circuit shall not
cause the switch to go to a neutral position. Do not use main contact structures
not originally manufactured for transfer switch service (molded case circuit
breakers or contactors). Inspection and replacement of all contacts (stationary
and arcing) shall be possible from the front of the switch without any
disassembly of operating linkages or power conductors. Provide a handle to
permit no -load manual operation.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide a solid -state sensing and control logic panel. Include the following
operational characteristics:
1. Adjustable (0.5 to 6.0 seconds) time delay on engine starting to override .
momentary dips in normal source, set at 1 second.
2. Full phase voltage relay supervision of the normal source with at least
one close differential relay to detect "brownout' condition, set at 70%
dropout and 90% pickup.
3. Voltage /frequency lockout relay to prevent premature transfer, set at
90% voltage and 90% frequency.
4. Engine starting control contacts (one normally open and one normally
closed).
5. Adjustable (2 to 25 minutes) time delay on retransfer to normal, set at 20
minutes.
6. Unloaded running time delay for generator cool down (adjustable 0.1 to
10 minutes), set at 5 minutes.
7. Transfer to emergency time delay (adjustable 1 to 300 seconds), set at 1
second.
8. Neutral position of transfer switch time delay (adjustable 1 to 30
seconds), set at 3 seconds).
B. Provide a system test switch (momentary type) on the front of the enclosure.
C. Manual push button to bypass the time delay on retransfer
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16610 -2
SEPTEMBER 2010
S:ISPEC \Working Specs \Div 16M9501 16610 Automatic Transfer Swdch.D0C
D. Indicating lights to indicate source to which the load is connected.
E. Indicating light to indicate presence of normal power source.
F. Auxiliary contacts for remote indication of switch position, one normally open and
one normally closed contact for normal and emergency position.
G. Transfer switch shall include two pilot contacts (10 amperes at 240 -volt a -c) that
open 180 seconds (nominal) prior to transfer and reclose three seconds
(nominal) after transfer. These contacts will deenergize motor loads and pump
control valves prior to transfer of the switch.
2.3 MANUFACTURERS
A. The transfer switch shall be as manufactured by Automatic Switch Company
(Bulletin 940), Russelectric Co. (RMT), Zenith (ZTS), or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install transfer switch per manufacturer's requirements.
3.2 FIELD TESTING
A. Field test and calibrate timing and monitoring logic. All adjustments shall be
within 5% of the previously specified set points.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 16610 -3
SEPTEMBER 2010
SASPM495k19501 \Working Specs \Div 16W9501 16610 Automatic Transfer Switch.DOC
SECTION 16620
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Packaged engine generator set.
B. Exhaust silencer and fittings.
C. Battery and charger.
D. Sound Attenuated Weatherproof enclosure.
E. Remote annunciator panel.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16610, Automatic Transfer Switch.
B. Division 16 Electrical, applicable Sections
1.3 REFERENCES
A. NEMA A81 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
B. NEMA MG1 - Motors and Generators.
C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
D. NFPA 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
E. CEC - California Electrical Code.
F. NFPA 110 - Emergency and Standby Power Systems.
1.4 REQUIREMENT OF REGULA TORIY AGENCIES
A. An electric generating system, consisting of a prime mover, generator, governor,
coupling and all controls, must have been tested, as a complete unit, on a
representative engineering prototype model of the equipment to be sold.
B. The generator set must conform to applicable California Electrical Code and
applicable inspection authorities.
C. The generator set must be available with the Underwriters Laboratories listing as
a stationary engine generator assembly.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -1
Si PECW95 95011WONng Spec Ov 16W9501 16620 Pac aged ENine Generator Systems. dw
D. The generator set(s) must conform to applicable NFPA standards.
E. The generator set(s) must meet EPA federal emission guidelines for stationary
standby power generation.
F. Unit must comply with South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD)
Rule 1470.
G. The generator set and storage tanks must conform to IBC 2009 with importance
factor of Ip =1.5.
H. Contractor shall be responsible to obtain SCAQMD permit to construct and
operate for the standby generator.
1.5 MANUFACTURER AND DEALERS QUALIFICATIONS
A. This generator shall be MTU ONSITE ENERGY, GENERAC, CATERPILLAR, or
equal who has been regularly engaged in the production of engine - alternator sets
and associated controls for a minimum of twenty years, thereby identifying one
source of supply and responsibility. EQUAL means, having the same system
configuration, operation, footprint of the genset, SKVA rating, fuel consumption,
same sound emission data of the genset with same sizing solution. Alternate
solutions must submit equipment for approval 7 days prior to bid.
B. The manufacturer shall provide factory- trained service and parts support through
a factory authorized dealer /supplier that is regularly doing business in the area of
the installation.
C. The manufacturer shall have printed literature and brochures describing the
standard system specified, not a one of a kind fabrication.
D. As part of qualification process, an authorized dealer /supplier, herein known as
the dealer shall represent the manufacturer. To qualify as the dealer /supplier, it
must be a full product line sales & service dealer for the past 15 years and shall
have 24 -hour service availability. The dealer /supplier must have certified
generator service technicians, inventory of parts to support after sales service
and can prove 5 years of experience.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
Show plan and elevation views with overall and interconnection point
dimensions, fuel consumption rate curves at various loads, ventilation and
combustion air requirements, and electrical diagrams including schematic and
interconnection diagrams.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -2
5\SPECK94 95011W ng SpeuOiv 1614950116520 Packaged Ergne Generator Systems doc
C. Product Data: Obtain data from the Supplying Company showing dimensions,
weights, ratings, interconnection points, and internal wiring diagrams for engine,
generator, control panel, battery, battery rack, battery charger, exhaust silencer,
vibration isolators, day tank, and storage tank.
D. Test Reports: Indicate factory certified production and prototype results of
performance testing.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and
limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency. Include instructions for
storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting
of Product.
F. Manufacturer's /Dealers Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed
specified requirements.
G. Factory letter stating that the dealer is a "Full Product Line Dealer /Distributor ".
H. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit under provisions of the Contract
Documents.
Generator color samples for CITY approval.
1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit under provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Operation Data: Include instructions for normal operation.
C. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for routine maintenance requirements,
service manuals for engine and day tank, oil sampling and analysis for engine
wear, and emergency maintenance procedures.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 110, Level 1 system requirements.
B. Maintain one copy of document on site.
1.9 PRE - INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this Section, under provisions of
Division
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of the
Contract Documents.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -3
S. ISPECW95W9501=orking SpecflDly 16149501 16620 Packaged Engine Generator Systems. doo
B. Accept unit on site on skids, Inspect for damage.
C. Protect equipment from dirt and moisture by securely wrapping in heavy plastic.
1.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Furnish service and maintenance of engine generator for one year from Date of
Substantial Completion.
1.12 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Provide maintenance materials under provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Furnish one set of tools required for preventative maintenance of the engine
generator system. Package tools in adequately sized metal tool box.
1.13 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish under provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Provide two of each fuel, oil and air filter element under provisions of the
Contract Documents.
1.14 WARRANTY
A. The standby electric generating system components, complete engine - generator
and instrumentation panel shall be warranted by the manufacturer against
defective materials and factory workmanship for a period of 24 months (2 years)
or 3,000 hours of use, whichever is earlier. Such defective parts shall be repaired
or replaced at the manufacturer's option, free of charge.
B. The warranty document shall be submitted with the submittal and shall include
details on inclusions and exclusions, deductibles and availability of extended
coverage options.
C. The warranty period shall commence when the standby power system is first
placed into service. Multiple warranties for individual components (engine,
alternator, controls, etc.) will not be acceptable. Also, in the judgment of the
specifying authority, the manufacturer supplying the warranty for the complete
system must have the necessary financial strength and technical expertise with
all components supplied to provide adequate warranty support.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 COMPONENTS
A. Provide a 25OKW integrated diesel emergency generator system to supply
electrical power at 240VAC, 3 PHASE in event of failure of normal supply. The
generator(s) shall consist of liquid cooled engine(s), with AC alternator(s) and
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT N0. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -4
S:%SPECk95 9501 \Working Spacs0iv 16%49501 16620 Packaged Engine Generator Systems. doe
system controls with all necessary accessories for a complete operating system,
including but not limited to the items as specified hereinafter.
B. Generator controller that provides load management capabilities, communication
and control.
C. Provide three automatic transfer switches that will initiate a signal on primary
power failure and automatically detect a secondary power source, transferring
the load to this secondary source. On restoration of primary power, the switches
must automatically retransfer the load back to primary power and signal the
secondary source to shut down. The switches must be a self contained devices
with all features described herein.
2.2 DIESEL ENGINE AND ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT
A. The generator set in which the prime movers shall be liquid cooled, diesel fueled,
turbocharged after cooled engines of 4 -cycle design EPA TIER 3 compliance
engine. The units shall require a minimum rated standby output of 250 KW at an
operating speed of 1800 RPM.
B. Each generator shall include a single generator controller that performs all
genset control
C. The engine will be equipped with an electric, DC starting motor, positive
engagement, of sufficient capacity to crank the engine at starting speed for one
minute without overheating.
D. Fuel System: No.2 diesel fuel
E. Engine speed: 1800 RPM
F. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high water temperature, low oil pressure,
over speed, and engine over crank. Limits as selected or recommended by
manufacturer.
G. Engine Starting: 24VDC starting system with positive engagement, number and
voltage of starter motors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
H. Engine Jacket Heater: Thermal circulation type water heater with integral
thermostatic control, 2500 watts sized to maintain engine jacket water at 90
degrees and suitable for operation on 240VAC.
Battery and Charger: Provide batteries with rack installed battery per generator
engine. Battery charger is a minimum 10Amps dual rated, current limiting type
with over load protection, full wave rectifier DC voltmeter and ammeter.
J. Radiator: Radiator using glycol coolant, with blower type fan, sized to maintain
safe engine temperature in ambient temperature of 110 degrees F. Radiator air
flow restriction 0.5 inches of water minimum.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -5
SSPECw9S495011WO mg Spe Miv 16149W1 16620 Packaged Engine Generator Systems. dm
K. Engine Accessories: Fuel filter, lube oil filter, intake air filter, lube oil cooler, fuel
transfer pump, fuel priming pump, gear driven water pump. Furnish fuel pressure
gage, water temperature gage, and lube oil pressure gage on engine /generator
control panel.
2.3 AC GENERATOR, REGULATOR, EXCITER UNIT AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
A. Rating: AC engine - generator set shall be rated by the manufacturer for
continuous standby operation at 250KW, KVA at 0.8 PF, 60 Hz, 1800 RPM for
use with a 120/240VAC, 3 Phase, 4 -wire system.
B. The generator set manufacturer shall verify the diesel engine as capable of
driving the generator with all accessories in place and operating, at the generator
set kW rating after derating for the range of temperatures expected in service
and the altitude of the installation. Site conditions are: 110 degrees F maximum
ambient and 300 feet altitude.
C. Voltage regulation shall be +/ -0.5 percent of rated voltage for any constant load
between no load and rated load.
D. Frequency regulation shall be isochronous
E. Random Voltage Variation; the cyclic variations in RMS voltage shall not exceed
plus or minus 0.5% of rated for constant loads from no load to rated load, with
constant ambient and operating temperature.
F. Random Frequency Variation; speed variations for constant loads from no load to
rated load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.5% of rated speed, with constant
ambient and operating temperature.
G. The sum of AC voltage waveform harmonics, from no load to full linear load, shall
not exceed 5% of rated voltage (L -N, L -L, L -L -L) and no single harmonic shall
exceed 3% of rated voltage.
H. Telephone Influence Factor; TIF shall be less than 50 per NEMA MG1- 22.43.
I. The diesel engine - generator set shall be capable of picking up 100% of
nameplate kW and power factor, less applicable de- rating factors, in one step in
accordance with NFPA Standard 100, Paragraph 5- 13.2.6.
J. Motor starting KVA of generator shall be a minimum of 520 sKVA based upon a
substantial RMS voltage drop of no more than 30% of no load voltage with the
specified load KVA at near zero power factor applied to the engine - generator set.
K. The AC generator, exciter and voltage regulator shall be designed and
manufactured by the engine - generator set manufacturer as a complete generator
system.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -6
S ISPECW99 9501% ing SPe Qv 16W9501 16620 Pa&aged Engine Generator Systems aoc
L. The AC generator shall be: synchronous, four pole; revolving field, drip proof
construction, single pre - lubricated sealed bearing, air cooled by a direct drive
centrifugal blower fan, and directly connected to the engine with flexible drive
disc(s). The armature shall have skewed laminations of insulated electrical grade
steel, two- thirds pitch windings. The rotor shall have amortissuer (damper)
windings; layer wound mechanically wedged winding construction. The rotor shall
be dynamically balanced. The exciter shall be brushless, three phase, with full
wave silicon diodes mounted on the rotating shaft and a surge suppressor
connected in parallel with the field winding. Field discharge resistors shall not be
acceptable. Systems using three -wire solid -state devices (such as SCRs or
transistors) mounted on the rotor shaft shall not be acceptable.
M. AC output leads shall be brought out to field connection bus bars accessible
through removable plates on either side of a sheet metal output box.
N. All insulation system components shall meet NEMA MG1 standard temperature
limits for Class H insulation system. Actual temperature rise measured by
resistance method at full load shall not exceed 130 degrees Centigrade.
O. Provide permanent magnet generator PMG for isolation and sustained 300%
short circuit current for 10 seconds. Current boost methods or CT boost methods
are not acceptable.
The voltage regulator shall be of an asynchronous pulse width modulated design
that is insensitive to severe load induced wave shape distortion from SCR or
thyristor circuits such as those used in battery charging (UPS), personal
computers and other electronic equipment. The regulator design shall include a
torque- matching characteristic to allow the engine to use its full power producing
capacity (without exceeding it or over compensating) at speeds lower than rated,
to optimize motor starting capability and provide the fastest possible recovery
from transient speed dips.
Q. The automatic voltage regulator shall be temperature compensated solid state
design and include overvoltage and over - excitation protection functions. The
voltage regulator shall be equipped with three phase RMS sensing.
2.4 CIRCUIT BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS
A. Circuit Breaker Specifications: Provide a generator mounted circuit breaker for
each automatic transfer switch. Breakers shall be 400 Amps 100% rated
continuous UL Listed, and as shown on the Contract Drawings. Breakers shall
utilize thermal magnetic trip unit, 24VDC shunt trip. Breakers shall be set to
protect the generator from short circuit damage.
2.5 ENGINE - GENERATOR SET CONTROL
A. Generator Mounted Control Panel: Provide a generator mounted control panel for
complete control and monitoring of the engine and generator set functions.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -7
S ISPEC149A 195011Wo,king Spec Qv 16/49501 16620 Packaged Engine Generator Systems do[
B. Generator Control Panel Protection Features: KWH /KVARH meter, Engine (Over
speed, battery over /under voltage, auxiliary excitation & speed /frequency
mismatch), Generator (over /under voltage, over /under frequency, unbalanced
voltage, dead bus detection, overload, reverse /reduced power, definite over
current and time over current, inverse tine over current, measured ground fault,
phase rotation), Mains (load, frequency, voltage, phase shift, active /reactive
power).
2.6 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
A. Remote Annunciator NFPA 110: Remote Annunciator RDP 110. The system is
able to provide 18 individual status displays using red LEDs. The user may
assign 14 of the status displays and 4 are pre- assigned to engine alarms.
B. Indicators
1. Furnish alarm horn
2. High battery voltage (alarm)
3. Low battery voltage (alarm)
4. Low fuel (alarm)
5. System ready
6. Anticipatory-high water temperature
7. Anticipatory-low water temperature
8. Low coolant temperature
9. Switch in "OFF" position (alarm)
10. Over crank (alarm)
11. Emergency stop (alarm)
12. High water temperature (alarm)
13. Over speed (alarm)
14. Low oil pressure (alarm)
15. Line power available
16. Generator power available
17. Lamp test and horn silence switch
C. Muffler: Critical enclosed muffler mounted inside the enclosure.
D. Enclosure: The generator shall be completely housed in a sound attenuated
enclosure to meet 73 dB(A) @ 7 Meters in a free field environment, Steel, baked
coat finish, stainless steel fasteners having 4 hinged doors, two on each side and
to withstand rating of 100 mph wind. Fixed intake louvers with top flow ventilation
for vertical air flow design. Provide common locking provisions on all doors.
Padlocking device is not acceptable. Enclosure is gray or CITY preferred color.
Submit color samples for approval.
E. Fuel Tank and System Controller: The sub -base day tank for the generator shall
include a 50 gallon (capacity) double wall base mounted fuel tank with pump,
supply & return and controller. The pumps shall be capable of supplying and
returning fuel via the piping system. Pump design shall be review by the
Engineer prior to approval. It shall have a stub -up area convenient for electrical
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -8
SASPEC\495\49501\Working Specs \Div 16 \495D1 16620 Packaged Engine Generator Systems. doc
conduit entry. It shall have the structural integrity to support the engine - generator
set and carry the UL 142 mark.
F. Main Storage Fuel Tank (CONTAINMENT SOLUTIONS, or equal). Tank shall be
UL 142 listed: Provide minimum capacity of 1600 gallons or 72 hours of run time
at full load. This storage fuel tank shall have REMOTE fill and return connection
(SIMPLEX, or equal) and other features. Minimum storage tank features shall
include all welded construction, a fuel filler cap, electronic and manual fuel
gauge, electric fuel level sensor, overfill prevention valve, mechanical gauge,
seismic vibration isolators (Ip = 1.5), riser pipe with up flow vent, anti - siphon
valve with internal suction line, fuel line check valve, vent and fittings for fuel
supply, return, fill, emergency vent, 5 gallon fill /spill containment and 12ft. above
grade normal /working vent per NFPA 37.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of the Contract
Documents.
B. Provide full load test utilizing portable load bank for two hours minimum. Simulate
power failure including operation of transfer switch, automatic starting cycle, and
automatic shutdown and return to normal.
C. Record in 20 minute intervals during four hour test:
1. Kilowatts.
2. Amperes.
3. Voltage.
4. Coolant temperature.
5. Room temperature.
6. Frequency.
7. Oil pressure
D. Test alarm and shutdown circuits by simulating conditions. This includes testing
the audio and visual alarms from the generator and storage tanks
instrumentation.
E. Contractor to refer to the drawings for the Sequence of Operation requirements
and shall simulate and perform all the scenarios indicated during testing,
coordinate setting of solid state breakers with generator supplier /installer and
switchgear manufacturer representative.
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -9
SiSPECW95\49501\WOrking Spee50IV 16 \49501 16620 Packaged Engine Generator Systems. diet
3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. Prepare and start systems under provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust work under provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Adjust generator output voltage and engine speed.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean work under provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Clean engine and generator surfaces. Replace oil and fuel filters.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Provide systems demonstration under provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Describe loads connected to emergency and standby system and restrictions for
future load additions.
C. Simulate power outage by interrupting normal source, and demonstrate that
system operates to provide emergency and standby power.
D. On -Site Training: Provide two (2) hours of on -site training to instruct the CITY's
personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment. Review
operation and maintenance manuals, parts manuals, and emergency service
procedures.
END OF SECTION
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329 SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2010 16620 -10
S:GPECw95u95011Wondng Smm%Div 16`Ag501 166ID Packaged Engine Generator Systems doo
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION SECTION TITLE
CITY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
2 SITE WORK
16 ELECTRICAL
CONTRACT BID FORMS
02050 DEMOLITION
02200 EARTHWORK
16010
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
16060
GROUNDING AND BONDING
16075
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND
WARNING SIGNS
16120
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16130
RACEWAY SYSTEMS AND PULL BOXES
16610
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
16620
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS
CITY HALL GENERATOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS -1
CDBG PROJECT NO. P85329
SEPTEMBER 2010
5 ISPECm95b9WIWORKING SPECSW9Wl TOFC.000
D
DWG: N: \PRW\ 19501 \Design \General \19501- G -l.Cwg USER: Hector Robled.
DATE: Sea 09. 2010 2:04.m XRE ; D- bard.,
ph
am
$ m
�.0
_
3 ^
s
>
n
Q
n
-2n
N n
O
z
�
F
am
DO
n$
0
3 >
ai
a_
s
WSUWEAD mw
m
g
m e
v
q
F
n
v D
00
7
00
N
°
D�
On
Z
� 1
i
o
°
z
m
W
T
g /
~ j
mm
>
r
c
$
�i
F�
O N
CO p
a
1
r
c
oo�r
0
0
N
�y
vmn
v m
c
m n
w
m
0
m
9�
0
0
o
O
-n
O2 _
Of, or,
m
O_° r
Oi
m k
m
C
m
M
Of,
O' O'
m m
0
o'
m� n
O
C
T
W
^
`/
0
K
K
m
m
0 0
0
aoz��
NOnm
-
n
m
0
CO
m
Norm
= New
o
�z�
w
N
m
O
.o O ,R.
m ,6WO,
m
n
Z
N KCO
A b�tiCl
D
V y r Z
w. m
1 O
N n➢ m
r
o in m O
"
T
O'
J Z
J K w
GUMM Aw
T Y
°
r
yI
�7
O o
z
C.
NIISGLEL Al£
YUSGTFL AVE
r
O
o n
1
o O
Z
A
�
rvAf+ Aw
rvAN Aw
� 2
D
Z
m 0
$
g
k
2 Ln
m033
Ca
P
r
O
()
m s
m
RosEUUn eew
ROSPLFID azw
y 00
Q ��
OZ—i
I
n
eS
m
D
< m
y
S
D v
O
t
m
fl
i
O0 a
a
m o
,
A 7 ° � USER: Hector _,
2%
?
\\
to
.to..
§
§
|�
!r!
-k
r
K
U,
1 0
1
0
0
n
n
0
2 %
L!
f|
/
2
k
§
§
;ESi!!$§
;75//
%
§�,>T
mmu�a2§B§§;§
(��§�
0
m
~
F!
e
:»a!§
§
2!`w
"
))(
\\
0
§@m
;§
j)
\\\
)Z
\)
2
g,
5�
—
\
z
�
\
��
\�
n
(
|
Ul
�
;
\
§
§
\
§
|
§
\)�
\()
I
D": N: \PROD \4 9501 \Design \General \49501- G -3.deg U5EH: Hector Habledo
OATS: Sao 09. 2010 2:05Dm %REFS: 0- border
m !�1 mmmmmmmmmmm m 0000000_o nnnnonnononnno��onnnon m mmmmmmmmmmmm nn >£p nnn
x<OOT ;Or0mnn0D FFF m �<CmmTOOO;rr; xTOm➢ <�-IT 000; TTnn IN �nnmm
�n C m An ANn - � a o �v� Caro 02m T n £ �m 6�m A t moul
D - A
r
n 0 x
gm
8 mmmmmmmmm mmm 00000000 nnnnn pnn0o pnn0 nonnoo m m mmmm
o C Cm
mmmmmm annn n
xzOn;rrOQznz�� mo - cxconOOOrO mmm xcoanm m� �oormccnrmmg �u�mmmz -1
Via C_C Ommr o m, 2 ag m cam- CTZ Z ; Tm_ ;'tAZ O my OZ 0 00
y >mTnCTD m y0 n m 0➢ r2�0O z mM�M
Z < O Cn 2 ��P rry go n T. n yOrmA AP 2 T ;2 yn_n z m O20m�OZZ yA nm c y A D.11<22<2_vl
2 pm ;Uln m mm D z2zA!' n 58COTAmZm�A mrzN ; ;T >O' -OppZ ZZ02 °OT44mAy
6n n��O 0 yT mp< Z A A m O A <
D tiG� lr��y OpmzOmy� g O F < rT -1Znn mZ
3 r C< ZA r•I Z Z O frl 'o 0;m n 4 VO GZ frl To DAIO�m0 DI Dn O A
m m m o mr ZZ OF e `^ 0 � T� <`�' A m6vocKOz
o a; m C T T rn z
Q `3 ° c ; AS F m oo °zA➢ crl s- c n rn m r'y Ac �Amz �m Om Om 1y. A o A < ° C F A rOmm n�
T A < 0C D O AT ~ !1 A Z_ moOA y C AD n
T N T r�z m N �A < r 2 >mA
to
p2 A 0 0 r
See z T _
ti 0 m 2
3 A z
ti
000000 Z ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;; i rrrr .S AIZp QOOOO n(In nGl m��nm TTmm�TTTTTT mm T
NmVIOn TOTnO\ «z200�n0 mOL)m 0 A <• FATT000 <I/'vvTmm D C _ Uiz 9'a'or '020TTnn
SR+ Glom T ➢ \O Tn < r ADT ;20 �� TV;00X mD
a< D r N m N^ O
000000 ZZZZ22zz2 _ x A2Z2 _ 0000000000 T�T
1aT g
TT��ITT T
CnCCZT OD Onz2 rZDOy - a ;' 2 AAno _02AAA20 D�DD .TAT > >A $�m p0A22]10
+Jy M%66 T 82 % QD O q gqm Cm - -m
3 0Cr/ V1n2 O - m0 _y 02 ;S�OCZO�p , y2 m �T m ° NNN ° my <y000"°yy<mC AZ ~ ~x0_fA 22 �0m
mTOOm �Z�T22 � ]1 g COAZyO m x y� F�O�OIO <zZZZ z H1.�' m- O Tmmmr m � m y/
4 army a A� A R ;�p� n ;� F O o n gNmNmomN .° o �AAmomz p n pox
n oO
U1 `� o2>m nT�z oar oy - X 20 n O m z A �m�il^ ,O Ao �pmmm ;m T OO nz m ®Q mA rm n� �P O < zm y AC
pc
� �,MMM�lponml <o AFp Ar x 0 r rJ o A $� 4mmz ,, SC nn�mp c - , T -,C IT1
T tir_^ Tn Z UI Tr z� no m ;SD n In mmz2r - 1. 0 '-�
RA xNA ray g r� tii r rzc� m o0 o z�AOC A
$ K �^TKr°7 T m m� ° m o r� z onoA m xn D
O
� o 0n A r� mT OZAn C m - r T o r
o im m0 n A +J zz z ( 02 F V
_ 0 zz -< n r-- z p z n m D
x 0 n m z U s i m A m
D yy y 0 2 Ox 2n T m CIO
m 2 D Z A I y
g z <
A D
N m p
o
A
2 T Z
< ;
N T
O
N
<
m CCCCCC ytititiHtiHHti NNNNVI VI VI VI AAAA A.l1TA T TTTTTTTTTTTTTTT
FF S T�B TOr ; m0NT OOOxxmyy GIO TT SOnn TmmmO \F F NVim A�OOZ ;rr mm�n
OZ n00 fNOCOm Z C ➢y n tiA2, ;00 TF :11 Cl - T N <OrT� 2
y ti (A VI
FFFFF r 5 r 5 <�< CCCCCC �r100022r~`ID yy Nm(4/VI11/V -4p AAAAAAA TTTTTTTTTTTTT TTTTTT
4 9� mmmtim ➢ zzzzzz m 'eg �0T x n r mmmm� 000roocAAOOgcsso�o
.1. 1i y ' � n y �A np Om °000 � y m T000 0 c S' zC nr °o �D �n- ^� °o °m o amr ° io ��m Aov�NU�i mTmm < �t z
° ~O
y
rmOTTTO�myCa T - T A m.I 02D000AA0O NTDSnO
VI A O' Tz-�^-n -1� ,Tyy O P yT Ojr10� O ~ f n n l TT <T it r -1 <ZT
.11 m CO r-xmmA _m r pA �r N O O nC I Z ° F m Tn�,-r CDIz r2AC
T m 0 CTNOmr Trrn T y Z R Ci 0 n D A A2 mm !`I
m = x~ mF 2 FI A Z N Z n m $0K A �0 [ ~ � z T mO y y
S m p, Ommoo ° N p m ; mom r m A >C Z()'nDy S <C
mz OZ p N 2 r1 Z 1 � 1 � m D mm 0�0Z y Im
1 00y 0 11/ 1� C 0
F 4 C Z Z ✓�rA y < r 0 Z23 0-180
0 mOmm m r O a m m m m 2� o C D
z m o K 2 m m
A
m
m
O N m V Q tP A (w N
fL tiOti OT 2 O ➢nn Tm Nm D-r DOO ;T2 An O C
-r ti ti
o nT2 r Tx MMo mz0oi DxM ca nxi W oommo�'i� xln o,
0 2 G)
A x m 2 m m mm ;o0Zm C ,n m nmm o y moz mm - Tm(Q mf m
I ymn �n oo p Vl r O 0 z C_la ;m C Tn A G�� An UI Z ° rr�m m < m < O m
° 0 '- y ZO 00 0 ?Dl D �VI DO yT O y ACOO Z ;Otizti -ITm Z
O COH D .T ' I OFm - m 2 m C Im/12�AOZmO 220. 0m r D
Zen ;C - Y-p 2 Z pC F 0� m y nn2 00 y X ` > IA rr 0 S ;Im - m ;TOO - m
x min zn yz qm �0 V1T °m DA; l2�n_frl m y m K>; CCy Om�DVI ; ~y p yA O z O
_ ti -I O T SmT 2 2 ZIN2 n yD 'ZI IA4 - l O 1 rSr� mn
p A 'T Vlm AM FZNDy n$; �GAJ -IAa NO n mz OAOMNy 2Z ^ T r
00 0 5, m F. man nzFn Oo m mrn_ mTOOt°n 0 <�TO Ar1m 1n G5
z pAD D TO � Ro .z zo y y ° � rn <znm�zm mm mn y x 0.A nyo r^m <_ 0 Z
� .� zol Om n° CoT o r M,a - C A F ➢ Oyz MAT A �.
i zor r r ?1r ; 2. p
F* A1n - 1 a ; ZV noo 5 o<m m O Z - rn rlo m Z• C A2 - 1 y O
ti -0 om m o z o�; rn Tp2 A A. on 0 M, mjnp m
m
m t7 T f ut� m i o np z y � o'er^ nz -t � m o m c a o m
Z 59 00 m O o tiz ( F ;� 2 A y m000oV1^OOOA pmCa Ar^ pr r A (n
rg DEC z oar➢ 242 m A zc zm gm AO �^ ➢ nrxc K
D 0�rn ZZZ O 8moNm o m r" ym0 ;n2 r p °c�oy0o�^Cy ° zoz z Fy O z m o
r r 0, N im z x O xU1 z o ^G On AZ-1_2OiZTC DA p Z z
AA A T a_ 3c O 0xzm OTA
K ut ° <A m x nC am m <�1 -ICm C� F o
m m 7- 9 y0 -t m x zc c ' .92 A ymy Z2�0 0 ii m o N ynOA 2 z
Z z C o m a An m c z o n�co� m m Smt?zx c 0 m
m o �o c T F c G y� ' ' 1 Zm� r �i� �zog z� O �"� a m
m y V ' � � 1 0 m �° o _oovi➢m � x Z O > a2°mm�zp °mm x o rr y T y � T. z?
< O 4 mA A ° ~ ZA VI I Dn 1�/ y;° VAg0VIp 2T6 or N ' TZ 2� rl * 0
l F
:11 m n ° !,zo m Am m z y z�
m g zm o t o z Fno TVII n HE Ao,M. MA >00M X-a
O v T x m �"m r1c m m ozz gm�DAp-1_M. 0x. A zf o
rlm A z ! ° x zmo m 2po c 2 i m Or- OZ AO inn <Y2 �c n
U1 A oti o 5Tm 2 ➢noo zA n �z m z mZjn 2 TmNA >> nz m A oo mzo yy ti T
m T A C 2 ^' F0 ,0 m z °mm zmm T.2 yP -m2 o m20r ZT m
D m 8 . b^ n z m CzN o ° oul� OmAUlmr22� °�m mzT p �z m
Z Z 0 n_ f m me mo T O u ='m n F�nyi v yi na0my m
O 9 0 Vlm T 0 z moT < ;A m Coy C y�nl .1 �z
Z A ' m" A T 0 m 0 0 0 OTT p yD2 2 > pmmZ , 1 A O 00 m D
O O A ;D m A 2 a NO S y A z °rN ➢�y;OW , m T-Z(
m 0R m C2 A = O (A�m zm H �A rr OOF2,m2m 0 O �m
N n DC T z �° ° o - m ZaA ° z SN6G 2 o z�
< r 1 A 5 z
C G y z mM. mo
cH
z z
o
0
C q
D
k ( +
PATTM� 4v
I t H F (r I i #
a n yr z n yy r� S yy C
j;j m A o $ z Z-- y S S 1 1 m m °•
c m r ?1 m m m m O Z m n m m ° c O o
v1 f m o c m
n c < 6 O o n i5 A m c o A o
m m m m F F o m f v i F
A z
o m o o co 0
m z m A n c
~ m N O A m
n i A
A
o
m g
S ° n z n m
m o z O y
r m z 0 _A z m i [
o m x
m m O A O A A A O z
i m z m z 4 r A f $ 1
i1 o c
p O m O m Z N x < mm ; c c A Dn
m z z z m G A A r
m
x z z m c m
o -1 S 00 0
< z T
m
n o
m <
m N n u
N
co
m
O
r
(n
D
Z
O
n
0
O
(n
N
m
q
m
M
A
m
Z
n
m
to
Q � �
A
ao zo
F F <_ F
A z A n
2 m
D = m mm 0
m D ; Fy D
r Z G' _ ti o p' r o
z
Z z
z i F' mo 0
A
D T p ? N A
Qo-
0 C)
a Q O m
A
v ° Z m o
0
c
m o sa D aAy n o mf m 'a�
z Da nF n z sF n
�_ mm m m F0 z Pz F
i O o m inn c m NF i u1 z
Z
70 n* s o xx m c
v N D 1m m F Fmm m
z � m
p r om m F zm �m A
L N O
m o 0
n c
y � y
m n
m
z
m
iri
m
0
O
>0�1
r _0
NN n
N_
oFz
F -c
m
IA
m
m
m n
O z
z
C x
m n
n
zi m
z x
°
D
K
n
r
r
z
Z
z
n
.
�$$ r
m
r
I
Y
�
I LJ I
�
Fl
Ot
O
O
®
8
'VII p
O
1
r
®
,
❑
N
N
n
m
�
N
Q
0 0
v
O
Q
A
o
0
Fy
O
m
z
n m
A
o
$.mil
c°
n
�
I
g
to
I
z
C
r
n
II�II
I__I
LJ
�
G
r
u
32
a
m
x
m
a
o
A
o°
z N
m
o
N
m
o
N
o
m
z
o
a
n
g n g
s
c
m m
m
Tx
m
mx
nO
n
z
z
m
9
G
g
o
o
m o
m
F
m
N
N
1=O
-
rm
n
O
r O
y
C
m
m z
° O
a
my
°
m
m
mm
m
n
m
p
r
m
m
m
C
r
a
T
l
<
m n
(
<
D
A
n O
A
N
Z
m
VI
N
r
° A
y
p
X
N
m
NO
mA
D
NO
mA
r
z
^�
A
x
y
N
m
A
a
=�
_�
4 z
F
y
z
R
o
o m
O m
z
o
°
O
m
c
A
z
z
F
m O
z
1
m
0
v
vA
r 4
?
vA
E
51
m
y
a
A
o
F
o
F
x
n a
O
D
T
m
mo
2 T 2 O
m
N
;m
m°
°
O
Z
2
(�1
y
O
O
r
F
I
V
-I m
9
V
O
- n i
n
O
T
n
A
.1
p
y �
2
T
T
T
z
T
N
A
D
ti
el
m
N
N n
N
c
A
m
z
z
m
y
z
c
;
O
Z
m
m A
C q
D
k ( +
PATTM� 4v
I t H F (r I i #
a n yr z n yy r� S yy C
j;j m A o $ z Z-- y S S 1 1 m m °•
c m r ?1 m m m m O Z m n m m ° c O o
v1 f m o c m
n c < 6 O o n i5 A m c o A o
m m m m F F o m f v i F
A z
o m o o co 0
m z m A n c
~ m N O A m
n i A
A
o
m g
S ° n z n m
m o z O y
r m z 0 _A z m i [
o m x
m m O A O A A A O z
i m z m z 4 r A f $ 1
i1 o c
p O m O m Z N x < mm ; c c A Dn
m z z z m G A A r
m
x z z m c m
o -1 S 00 0
< z T
m
n o
m <
m N n u
N
co
m
O
r
(n
D
Z
O
n
0
O
(n
N
m
q
m
M
A
m
Z
n
m
to
Q � �
A
ao zo
F F <_ F
A z A n
2 m
D = m mm 0
m D ; Fy D
r Z G' _ ti o p' r o
z
Z z
z i F' mo 0
A
D T p ? N A
Qo-
0 C)
a Q O m
A
v ° Z m o
0
c
m o sa D aAy n o mf m 'a�
z Da nF n z sF n
�_ mm m m F0 z Pz F
i O o m inn c m NF i u1 z
Z
70 n* s o xx m c
v N D 1m m F Fmm m
z � m
p r om m F zm �m A
L N O
m o 0
n c
y � y
m n
m
z
m
iri
m
0
O
>0�1
r _0
NN n
N_
oFz
F -c
m
IA
m
t th
N m
m
m n
O z
z
C x
m n
n
zi m
z x
°
D
K
n
r
r
z
Z
z
n
.
c
m
r
r
�
m
co
O
r
m
m
N
N
n
m
�
N
Q
0 0
v
O
Q
A
p
0
Fy
O
m
z
n m
A
n
�
n
g
z
C
r
n
�
t th
N m
m
m n
O z
z
C x
m n
n
zi m
z x
°
D
K
n
r
r
N
CA
T m
r�
C)
N
d�
m
O
2
g
0
O
A
N
N° m
ti
z o
O0 0
n
n z c
y0
0
o O
m N
I
N
0
m
fTI
O TI
fTl
N A
(Tl
Z
C)
Z
C)
oWG: N: \PRW \49501 \0eeign \Civi1\19501— C —LEtg users: Hector Rabiedo
DAIS: Sao M. 2010 2:03 m %REFS: final toga— boundary 1 -20 -09 D— border
DWG: N: \PRW \49501 \Oeslgn \Civil \49501— C -2.cwg USER: Hector Ropleco
DATE Sao 09 2010 2;03 pm %REFS: final to o— louaca 1 -20 —(t9 495laitl001 49501mz W01 49501cz1001 D— ponce,
wi
sm
1
g � m
3 A
O I
I
m I
a I
I
I
Q Y R I
n ^ Aw
6
�q
z_
i ~
1
1
1
1
1
T 1 ym
m m
C 4 am
(n �
D � I
I
I
mm I
o I
R xm I
e i5
nm
A
1r1 S x
A
r
m
Z I
W C) y
rn 0 mo .^ . v
Ln
O
on a
90 z
m z O C C \\\
r
D
Z SLOPE A m
I R
0
I o
ye yp y I A z:
' •tlJ E 7R §$ # I �
C
SLOPE
is
O I \
m F m
ut s m I
A I
m Q \
SLOPE o n SLOPE O
m
s y mm
i
n �m I
o 0
SLOPE SLOPE
A
\ �0
m m
0 m�m m A 0
m n m
m �
� C
z z
m
m
X_
U)
2
z s
G) �
m
Z i
1-A 0
r -
O -
U) O ✓ u
C A I N
;u z my
m
m C
�
m
z
77 m
;E0
zm
Z P m
G7 0
A
p o
L z
D m 0
Z 0 1 A m
m A
3�1 n
0 3
1 �
O
DWG: N: \PROD \19501 \Design \Civi1\19501- C -3.dwg USER: Hector Roblado
DATE Qr See 09 2010 2:03pm %REFS: lino) to -baunda 1 -20 -09 49501sx1001 49501mz1001 49501cz1001 0- border
Yw
sm
1
53 Cm'
3 a
'O l
�� I
�x�
n
zo p
I y
I
I
I
I
I
I
\ - I
F 5 m l cm
C n
Ul � I m m
mr
A ,
mm I 1i m I
Q m
o F n
r �
m
I I F I
_ O
m I
Z - } ------
8r
m O o I,
N II
0z
_ I
F o im \'
D n
Z j om
CIO
7 @ 9 I I m i
A
I
Alm
A I n
-
.m. D -' n Q
m II
x
i
I
I
I
F_____ ____________ _ --------- ______ ____________�
J
- _ ZSL_ -
_ - - — OA - ____ _11
m r< m
m
m
m r
o r
O 2
x m
M 0
Z
� x
z
� r
M i
Z m
n n 0 b m J Q tli A W rJ _
r y
O O (Ap IA (1 DVIp O"O�VI 'OV �IOZ ti�O °mti N 2 ()pOy O Dm
� a o Ado x m oA mDOmzjzx M'ccm 3om mzz m� lnx
C yz n� ° cn y � c m sy m �z m movCm 1i1�11Cm nlz �lzlm �m my
.Zg m i� �1 monm�Ayfn� OO OO �S CmO yaa y
o n �8
D xAy Z O,z O y O O O rO
Am 22 _CCA() r CZ
fTl 5 " -mom Om� r p im < r
O xn SmT.O Zy Oa4 �Hym]?1 G ~
O 2 ]I z - f yz Zry ffm OZZ mSDA�1l pOn o Z o y my xD yyy ,Z
!rl VI ym m>C AO2- n -��ZOZ A °
~yyyAy '9 S A'" mD m
Z O D
F Frl LM m 9 > r Cym �ily mzoNgz � �A °m O O A' ! O N yA A Zm
_ Omf Z A K �J_ m M yCyUyi ' Am mmp 1n AVI VIA
~ m O(7O ' 0 0 n�mT_(J S'A nm ylOr1CP 9LA Ll� A AD m
a n� -° b ulv o° m AACx =Om Y AO f IYF _ '' i °o oz� om�DF F O
Q m m Z 7s _y nmOO m c_r� o
O° - zOO °zncn ^' m zi '-Lzz zz nz
m z< m n c8ti 2� o,Cp,s !^cninppArzi mg8q $Oo ; o- n
Z . 0F, mjA Oml � -Di m K n-I -n-11 - �yZ 00 2nap� Z � v
1 Cx Cy yUl Z .IIyA iFK jZ Dtl S 't A z HOo p A
ti r y 2 y' ]I O D Z t ! CD A VIA2 2 2
Ox DC D oo. N m(( Omp ydl OD A Am p
�a 3t "lz� �o�at zo' p omOCZ 7� c o� z mmc �r
vm NC Vi OAmy - I FASZO ; y i ND C ~ � F�m� 2 m= _i 00
UI O ZO.TI y m zA11SrI z -t - 1 AC �D
Q Z r m 0 m FILJ�Zp p � 'o _ <K A m P � O
b O _ r y n p 2 -1 Ol V I 2
m b O 1°/I° SF ti m FA X O z
m m m A 0
DWG: N: \PRW\ 49501 \Design \CIWI \49501— C -4.de9 USER: Hector Robledo
DATE: Sep 09 2010 2:04 %REFS: Rnol to o— baonda 1 -20 -09 4950Le ID01 49501x1001 D— border 49501 -zHXH
Phil n z
F m t�l
E� 3 I
re
Ea
1
� I
n
- I
I
ov z
S
y o I
o o $ w �� I
° m
I �
I �
I �
I z_
y
I
I
I
1 m
C
4
Om
p � p 1 n I
I -
I i m m I
11
R om � y
E' i.
c
n I I
I I
N n 1n 1 1 c
� r ° 1 c
m O
O (A i
N mm
•� Dom. 0
Ld
II m m m ° z F
•� a 1
D oo i t
Fpm Ozn
pim zF�
n R'z
ti
m
i K mx I � y
m�z
z z
z O
1
I I I
oN m I
Ir r I m
m
I r _
I
m
- - ___ ------- T 'I ----- ----- ____________
m
m ~ pZ v
A D"
m z� n
a
m n
C i m m
�0 r
A
m^� D z
Am r Z
m
A
Z
m
� s
r
F1 r
n m
r Z
O O z
Lf) a
O X
m x
A
C)
s
D n
O_ m
z m
C) z
D O
z m
n
� tl
O
7 21-
,
DWG: N: \PROD \49501 \Design \Civil \49501— D —LESg USER: Hector Roblebc
DATE: Se 09 2010 2:04 tarn %REFS: final i...—bound., 1 -20 -09 49MIS21001 49501mz1001 49501cz1001 D —b-der
r
em
�m 1
AJ
0
TS
D
8 8
ry
n n A
ti
ym
F
F 3 m m m
o m
C q n
_ yy m
h y S
L 0 m
g n� a
m
Z
x m
O S
D
El
N
N
m M
S m K
N y
R O LO
Z AO
P O O
II Z o-0
I
g R g o
'D m
Z r K rH l y N 1
Z *D3
u
A � S O S
A
n I I \
O
Z
Z
I D
S
X
P / )
m A °
A O
m N n a
u m
T
m
r
z
m
A
2
D
r
r
O
m
3 m
O y
v m° A°°
—f 0 z °os cm�
_ .11 E m - O yO O p O
O p FA -
Z FA - Z
'p 5 A iMZ1 ° no vJ
r ;;
D �o�� ;�
Z Z
—1 {� i o m lrl O frl Ar yl�1
. P OKOCOmx C am
p \ m �aC? c � Ni�oz
0 zmim� 10, y
~ w m �y m A Pe S m mo�F
Q 0 O Ui a1 Om Om
R
z �
r
C IO,
77 II
41.
I S
mmw N
Sam
NO
�� ��
F 0
IN
90
NA
Galo
20
%m
sm
A)
�o
A
y , y
C
D
z
r
D
� Z
m
TOa
az>
Dal
A
° T
00
y
�o
vz
P
I
I
I �
I
II �
I
I
Hr
I
II I
I
_T
i t
I
C II
�I
M
I �
N
u °
m u
' m
i
R
I I I
I I
N I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I
I
A
0
u
1T -8" m I I
I I
I ,
I ,
I
I
I �
S`OA O O S(OAf O I I
I ,
I ,
I
I I
oR I
if
m r m �i
r
m — u -
T
+
(E) WALL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
v I
I
I
I
I
A
I I
I I
r
_______________________ O
N
28' -6"
in u
me
o�
ti n
m
Um
m
�I x n�pTTT mmrrl1mmmmmmoo 000020 Ow>>
TFn
TO nTO xxyOSr r� mOml 2mrmm
A in ZTN Cm n- szcA non
N� , :6` on
0
Z
m
G
m
m
Z
m
1
M
Z
A
S
r
m
Z
m
s
O
A
z
s
A
m
L
m
Z
ti
O
A
ti
w z
I
c
F
r
xmalllmm mm mm oOmnOOOOman
4�o DOO xx�o i ' G 1 CJx� g Dorn n cnz
�oAi
m
0
�xn <OOUiV�i g� Dg ✓.
�
oz
oz O'R
ioR n - i o zo DA
z
D
-S mz
m�a �OOOZ '�-�y z mmgyos mm
m
Tnz o o som vo
A ;
c
m o z o 0 orb m
`o
mo
_
u
O y00 O
z zaO c
m
c
2 O O N
m
J
M
i
o
r
Z J_f r1
F
O
m
u
FF -Ititi tiHti V11A VIAAOL�L
��A 000 00 V1T -mmn -m
n z
ozm
iO�
O y FOT (ZtiO�
m m
x C D
z o F
FF q o 88 qq w AAo LZ;
OOONO00� mm2 - m
r5 -
TTTnm ;2 2n�.
om o
C O n ny000�00 ZO[ y ;
IIO
yf T'ITm,IT°Nn "- AZZ ;Z;
NZ
m n
yF�ti
Z °
Z
.,nor' vm
r A
;r A
z0 m
cr m
L z
z o
z
z
~
A
ow U
Am °
z
o n z
O
M u
0
I
c
F
r
J
' mu
ma
m
0
�NOm
oz
z
O
z
D
�� m
m
m
T
A ;
c
o,
g 001 ;
U
mA C
mo
Um
m
r
m
I
I ,-
m ° 22
y n
J
ppF
z n
I O
Z J_f r1
F
O
m
u
A
J
m
U A
�NOm
q'
m ,T ° o m
ON
mr
I<A z
l - i
qz;
A ;
c
I
I ,-
m ° 22
y n
J
0 n
_mrr��
ti cn �n
0ZA m
I O
Z J_f r1
m
'Nm
A
ozm
iO�
NzT N
�o x
ony
x C D
z o F
o,
5; 0
om o
an m
IIO
NZ
O
yF�ti
pn
o
z0 m
z
~
O
ow U
Am °
>
M u
n
00
m0
x m
0
> 0
n
m
0,
Oo0
xm,
� m
m
m
xucc
2T
U e A
O O
O
A
n�7
o
O
m
n m
u CA
A
$nT mnO C
DLO NZOZ m 02
Om5 dT °NCO C
a
�_ gm
n D
_ °o m� -0m r
0
mN N � R
� ' O
24 Z(.40-D f�*1
°z ° N
2
Fa yT
2� O mAf
m 2mZZ
D s D omn m
On O m
A y'Zj x�
U n
jO 6 ZmO
y
6 A
lmlK ACy
m om
s r°2O
O
m
aN
° - m
x
DATE: Se 201(
s
g
AJ
R 0
S n
e n
8 C
O ��a
C
N p
� D 8
m[
m
m,
zf
A
V N 2
g N
m � I
N O
II. Z
I
O
m
I o
To(
m
i
a
m
O
m
A
2
N
m
�m
m
m D
II
I
M
O
n
1 m
I'
oz
K�
c
F m .
�m
m
Fm
m
N O
II
0
IN
n N
�m
m
N O
II Z
I
O
ID'
m[
m
m�
o
A
z
m
mn
mm
mm
y
u
A A
u
c c
z
m
n
s
c
F
D
0 0
n
� v
m_
m m
' I�
m
N
Z
2
N
m
O
Z
m
m
I�
m
3
<' m
--F1- (E) SLAB o
_ 3' -6' _ 6
NEW SLAB
3 . -a ..
N
z �
o j _ —
m 1 -2 .
P
/
N /
- Z A
O (
m I
n I
P
4 TT - r7
I�
0
VARIES 6"
TO MATCH E %ISTING
m Y r
_O
x
s
F
m
m
Z
m
m
ou
m
D
0
s
O
m
m v
N
AI
^
an
m
n
v
5
Nm
�
0
m
m
o
z
Z
(n
Z
z
_
_
A
..
O
r_
m
0
\ pC
m
r I
a �
7�
m
O
n
1 m
I'
oz
K�
c
F m .
�m
m
Fm
m
N O
II
0
IN
n N
�m
m
N O
II Z
I
O
ID'
m[
m
m�
o
A
z
m
mn
mm
mm
y
u
A A
u
c c
z
m
n
s
c
F
D
0 0
n
� v
m_
m m
' I�
m
N
Z
2
N
m
O
Z
m
m
I�
m
3
<' m
--F1- (E) SLAB o
_ 3' -6' _ 6
NEW SLAB
3 . -a ..
N
z �
o j _ —
m 1 -2 .
P
/
N /
- Z A
O (
m I
n I
P
4 TT - r7
I�
0
VARIES 6"
TO MATCH E %ISTING
m Y r
DWG: N: \PRW \49501 \Deelge \Mecbaaicol \19501- M -I.d.g USER: H ector Roeledo
W1E: 99 Set, M. 2010 2:05 m %REFS: tied to a- Eourd. 1 -20 -09 49501ea1001 49501mx1001 e9501c.1001 D- bard.,
S
sm
rn
a
° ss
3
S
Q x $
B 9 a
\ FF
°r
p o n
00 im
z g
n
F m
Fn
to
9 Z
° y
SA d D
D a °
Y m
p
o^
'A A
D °
n � O
D
A
v $ C
z
a
m m o r o
o
u
Ci
F im n
ti A �
I „ 1 „ I S C
/ Z
to C ) O
�o F-
C Ic v
z
1 D z
I m
ti
'D ? o� °
Z W n p� no D
2 O
° C
Z
y 0 0 ° F
M z K
ti
mp m I AO
m
M
17' -0"
3' -0" 5' -0° 9' -0° °
m m
m z
° co ° m
�no
o
N (n o
n
M z
m °
°
°0 0
° X
Z x z
z
c1
° m
°
x
n
z
_O m
o
m x
x
� r z
Z
m z z � z
to m
m Z ° c A
n n
r >o F
O n 7
Z C �^
(n x m c m
M C
rn
Z o
5 1
M O F
Z M - z
O °
M N
m m
cl
A
� 1
p
R 3 F o, m
x u
�otix
ma omo
DWG: N: \PROI \49501 \Design \Necbanicol \49501- M -2drq DSER: Hector Robled.
DAIS: Soo 09 2010 2:05 m XREM final t. .-bound. 1 -20 -09 49501.:1001 49501cz1001 D - comer 49501mz ID01
wl z
P. J `
m OR
30
�O O N O ° VVV O�
3 F m A ("�
S n ° 3 -G" m z o Ll
z
io n V rn
x g
\ rl 9� ttt�N O O v i ' Z
O x u
4 m mr
a D m J ,
c
MO mm ym I <m � al
i f J C I> i r 1
O
m n O ❑� -I -�
Fvo mm X I�
-N 3
to � z �o
c Q m T 0 v
m N 1
R D
Z
z n z o
- OOO @ @ II p
z
z
y
m0 A
m m m
11L Li
1 � m
w N ° Cym i - -lry
N F,1 �
\-� o u Oa C m C
?0 Ao n m
II Z n m r
a z
_ O
I 8 -9f 7 -11" ,-
O 0 0000 OO O O O
y O
A z
to
n0
m x Ox o O oomin
AFM� z z o r m c°� FOAp z9:�o
n v nFm sm S < m� a am� zF ZN
y0RRF rm n n n mm 4 n m < o <
O ' CInOn U o O o m � 3 CST °m mFpm
O mazz Acfa A M A y 02 A AA0 2 41 0 Z`0 0 y
y A Z m IcQ - N F nnZ n Z n n _ 0 lbl Z T• n A ;m 0 2A Z Z m
r V; yy -DR4 m W0 ° y-yg Op m - .
N
r N-1 -m F F F
O n Nz p2 �m �NZN DAm
OA :11 -I m Z -o
O ; V
AANm V w = r 9�1; FAp Al
QI Q Q F Dm m A m r O 2 FIT FIT �yA
'� Fmm m mn Xr m 2 °'� ° y
m gg °0 0 1 p O O S A 2 m O mD0 R'
I FI Nag m m m p �4 m A CZ0N >0 00 A
ZO n '9 Z 'O A A II A y
Npmmm pm n T > A m� Oms MM coO
"-i A y N ym -- V1y rKm No
p A f s �A m N IA A �L 542 yZ�
yS. m l a y C O D00Z mm y 0
CZZZ n OD�NyA
SOt ° z mz m A c mn mr ��4 °An
z inn'_ n n i° y A o Fq,- MF F
Inm , n oDZ r m n o� r�0 Fi Am mFi
m n A m n�ln ^ M.2
0
V 200 A n m C Z c m
r� m m D 'Z Vy1 � � r m n
1, A .
° ZZ y m f N I n 1 D
2Dnn 9mlat 4 D x C 0 2 CZnN m m
to cD2Dl Z y ➢Z 1r10 AO 1ZD
O.z C C
O o °s I^ 0 4' zm F ,g — n mm n
4 F- x m mm m�> p4n
mz 7 . 0 > A F ➢ e S t in 4y m zm
1 0, a a s 0 f ] z ] zl^O m Oiz
_ O 2 Z D.` xA C
O� mm C y O 0 NF VI AF
mm 0Uf n m I Fr Pm0 mmm
m y m l Z al _JN j m 4 Z I {F"'m2 Zm
y n o m zs zOM. inmm
41°/I N2< mOo
,^r1 n-
0V, . F €F r m� o m m 0 mm0 m0<
Z � m mcu �Zm � S o y�£
>m 0. �m
f'l m� c mm. ry Or o m� y oz opF c
ZAZC A 4
y>I yy ; -1 Cm
ri D ' Z _ Z CC, m O I- 2 S 20y mNT.
Z Z z OAm n ; y m N N Nn�
Z m 0 zii 0 mn >DF
Z 10 iO $F? c o Fm omi �Zz
D m nm Y °m ° m o F g< Z9F map
O y NTO AmRw1 z 2 n �� OOZ ;y
n 0^ n° 0 oy Z yZ_ Slm Z.�C
A z" m o x o z yy O pz I - N - Z
£n on �mz Foln m m min Ain, mAm
f rl z Fo 4GS vpz!^ In g r Av s'I
z x �zc
D v m� z ° c mzm A n A cz Fmv
Z n ym op� ono o N x m< myD mD(n
A c F c nn
Q° ; ° mm zi0 m om 0 m a: mm ON Ioo
rn �m n mm CZm x y m cm o r
z w ♦ L g
m y O m 2- � m Z A y m A F m v O
(7 m - .. F A0a m0 O Am
A n m zm pmt to zm coA
O F mti AA Z u mzn nzN
Z r m FpZ �Ax r m r �p ZI m�o `•y
n
✓� II 1 z CI C m yL -O Op
1 0 .0, rw0 m m� NZ m AA In
I I' ; x : °' n n mino mtix
y a�m A�m C c i A 0 ,i
pp > ¢ 9
Q 44 3 7.'m o`_v' fm omi 0
N r'z O zm� A y m
Z. p z b O Z ( Z m O F
d1 -1
n: ".— \......uee.9n ynecnomcci
OnTE: Se 09 2010 2:11 m
\—..
%REFS: Ifni
�
I
x
�
T
g
m
I
m
em
A
Aa
Z
nmKx
gM
AA
i
r
Ai
vo
Z
s°
2 — <
�
Ul
c
9
o
S
O
x x
x
� Z
Z v
v U
U
m I
I I
I
A N
N CC
O y
yr
D
mo�
^L7
�mC
ijm
a�
m
�g xm
s
Fa
c q
1n
� 8
Z
1
1 ym
�po
Z r A
0
o F
iP
ar
�o
m
A
I x
I
m
� g1
T
0
Q A
'
�
I
x
�
T
g
m
I
m
f'l
A
Aa
Z
nmKx
1 ° n
AA
i
r
'^"Sog
vo
Z
n
2 — <
�
Ul
c
9
o
x x
x
� Z
Z v
v U
U
m I
I I
I
A N
N CC
O y
yr
I x
I
m
� g1
T
0
Q A
Z
1A9
9 c
A
zn
0
v
c
C
m
r
A
� D
ti
Z A
m
�
I
�
o�
f'l
A
C
C)
AA
G
a
vo
Z
n
�
{
9
x x
x
Z
1A9
9 c
A
zn
0
v
c
C
m
r
A
� D
ti
Z A
r a
z
� m
Z n ZO
m A nm
z
on
Nm
.'A
!n m
2 n
fl m
> m
D Z
n v
c
O
m
m
n
J Z In ¢
i
W _
O
m
gog
z
low
x
m
A
C)
Z
{
x x
x
� Z
Z v
v U
U
m I
I I
I
A N
N CC
O y
yr
z
on
Nm
.'A
!n m
2 n
fl m
> m
D Z
n v
c
O
m
m
n
J Z In ¢
i
W _
O
m
gog
z
low
x
gog
z
low
x
DWG: N: \PRDJ\ 49501 \Deeign \Ebct4ccl \49501- El.dwg USER: Hector Robledo
DATE: San 09, 2010 2:04om %REFS: D -border
A O
D � O
U
O V 2 D
F Fo C D 11T T 0 < ZZ nmm mm n n w uMO pn um0
F �C y d�nT > in zaF F 0 C .ZI O 1A !n �yA 'n I O
0 0 mMD n r m m2 Z m m2 a c m Oo umm C_ FC 0nC
�y .'[ O P a� nyya a Z ° m m2 �.ay °y flmH
N- n aa Z " °Z a MZ r O D
m Z
2-nl Mm �a Z %
Z 2
Mm C zp mp r �� rl'l T 8 1�999 om mOy o 2 °0 Z O M m mF r l F n mm t � il mm
11 b m O p } ZO N °m A 2 N' m2a A0 O 1 �a a �a
\ p yD0 m F C u K Zyy pDOM m0 a O ° y _2 Oaf OyD
k 0 10 11 VI my <Ka a � Z 2 Z xy
Mp A< F 2 2 Am Op n,lmj 'U ap N� a�
fD M E m
n O m Na O� ° m C m r
2 y m' ZD ° o m
m m
m II 4 c a mo 0 0 0
m ; o O y
r y m w z a v o o
m d m �m o C)
n n m a o pnm z D
`a n i m ° n yo r
n o p
m r >
a �
x �
C q �
r
008 0000 � � 0�
a� XD
G N y O m y C O m m y ;2 y y 2 N D 2 U 2 z z Z 1 C 1)
n m ;o m °o ' m T1 - a y to rn O O oo m r S r > 1 v n o n o m s o
p y C y Z 2 JC a -1 T Z > a a O '� y T C° VI F
D m D m a a UI r aZ tr1 m 2 y N n n; ; m m
m F S p R o ° n ° y o o m y $ a o i o Z o 0 o ca a
O n F p Om o y a 0 o m II n 1 n �Z A m O n ; n n? > y 1n S z
C o N a m n n m y < s LL n 0 a r m n A y 0
0 _' m a m _� Z2� o m O0 no F l n n 2 a
< ° z M "-lmo m g: ° m r'a a m ' ° z z
y p a nn SAS mm fm A D D
a a Z C O O a m K K A F y
2 5 F N n 'aos °m 0 o Ko c c
n c m n a
o m n m�
2 a D m x x
C Oy Fy n
O N
O N a Z 0 O
.l1 N O Z �. 2 Z
a D y D
O VI
g 4 N f n i
q
= O ® ❑ ®� m s � I u l—J I I ❑ � =db Ddb db � w � Q � Cg O ❑
M
m a O M o n no z z a F m m nF n nx Inn n m r ; Fn an n 1n m M ✓� F r' c oo m
m ° m �" o o Xo n At ° C 'r g y D Fi Fi oz o ni mz z ° ° S"o no o v a n g m CZ a 2r, C)
m O yy o0 2 m m n ox c �r1 O 0 O O �C V n2 C F c n r a Oo 'l nm
x n m ; Z 20 0O y ZC _I m a1 'U [C[�� Z qll QC C m '1 m° ~° O F In y a 2 K 0 , mZ n a m
O m -I A ° Z z d~ Z m m t y n y n y Z Zy O n a n m 'O O < O O z I/I -1 m �o
m F A 2 C ( pa O{F O O -( D 2 r r O E OO O m 0m O O Z z 2 C n n C n
O a
a m y 90 0 r m m m O ~ 0 0 MM m k0 HUI M r m pC �� m m O m �a a Cm
I-rII o z O F Ag % f 2 � r Z 2 'M� m um nD X QI a_ O °y _ m 0 O ° t•I C O � T � m F,° -u
l IA 2 9 ° m a y In ! O O � m !�1 l�I0 [1 � p p r n T � � J i, � Z O ° O
y F 9 \ m y Fm r O Z a F D 0 U PI O p C m AL] z -
q 4 q n m u m nz C Fn a a n y c 0 a a o a f m -I yz Z
Po m m m '�F Nm m o 2 z o z m 0 z z %° y X m 2 C o @@n m
z �w �m z zPi O m 0 r a m m m q z c G'-
0 m 0 IA nTl A n r m m m �x5
y 2 m
C n y Z O O c D D y F a O 0 Om Q
x '0 v m r z o- n z m
'o F F ° F ° Fi n c F1 z
%A F x m
O N X n
m 2
.T
0 zzzzz x x -- 22222 0000 nonnoon mm D D
_ 1 m m mm o_oo m DDn
O \Ormn M rK KCKK OK nnn �� VIA�0 2222
MF F « <n mA\ NmmQ- m- ' pmm� m Inr vl C m (nVn F yy D
� - mn
m <- m n a VI.l1UOr DD a O MmDO F� -0 � UT.� " < y y n noln n
] 2
° n X
m ✓�
O ZZZZZ ff ; ;; r n r p r ---- -- - 222 Onnn T mmmm Oo0 nn 00000 Marco >>>)>>W> m ZTI22a 2n�2mZ ��� 22 �pz °O Ci ° n °o R > 22 0000° 2 2pmm mOn aaaa CCCj�mmm X 2F 30� OC OOAAO DmD ;C C��Z� ;y;
\ vjyl y as y° 00nx Tl. rDrO° F«<N y D� O m2 FFF66 y A-n1 NOp �U� - 220 m 20l o l ; �1 Npm
r SrCNr r nO nZn nn n y O; On20nn0 zi00 O Z N3010 m0�01 Zy ,� OO y 59 0 0 n0 <A zVl AZO� - Iy� min yDD�IP�lmily^
° m"� ° m" 4 .l m2Z0.a m 0Cm M, ° Z yy O n SS FiIT i1 i1 �1 - r l - Zy °mA In� F ~r m 2Im� 2nn Aa F^
t 0� Dy 2na gym 1101n�2 ayZ ZL n m0 C V Np >y2j ACCC nL O:t1aC ;2 n O m D 2 UIm f yyy Z
m O D � m �a ya >DZ 2AmOm 0�0 mm 2 X< y OamC� 0rrr mm zO n mm 0 a a A m
�/I Z N mym 2 m�0 Pair O as n VI mDy Oyyy aT n Ul m 0 m g a N
-1 m mmp m a Cay 0 mm C ((��Op m_y_ ZAlnn aZ ;m m' m y p ' m an ryZ m0 4
aM N C My Z;p2 O1 < 1 < �11 y U y !'1 O n n N a s
C m ��� Om y Cmg a ° a�0 Amm �1 m Or a L O C A L m2
F <D m =Z 21A ; A n a s alA m 9 !
ms Z y0
m m F^ o n v'" m -t g o G 5 ; y r G g a o f n c
ox o m C n p z m n D CD
n y cz z a . f 0 m m CO
m
j o n 1
= o
2 M <
s
m r X EF < $$<<<«< S CyCCC NN 20 NN -VyIIM VI a < �1 A.11 Vmmm mmm mmm
A° m Z m A mmdo o n D V °m F Cm Aym ND ;n ~oir zxm Q
C') Z f m 2 M M Z mo M'" ° nr
D i m r _ y
m m r
CO
m y a i$ ���yyy?uuu FF < s cc CC m D�; if y'�'o —mm a o a oo ° on y y i y o oco
m r 0f Z y�m DD MZFnm U�m I'lam �y �C 0000 r -12 mLJ l'l Mm —r-
al rZ M x\ D 1 Z "Poo H 0 ooa
L y e ;° r2 CCym (m
JD VJ Nn O a`GD I OMRgo1 3 P "'4 Ar A a NA no :9 5 2 D0a rm a0
Mn a Uy ZZm n nm OA A y AO S 0 y 02 Fo < msi u o
r OO .TI fto mMM A m O Op 3O
< atilm< Da M « �i F1 r nZy;y fin%
(] n Fy O OFF O M �l�rlZ 0 r0 D C 2y0ym O
Z CO m Z➢ T on IO�� 0 Lma0 yoM K Z� mC j' rZOFj r ma
O m D - z InmN n0� rn r0 mm� 'l + M l ( m j a O j
(n mM a22 P "M m m 2 zm Z_ MDm I n_
CD 00 Fz Ca n> D Oy ;z 0
wz O Omp 31 �Am O Da O 00 2 O
op cI > ^� ate° M oN o .y.. y
m Z xZ U C yy z D [ o
-) Z Nz 'El 2 m 0 NI
M0 T M
v 2
r
a!n 0 o n
OI E Tm P z Z A
R !EI o
m� oeo
DWG: N: \PP0.1\ 49501 \De41yn \EJe dcol\46501- E2.EV9 USER: Ha W NoW"o
DATE: Sao W. 2010 2:I9om XRE : 0- harder
w
4
n
ri o
' _
N
N m
r
a
o
� fll
r I
ry y
c,
5
a
=
11 O D
11 O D
rl 3
!
gmo
N
\
n
R
r
�
z
O
DAI
D1
O T I mx
Tx n
y y
n m
u m
ux uy Ilo;
Am0
Ilo�l
z
m?r
ilil
N(l
Omp
�nN
'
I
n o.
I
I y m y
O�j mGl
m0
uoo
m �
m
N
_°o
Fi® ➢
�
p
(n 771i
m
O
y6O
yO
-
O
_
—Li
°
wo
v T x
Z�
£
O N y Z =_
b
A
Tn
VO
%
f�—
n v➢
\N(/ml rZu
\J
g
x
v
i
T
G
ru> y am-
zri
`i
I
m
i
f c Z i
w;9 n
z
0 D OC)
vo
z
A
� Cl
O @m
T!n �
D
I
nx
0o z_
mG
x
,z
o
p
m°
ra
N O mr�
n
o
p�g
mA '
VI
F
s
�
NGTVI
pF`cD��
Z X
N
£OVX1
'�Z Vtn
J
Z
J .
�O
D
I�
a
L
Y
Do
N rm
p y%
O
° zo
vo
I
an
U
I
N
R•
x u Q ,
MO
�,
r A j ` <T Ar
°k �\
O
oma
1
III 00 z °➢ j � O
ti
I'M
u
vino
oo<n
_
z
o
cmm N
n
m
m
n°
nz
r
�_
°M °r�
eNA
m
m
aA
a
Z(lm omtZ'i
mG<p I ➢ D r
w m
mm
q
GA
ao
a'g nm v1
Omy
°u
<:
mm?!;
a5
D
i
pO O O
z=°
O
OOO
OO�
ti
A
20
A
p A p
o
m
y A
m
u �
�✓�
Ai
o
m
m
X
o`
z
6;
t
z
s
Z
z m
M
v
r
Z
n
0
° s
o�
a
o
z
v
g
?o
u
M
a
z
z
n
r m
°
Q p
@
m
D
D
0D
0
s
rl
m
z
m
o
D
Z
�
A
A
�
y
O
p
L
M
A
-i
9O
N o
r �
ma
omo
t _
DWG`. W \PNN \4B0C
MTE
Sep M. 2011:
m
�m
A)
0
a
°
9 B 9> €
20
D
7 m
< 0
m
.ZJ
r
D
Z
V I \
I
>m >m
Oz oz
On o0
D O D O
I N In N In
I >m Pm
om o0
Np Np
I x x
m m 8 g Gl O Cl _
I - 7 N � 5 � vvvv
_ Dye
Q 01 D m [l
Id Y
n� mm�a
o
T U
� X
� !➢AALA � A
—
D D ➢na
r � NVI VIN
t<I C N O —
xoam° I
olllo
\fTl -•-• —• I > -ooao
II �
i
oD I I I
' Z � pp Qp ppp pp I l' I I I I I n n n
___________Q_I_L.1.
I
I I
% �I o
o 0 o
A A
I g
I
°
O
O O OO OO
\z mm zm o ° i o
z mo M T ?ii m
O� N z 1 12
A O N Cl m
no A uz A
c c1 m m i >S i
a °
O A
G1 D O
22 � �l
O
ZC Z y
yl O 2
2
m
z
z
H
n
�
�
0
L
m
m
n
�
r _
Qp i
o
° Y
g p o
I